Strip trailing whitespace.

Signed-off-by: Matt Turner <mattst88@gmail.com>

44 files changed, 1635 insertions, 1635 deletions

diff --git a/src/AsciiSink.c b/src/AsciiSink.c
index 3041c34..2f122b2 100644
--- a/src/AsciiSink.c
+++ b/src/AsciiSink.c
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
 
                         All Rights Reserved
 
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
 supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
 used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.  
+software without specific, written prior permission.
 
 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ static XtResource resources[] = {
 #define SuperClass		(&textSinkClassRec)
 AsciiSinkClassRec asciiSinkClassRec = {
   {
-/* core_class fields */	
+/* core_class fields */
     /* superclass	  	*/	(WidgetClass) SuperClass,
     /* class_name	  	*/	"AsciiSink",
     /* widget_size	  	*/	sizeof(AsciiSinkRec),
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ WidgetClass asciiSinkObjectClass = (WidgetClass)&asciiSinkClassRec;
 
 /* Utilities */
 
-static int 
+static int
 CharWidth (w, x, c)
 Widget w;
 int x;
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ unsigned char c;
 	x -= ((TextWidget) XtParent(w))->text.margin.left;
 
 	if (x >= (int)XtParent(w)->core.width) return 0;
-	for (i = 0, tab = sink->text_sink.tabs ; 
+	for (i = 0, tab = sink->text_sink.tabs ;
 	     i < sink->text_sink.tab_count ; i++, tab++) {
 	    if (x < *tab) {
 		if (*tab < (int)XtParent(w)->core.width)
@@ -216,20 +216,20 @@ int len;
     TextWidget ctx = (TextWidget) XtParent(w);
 
     Position max_x;
-    Dimension width = XTextWidth(sink->ascii_sink.font, (char *) buf, len); 
+    Dimension width = XTextWidth(sink->ascii_sink.font, (char *) buf, len);
     max_x = (Position) ctx->core.width;
 
     if ( ((int) width) <= -x)	           /* Don't draw if we can't see it. */
       return(width);
 
-    XDrawImageString(XtDisplay(ctx), XtWindow(ctx), gc, 
+    XDrawImageString(XtDisplay(ctx), XtWindow(ctx), gc,
 		     (int) x, (int) y, (char *) buf, len);
     if ( (((Position) width + x) > max_x) && (ctx->text.margin.right != 0) ) {
 	x = ctx->core.width - ctx->text.margin.right;
 	width = ctx->text.margin.right;
 	XFillRectangle(XtDisplay((Widget) ctx), XtWindow( (Widget) ctx),
 		       sink->ascii_sink.normgc, (int) x,
-		       (int) y - sink->ascii_sink.font->ascent, 
+		       (int) y - sink->ascii_sink.font->ascent,
 		       (unsigned int) width,
 		       (unsigned int) (sink->ascii_sink.font->ascent +
 				       sink->ascii_sink.font->descent));
@@ -243,8 +243,8 @@ int len;
 /*
  * This function does not know about drawing more than one line of text.
  */
- 
-static void 
+
+static void
 DisplayText(w, x, y, pos1, pos2, highlight)
 Widget w;
 Position x, y;
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ XawTextInsertState state;
     sink->ascii_sink.cursor_y = y;
 
     GetCursorBounds(w, &rect);
-    if (state != sink->ascii_sink.laststate && XtIsRealized(text_widget)) 
+    if (state != sink->ascii_sink.laststate && XtIsRealized(text_widget))
         XCopyPlane(XtDisplay(text_widget),
 		   sink->ascii_sink.insertCursorOn,
 		   XtWindow(text_widget), sink->ascii_sink.xorgc,
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ int *resHeight;			/* Height required. */
 
 
 static void
-FindPosition(w, fromPos, fromx, width, stopAtWordBreak, 
+FindPosition(w, fromPos, fromx, width, stopAtWordBreak,
 		  resPos, resWidth, resHeight)
 Widget w;
 XawTextPosition fromPos; 	/* Starting position. */
@@ -485,27 +485,27 @@ static void
 GetGC(sink)
 AsciiSinkObject sink;
 {
-    XtGCMask valuemask = (GCFont | 
+    XtGCMask valuemask = (GCFont |
 			  GCGraphicsExposures | GCForeground | GCBackground );
     XGCValues values;
 
     values.font = sink->ascii_sink.font->fid;
     values.graphics_exposures = (Bool) FALSE;
-    
+
     values.foreground = sink->text_sink.foreground;
     values.background = sink->text_sink.background;
     sink->ascii_sink.normgc = XtGetGC((Widget)sink, valuemask, &values);
-    
+
     values.foreground = sink->text_sink.background;
     values.background = sink->text_sink.foreground;
     sink->ascii_sink.invgc = XtGetGC((Widget)sink, valuemask, &values);
-    
+
     values.function = GXxor;
     values.background = (unsigned long) 0L;	/* (pix ^ 0) = pix */
-    values.foreground = (sink->text_sink.background ^ 
+    values.foreground = (sink->text_sink.background ^
 			 sink->text_sink.foreground);
     valuemask = GCGraphicsExposures | GCFunction | GCForeground | GCBackground;
-    
+
     sink->ascii_sink.xorgc = XtGetGC((Widget)sink, valuemask, &values);
 }
 
@@ -530,14 +530,14 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
     AsciiSinkObject sink = (AsciiSinkObject) new;
 
     GetGC(sink);
-    
+
     sink->ascii_sink.insertCursorOn= CreateInsertCursor(XtScreenOfObject(new));
     sink->ascii_sink.laststate = XawisOff;
     sink->ascii_sink.cursor_x = sink->ascii_sink.cursor_y = 0;
 }
 
 /*	Function Name: Destroy
- *	Description: This function cleans up when the object is 
+ *	Description: This function cleans up when the object is
  *                   destroyed.
  *	Arguments: w - the AsciiSink Object.
  *	Returns: none.
@@ -583,11 +583,11 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
 	((TextWidget)XtParent(new))->text.redisplay_needed = True;
     } else {
 	if ( (w->ascii_sink.echo != old_w->ascii_sink.echo) ||
-	     (w->ascii_sink.display_nonprinting != 
+	     (w->ascii_sink.display_nonprinting !=
                                      old_w->ascii_sink.display_nonprinting) )
 	    ((TextWidget)XtParent(new))->text.redisplay_needed = True;
     }
-    
+
     return False;
 }
 
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ Dimension height;
 }
 
 /*	Function Name: MaxHeight
- *	Description: Finds the Minium height that will contain a given number 
+ *	Description: Finds the Minium height that will contain a given number
  *                   lines.
  *	Arguments: w - the AsciiSink Object.
  *                 lines - the number of lines.
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ int lines;
 {
   AsciiSinkObject sink = (AsciiSinkObject) w;
 
-  return(lines * (sink->ascii_sink.font->ascent + 
+  return(lines * (sink->ascii_sink.font->ascent +
 		  sink->ascii_sink.font->descent));
 }
 
@@ -657,9 +657,9 @@ short *tabs;
  */
 
   XA_FIGURE_WIDTH = XInternAtom(XtDisplayOfObject(w), "FIGURE_WIDTH", FALSE);
-  if ( (XA_FIGURE_WIDTH != None) && 
+  if ( (XA_FIGURE_WIDTH != None) &&
        ( (!XGetFontProperty(font, XA_FIGURE_WIDTH, &figure_width)) ||
-	 (figure_width == 0)) ) 
+	 (figure_width == 0)) )
     if (font->per_char && font->min_char_or_byte2 <= '$' &&
 	font->max_char_or_byte2 >= '$')
       figure_width = font->per_char['$' - font->min_char_or_byte2].width;
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ short *tabs;
     sink->text_sink.tabs[i] = tabs[i] * figure_width;
     sink->text_sink.char_tabs[i] = tabs[i];
   }
-    
+
   sink->text_sink.tab_count = tab_count;
 
 #ifndef NO_TAB_FIX
diff --git a/src/AsciiSrc.c b/src/AsciiSrc.c
index 9a2a6e8..668cc8d 100644
--- a/src/AsciiSrc.c
+++ b/src/AsciiSrc.c
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
 #include <X11/Xmu/Misc.h>
 #include <X11/Xmu/CharSet.h>
 #ifdef XAW_INTERNATIONALIZATION
-#include <X11/Xaw3d/MultiSrcP.h> 
+#include <X11/Xaw3d/MultiSrcP.h>
 #endif
 
 
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ static XtResource resources[] = {
        offset(data_compression), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) TRUE},
     {XtNpieceSize, XtCPieceSize, XtRInt, sizeof (XawTextPosition),
        offset(piece_size), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) BUFSIZ},
-    {XtNcallback, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtPointer), 
+    {XtNcallback, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtPointer),
        offset(callback), XtRCallback, (XtPointer)NULL},
     {XtNuseStringInPlace, XtCUseStringInPlace, XtRBoolean, sizeof (Boolean),
        offset(use_string_in_place), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) FALSE},
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ extern int errno;
 #define superclass		(&textSrcClassRec)
 AsciiSrcClassRec asciiSrcClassRec = {
   {
-/* core_class fields */	
+/* core_class fields */
     /* superclass	  	*/	(WidgetClass) superclass,
     /* class_name	  	*/	"AsciiSrc",
     /* widget_size	  	*/	sizeof(AsciiSrcRec),
@@ -245,13 +245,13 @@ static XawTextPosition
 ReadText(w, pos, text, length)
 Widget w;
 XawTextPosition pos;
-XawTextBlock *text;	
-int length;		
+XawTextBlock *text;
+int length;
 {
   AsciiSrcObject src = (AsciiSrcObject) w;
   XawTextPosition count, start;
   Piece * piece = FindPiece(src, pos, &start);
-    
+
   text->firstPos = pos;
   text->ptr = piece->text + (pos - start);
   count = piece->used - (pos - start);
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ int length;
  */
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static int 
+static int
 ReplaceText (w, startPos, endPos, text)
 Widget w;
 XawTextPosition startPos, endPos;
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ XawTextBlock *text;
  * Editing a read only source is not allowed.
  */
 
-  if (src->text_src.edit_mode == XawtextRead) 
+  if (src->text_src.edit_mode == XawtextRead)
     return(XawEditError);
 
   start_piece = FindPiece(src, startPos, &start_first);
@@ -291,15 +291,15 @@ XawTextBlock *text;
 
   src->ascii_src.changes = TRUE; /* We have changed the buffer. */
 
-/* 
- * Remove Old Stuff. 
+/*
+ * Remove Old Stuff.
  */
 
   if (start_piece != end_piece) {
     temp_piece = start_piece->next;
 
 /*
- * If empty and not the only piece then remove it. 
+ * If empty and not the only piece then remove it.
  */
 
     if ( ((start_piece->used = startPos - start_first) == 0) &&
@@ -324,9 +324,9 @@ XawTextBlock *text;
       MyStrncpy(start_piece->text + (startPos - start_first),
 		start_piece->text + (endPos - start_first),
 		(int) (start_piece->used - (startPos - start_first)) );
-      if ( src->ascii_src.use_string_in_place && 
-	   ((src->ascii_src.length - (endPos - startPos)) < 
-	    (src->ascii_src.piece_size - 1)) ) 
+      if ( src->ascii_src.use_string_in_place &&
+	   ((src->ascii_src.length - (endPos - startPos)) <
+	    (src->ascii_src.piece_size - 1)) )
 	start_piece->text[src->ascii_src.length - (endPos - startPos)] = '\0';
     }
   }
@@ -335,26 +335,26 @@ XawTextBlock *text;
 
   if ( text->length != 0) {
 
-    /* 
+    /*
      * Put in the New Stuff.
      */
-    
+
     start_piece = FindPiece(src, startPos, &start_first);
-    
+
     length = text->length;
     firstPos = text->firstPos;
-    
+
     while (length > 0) {
       char * ptr;
       int fill;
-      
+
       if (src->ascii_src.use_string_in_place) {
 	if (start_piece->used == (src->ascii_src.piece_size - 1)) {
 	  /*
 	   * If we are in ascii string emulation mode. Then the
 	   *  string is not allowed to grow.
 	   */
-	  start_piece->used = src->ascii_src.length = 
+	  start_piece->used = src->ascii_src.length =
 	                                         src->ascii_src.piece_size - 1;
 	  start_piece->text[src->ascii_src.length] = '\0';
 	  return(XawEditError);
@@ -368,12 +368,12 @@ XawTextBlock *text;
       }
 
       fill = Min((int)(src->ascii_src.piece_size - start_piece->used), length);
-      
+
       ptr = start_piece->text + (startPos - start_first);
-      MyStrncpy(ptr + fill, ptr, 
+      MyStrncpy(ptr + fill, ptr,
 		(int) start_piece->used - (startPos - start_first));
       strncpy(ptr, text->ptr + firstPos, fill);
-      
+
       startPos += fill;
       firstPos += fill;
       start_piece->used += fill;
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ XawTextBlock *text;
   if (src->ascii_src.use_string_in_place)
     start_piece->text[start_piece->used] = '\0';
 
-  XtCallCallbacks(w, XtNcallback, NULL); /* Call callbacks, we have changed 
+  XtCallCallbacks(w, XtNcallback, NULL); /* Call callbacks, we have changed
 					    the buffer. */
 
   return(XawEditDone);
@@ -399,16 +399,16 @@ XawTextBlock *text;
  *                 dir - direction to scan.
  *                 count - which occurance if this thing to search for.
  *                 include - whether or not to include the character found in
- *                           the position that is returned. 
+ *                           the position that is returned.
  *	Returns: the position of the item found.
  *
- * Note: While there are only 'n' characters in the file there are n+1 
+ * Note: While there are only 'n' characters in the file there are n+1
  *       possible cursor positions (one before the first character and
  *       one after the last character.
  */
 
-static 
-XawTextPosition 
+static
+XawTextPosition
 Scan (w, position, type, dir, count, include)
 Widget                w;
 XawTextPosition       position;
@@ -450,17 +450,17 @@ Boolean	              include;
   piece = FindPiece(src, position, &first);
 
 /*
- * If the buffer is empty then return 0. 
+ * If the buffer is empty then return 0.
  */
 
-  if ( piece->used == 0 ) return(0); 
+  if ( piece->used == 0 ) return(0);
 
   ptr = (position - first) + piece->text;
 
   switch (type) {
-  case XawstEOL: 
-  case XawstParagraph: 
-  case XawstWhiteSpace: 
+  case XawstEOL:
+  case XawstParagraph:
+  case XawstWhiteSpace:
     for ( ; count > 0 ; count-- ) {
       Boolean non_space = FALSE, first_eol = TRUE;
       /* CONSTCOND */
@@ -469,10 +469,10 @@ Boolean	              include;
 
 	ptr += inc;
 	position += inc;
-	
+
 	if (type == XawstWhiteSpace) {
 	  if (isspace(c)) {
-	    if (non_space) 
+	    if (non_space)
 	      break;
 	  }
 	  else
@@ -489,12 +489,12 @@ Boolean	              include;
 	    }
 	  }
 	  else
-	    if ( c == '\n') 
+	    if ( c == '\n')
 	      break;
 	    else if ( !isspace(c) )
 	      first_eol = TRUE;
 	}
-	      
+
 
 	if ( ptr < piece->text ) {
 	  piece = piece->prev;
@@ -516,11 +516,11 @@ Boolean	              include;
       position -= inc;
     }
     break;
-  case XawstPositions: 
+  case XawstPositions:
     position += count * inc;
     break;
   case XawstAll:		/* handled in special code above */
-  default: 
+  default:
     break;
   }
 
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ Boolean	              include;
  *	Returns: the position of the item found.
  */
 
-static XawTextPosition 
+static XawTextPosition
 Search(w, position, dir, text)
 Widget                w;
 XawTextPosition       position;
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ XawTextBlock *        text;
 
   /* CONSTCOND */
   while (TRUE) {
-    if (*ptr == ((dir == XawsdRight) ? *(buf + count) 
+    if (*ptr == ((dir == XawsdRight) ? *(buf + count)
 		                     : *(buf + text->length - count - 1)) ) {
       if (count == (text->length - 1))
 	break;
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ XawTextBlock *        text;
 
     ptr += inc;
     position += inc;
-    
+
     while ( ptr < piece->text ) {
       piece = piece->prev;
       if (piece == NULL) {	/* Begining of text. */
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ XawTextBlock *        text;
       }
       ptr = piece->text + piece->used - 1;
     }
-   
+
     while ( ptr >= (piece->text + piece->used) ) {
       piece = piece->next;
       if (piece == NULL) {	/* End of text. */
@@ -638,20 +638,20 @@ Cardinal * num_args;
   FILE * file;
   int i;
 
-  if ( old_src->ascii_src.use_string_in_place != 
+  if ( old_src->ascii_src.use_string_in_place !=
        src->ascii_src.use_string_in_place ) {
       XtAppWarning( XtWidgetToApplicationContext(new),
 	   "AsciiSrc: The XtNuseStringInPlace resource may not be changed.");
-       src->ascii_src.use_string_in_place = 
+       src->ascii_src.use_string_in_place =
 	   old_src->ascii_src.use_string_in_place;
   }
 
-  for (i = 0; i < *num_args ; i++ ) 
+  for (i = 0; i < *num_args ; i++ )
       if (streq(args[i].name, XtNstring)) {
 	  string_set = TRUE;
 	  break;
       }
-  
+
   if ( string_set || (old_src->ascii_src.type != src->ascii_src.type) ) {
     RemoveOldStringOrFile(old_src, string_set); /* remove old info. */
     file = InitStringOrFile(src, string_set);	/* Init new info. */
@@ -662,10 +662,10 @@ Cardinal * num_args;
     total_reset = TRUE;
   }
 
-  if ( old_src->ascii_src.ascii_length != src->ascii_src.ascii_length ) 
+  if ( old_src->ascii_src.ascii_length != src->ascii_src.ascii_length )
       src->ascii_src.piece_size = src->ascii_src.ascii_length;
 
-  if ( !total_reset && 
+  if ( !total_reset &&
       (old_src->ascii_src.piece_size != src->ascii_src.piece_size) ) {
       String string = StorePiecesInString(old_src);
       FreeAllPieces(old_src);
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ Cardinal * num_args;
   int i;
 
   if (src->ascii_src.type == XawAsciiString) {
-    for (i = 0; i < *num_args ; i++ ) 
+    for (i = 0; i < *num_args ; i++ )
       if (streq(args[i].name, XtNstring)) {
 	  if (src->ascii_src.use_string_in_place) {
 	      *((char **) args[i].value) = src->ascii_src.first_piece->text;
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ Cardinal * num_args;
 	break;
       }
   }
-}    
+}
 
 /*	Function Name: Destroy
  *	Description: Destroys an ascii source (frees all data)
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ Cardinal * num_args;
  *	Returns: none.
  */
 
-static void 
+static void
 Destroy (w)
 Widget w;
 {
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ Widget w;
 
 /************************************************************
  *
- * Public routines 
+ * Public routines
  *
  ************************************************************/
 
@@ -809,7 +809,7 @@ Widget w;
  * to get the internal info into a readable string.
  */
 
-  if (src->ascii_src.use_string_in_place) 
+  if (src->ascii_src.use_string_in_place)
     return(TRUE);
 
   if (src->ascii_src.type == XawAsciiFile) {
@@ -827,11 +827,11 @@ Widget w;
     XtFree(string);
   }
   else {
-    if (src->ascii_src.allocated_string == TRUE) 
+    if (src->ascii_src.allocated_string == TRUE)
       XtFree(src->ascii_src.string);
     else
       src->ascii_src.allocated_string = TRUE;
-    
+
     src->ascii_src.string = StorePiecesInString(src);
   }
   src->ascii_src.changes = FALSE;
@@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ String name;
 		   NULL, NULL);
   }
 
-  string = StorePiecesInString(src); 
+  string = StorePiecesInString(src);
 
   ret = WriteToFile(string, name);
   XtFree(string);
@@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ String name;
  *	Returns: a Boolean (see description).
  */
 
-Boolean 
+Boolean
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
 XawAsciiSourceChanged(Widget w)
 #else
@@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ Widget w;
 
   return( True ); /* for gcc -Wall */
 }
-  
+
 /************************************************************
  *
  * Private Functions.
@@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ Widget w;
  ************************************************************/
 
 static void
-RemoveOldStringOrFile(src, checkString) 
+RemoveOldStringOrFile(src, checkString)
 AsciiSrcObject src;
 Boolean checkString;
 {
@@ -948,12 +948,12 @@ WriteToFile(string, name)
 String string, name;
 {
   int fd;
-  
+
   if ( ((fd = creat(name, 0666)) == -1 ) ||
        (write(fd, string, sizeof(unsigned char) * strlen(string)) == -1) )
     return(FALSE);
 
-  if ( close(fd) == -1 ) 
+  if ( close(fd) == -1 )
     return(FALSE);
 
   return(TRUE);
@@ -973,20 +973,20 @@ AsciiSrcObject src;
   XawTextPosition first;
   Piece * piece;
 
-  string = XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(unsigned char) * 
+  string = XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(unsigned char) *
 		    src->ascii_src.length + 1);
-  
-  for (first = 0, piece = src->ascii_src.first_piece ; piece != NULL; 
-       first += piece->used, piece = piece->next) 
+
+  for (first = 0, piece = src->ascii_src.first_piece ; piece != NULL;
+       first += piece->used, piece = piece->next)
     strncpy(string + first, piece->text, piece->used);
 
   string[src->ascii_src.length] = '\0';	/* NULL terminate this sucker. */
 
 /*
- * This will refill all pieces to capacity. 
+ * This will refill all pieces to capacity.
  */
 
-  if (src->ascii_src.data_compression) {	
+  if (src->ascii_src.data_compression) {
     FreeAllPieces(src);
     LoadPieces(src, NULL, string);
   }
@@ -1026,19 +1026,19 @@ Boolean newString;
 	    if (src->ascii_src.length > src->ascii_src.ascii_length)
 		src->ascii_src.ascii_length = src->ascii_src.length;
 
-	    if (src->ascii_src.ascii_length == MAGIC_VALUE) 
+	    if (src->ascii_src.ascii_length == MAGIC_VALUE)
 		src->ascii_src.piece_size = src->ascii_src.length;
 	    else
 		src->ascii_src.piece_size = src->ascii_src.ascii_length + 1;
 	}
-		
+
 	return(NULL);
     }
 
 /*
  * type is XawAsciiFile.
  */
-    
+
     src->ascii_src.is_tempfile = FALSE;
 
     switch (src->text_src.edit_mode) {
@@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ Boolean newString;
 	src->ascii_src.string = XtNewString(src->ascii_src.string);
 	src->ascii_src.allocated_string = TRUE;
     }
-    
+
     if (!src->ascii_src.is_tempfile) {
 	if ((file = fopen(src->ascii_src.string, open_mode)) != 0) {
 	    (void) fseek(file, (Off_t)0, 2);
@@ -1083,14 +1083,14 @@ Boolean newString;
 	} else {
 	    String params[2];
 	    Cardinal num_params = 2;
-	    
+
 	    params[0] = src->ascii_src.string;
 	    params[1] = strerror(errno);
 	    XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext((Widget)src),
 			    "openError", "asciiSourceCreate", "XawWarning",
 			    "Cannot open file %s; %s", params, &num_params);
 	}
-    } 
+    }
     src->ascii_src.length = 0;
     return((FILE *)NULL);
 }
@@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ char * string;
 
   if (string == NULL) {
     if (src->ascii_src.type == XawAsciiFile) {
-      local_str = XtMalloc((unsigned) (src->ascii_src.length + 1) 
+      local_str = XtMalloc((unsigned) (src->ascii_src.length + 1)
 			   * sizeof(unsigned char));
       if (src->ascii_src.length != 0) {
 	fseek(file, (Off_t)0, 0);
@@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ Piece * prev;
     piece->next = prev->next;
     prev->next = piece;
   }
-  
+
   piece->prev = prev;
 
   return(piece);
@@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@ Piece * prev;
  *	Returns: none.
  */
 
-static void 
+static void
 FreeAllPieces(src)
 AsciiSrcObject src;
 {
@@ -1202,10 +1202,10 @@ AsciiSrcObject src;
     RemovePiece(src, first);
   }
 }
-  
+
 /*	Function Name: RemovePiece
  *	Description: Removes a piece from the list.
- *	Arguments: 
+ *	Arguments:
  *                 piece - the piece to remove.
  *	Returns: none.
  */
@@ -1249,12 +1249,12 @@ XawTextPosition position, *first;
     *first = temp;
     old_piece = piece;
 
-    if ((temp + piece->used) > position) 
+    if ((temp + piece->used) > position)
       return(piece);
   }
   return(old_piece);	  /* if we run off the end the return the last piece */
 }
-    
+
 /*	Function Name: MyStrncpy
  *	Description: Just like string copy, but slower and will always
  *                   work on overlapping strings.
@@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ int n;
   if (temp != buf) XtFree(temp);
   return s1;
 }
-  
+
 /*	Function Name: BreakPiece
  *	Description: Breaks a full piece into two new pieces.
  *	Arguments: src - The AsciiSrc Widget.
@@ -1298,12 +1298,12 @@ AsciiSrcObject src;
 Piece * piece;
 {
   Piece * new = AllocNewPiece(src, piece);
-  
+
   new->text = XtMalloc(src->ascii_src.piece_size * sizeof(unsigned char));
   strncpy(new->text, piece->text + HALF_PIECE,
 	  src->ascii_src.piece_size - HALF_PIECE);
   piece->used = HALF_PIECE;
-  new->used = src->ascii_src.piece_size - HALF_PIECE; 
+  new->used = src->ascii_src.piece_size - HALF_PIECE;
 }
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
@@ -1354,7 +1354,7 @@ XrmValuePtr	toVal;
  * Compatability functions.
  *
  ************************************************************/
- 
+
 /*	Function Name: AsciiStringSourceCreate
  *	Description: Creates a string source.
  *	Arguments: parent - the widget that will own this source.
@@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ Cardinal num_args;
  * Chris D. Peterson  8/31/89.
  */
 
-void 
+void
 XawTextSetLastPos (w, lastPos)
 Widget w;
 XawTextPosition lastPos;
@@ -1423,9 +1423,9 @@ Cardinal num_args;
   ascii_args = XtMergeArgLists(temp, ONE, args, num_args);
   num_args++;
 
-  for (i = 0; i < num_args; i++) 
-    if (streq(ascii_args[i].name, XtNfile) || 
-	          streq(ascii_args[i].name, XtCFile)) 
+  for (i = 0; i < num_args; i++)
+    if (streq(ascii_args[i].name, XtNfile) ||
+	          streq(ascii_args[i].name, XtCFile))
       ascii_args[i].name = XtNstring;
 
   src = XtCreateWidget("genericAsciiDisk", asciiSrcObjectClass, parent,
diff --git a/src/AsciiText.c b/src/AsciiText.c
index 6a6be86..224ef8f 100644
--- a/src/AsciiText.c
+++ b/src/AsciiText.c
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
 
                         All Rights Reserved
 
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
 supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
 used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.  
+software without specific, written prior permission.
 
 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
@@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ SOFTWARE.
 /*
  * AsciiText.c - Source code for AsciiText Widget.
  *
- * This Widget is intended to be used as a simple front end to the 
+ * This Widget is intended to be used as a simple front end to the
  * text widget with an ascii source and ascii sink attached to it.
  *
  * Date:    June 29, 1989
  *
  * By:      Chris D. Peterson
- *          MIT X Consortium 
+ *          MIT X Consortium
  *          kit@expo.lcs.mit.edu
  */
 
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
   }
   else
 #endif
-  { 
+  {
 
       w->text.source = XtCreateWidget( "textSource", asciiSrcObjectClass,
 				  new, args, *num_args );
@@ -175,9 +175,9 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
   if (w->core.height == DEFAULT_TEXT_HEIGHT)
     w->core.height = VMargins(w) + XawTextSinkMaxHeight(w->text.sink, 1);
 
-  for (i=0, tab=0 ; i < TAB_COUNT ; i++) 
+  for (i=0, tab=0 ; i < TAB_COUNT ; i++)
     tabs[i] = (tab += 8);
-  
+
   XawTextSinkSetTabs(w->text.sink, TAB_COUNT, tabs);
 
   XawTextDisableRedisplay(new);
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
 #endif
 }
 
-static void 
+static void
 Destroy(w)
 Widget w;
 {
diff --git a/src/Box.c b/src/Box.c
index 1194f70..df1dd0b 100644
--- a/src/Box.c
+++ b/src/Box.c
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
 
                         All Rights Reserved
 
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
 supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
 used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.  
+software without specific, written prior permission.
 
 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
@@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ SOFTWARE.
 ******************************************************************/
 
 
-/* 
+/*
  * Box.c - Box composite widget
- * 
+ *
  */
 
 #include	<X11/IntrinsicP.h>
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ static void DoLayout(bbw, width, height, reply_width, reply_height, position)
     Dimension h_space;  /* Local copy of bbw->box.h_space 		*/
     Widget widget;	/* Current widget	 			*/
     int num_mapped_children = 0;
- 
+
     /* Box width and height */
     h_space = bbw->box.h_space;
 
@@ -181,11 +181,11 @@ static void DoLayout(bbw, width, height, reply_width, reply_height, position)
     w += h_space;
     if ( w > width ) width = w;
     h = bbw->box.v_space;
-   
+
     /* Line width and height */
     lh = 0;
     lw = h_space;
-  
+
     for (i = 0; i < bbw->composite.num_children; i++) {
 	widget = bbw->composite.children[i];
 	if (widget->core.managed) {
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ static XtGeometryResult PreferredSize(widget, constraint, preferred)
 	else
 	    return XtGeometryAlmost;
     }
-	
+
     /* else gotta do it the long way...
        I have a preference for tall and narrow, so if my width is
        constrained, I'll accept it; otherwise, I'll compute the minimum
diff --git a/src/Command.c b/src/Command.c
index d62a909..c8afff7 100644
--- a/src/Command.c
+++ b/src/Command.c
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
 
                         All Rights Reserved
 
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
 supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
 used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.  
+software without specific, written prior permission.
 
 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
@@ -78,8 +78,8 @@ static char defaultTranslations[] =
      <Btn1Up>:		notify() unset()	";
 
 #define offset(field) XtOffsetOf(CommandRec, field)
-static XtResource resources[] = { 
-   {XtNcallback, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtPointer), 
+static XtResource resources[] = {
+   {XtNcallback, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtPointer),
       offset(command.callbacks), XtRCallback, (XtPointer)NULL},
    {XtNhighlightThickness, XtCThickness, XtRDimension, sizeof(Dimension),
       offset(command.highlight_thickness), XtRImmediate,
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ static XtActionsRec actionsList[] = {
 
 CommandClassRec commandClassRec = {
   {
-    (WidgetClass) SuperClass,		/* superclass		  */	
+    (WidgetClass) SuperClass,		/* superclass		  */
     "Command",				/* class_name		  */
     sizeof(CommandRec),			/* size			  */
     ClassInitialize,			/* class_initialize	  */
@@ -171,26 +171,26 @@ WidgetClass commandWidgetClass = (WidgetClass) &commandClassRec;
  *
  ****************************************************************/
 
-static GC 
+static GC
 Get_GC(cbw, fg, bg)
 CommandWidget cbw;
 Pixel fg, bg;
 {
   XGCValues	values;
-  
+
   values.foreground   = fg;
   values.background	= bg;
   values.font		= cbw->label.font->fid;
   values.cap_style = CapProjecting;
-  
+
   if (cbw->command.highlight_thickness > 1 )
     values.line_width   = cbw->command.highlight_thickness;
-  else 
+  else
     values.line_width   = 0;
-  
+
 #ifdef XAW_INTERNATIONALIZATION
   if ( cbw->simple.international == True )
-      return XtAllocateGC((Widget)cbw, 0, 
+      return XtAllocateGC((Widget)cbw, 0,
 		 (GCForeground|GCBackground|GCLineWidth|GCCapStyle),
 		 &values, GCFont, 0 );
   else
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Pixel fg, bg;
 
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 Initialize(request, new, args, num_args)
 Widget request, new;
 ArgList args;			/* unused */
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;		/* unused */
   int shape_event_base, shape_error_base;
 
   if (cbw->command.shape_style != XawShapeRectangle
-      && !XShapeQueryExtension(XtDisplay(new), &shape_event_base, 
+      && !XShapeQueryExtension(XtDisplay(new), &shape_event_base,
 			       &shape_error_base))
       cbw->command.shape_style = XawShapeRectangle;
   if (cbw->command.highlight_thickness == DEFAULT_SHAPE_HIGHLIGHT) {
@@ -228,9 +228,9 @@ Cardinal *num_args;		/* unused */
   }
   cbw->command.shadow_width = cbw->threeD.shadow_width;
 
-  cbw->command.normal_GC = Get_GC(cbw, cbw->label.foreground, 
+  cbw->command.normal_GC = Get_GC(cbw, cbw->label.foreground,
 				  cbw->core.background_pixel);
-  cbw->command.inverse_GC = Get_GC(cbw, cbw->core.background_pixel, 
+  cbw->command.inverse_GC = Get_GC(cbw, cbw->core.background_pixel,
 				   cbw->label.foreground);
   XtReleaseGC(new, cbw->label.normal_GC);
   cbw->label.normal_GC = cbw->command.normal_GC;
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;		/* unused */
   cbw->command.highlighted = HighlightNone;
 }
 
-static Region 
+static Region
 HighlightRegion(cbw)
 CommandWidget cbw;
 {
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ CommandWidget cbw;
 ***************************/
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 Set(w,event,params,num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent *event;
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ Cardinal *num_params;
 }
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 Reset(w,event,params,num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent *event;
@@ -333,19 +333,19 @@ Cardinal *num_params;   /* unused */
 }
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 Highlight(w,event,params,num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent *event;
-String *params;		
-Cardinal *num_params;	
+String *params;
+Cardinal *num_params;
 {
   CommandWidget cbw = (CommandWidget)w;
 
-  if ( *num_params == (Cardinal) 0) 
+  if ( *num_params == (Cardinal) 0)
     cbw->command.highlighted = HighlightWhenUnset;
   else {
-    if ( *num_params != (Cardinal) 1) 
+    if ( *num_params != (Cardinal) 1)
       XtWarning("Too many parameters passed to highlight action table.");
     switch (params[0][0]) {
     case 'A':
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ Cardinal *num_params;
 }
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 Unhighlight(w,event,params,num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent *event;
@@ -378,14 +378,14 @@ Cardinal *num_params;	/* unused */
 }
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 Notify(w,event,params,num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent *event;
 String *params;		/* unused */
 Cardinal *num_params;	/* unused */
 {
-  CommandWidget cbw = (CommandWidget)w; 
+  CommandWidget cbw = (CommandWidget)w;
 
   /* check to be sure state is still Set so that user can cancel
      the action (e.g. by moving outside the window, in the default
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ Cardinal *num_params;	/* unused */
 ************************/
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 Redisplay(w, event, region)
 Widget w;
 XEvent *event;
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ Region region;
  *	Returns: none
  */
 
-static void 
+static void
 PaintCommandWidget(w, event, region, change)
 Widget w;
 XEvent *event;
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Boolean change;
   Boolean very_thick;
   GC norm_gc, rev_gc;
   Dimension	s = cbw->threeD.shadow_width;
-   
+
   very_thick = cbw->command.highlight_thickness >
                (Dimension)((Dimension) Min(cbw->core.width, cbw->core.height)/2);
 
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ Boolean change;
   }
 
 /*
- * If we are set then use the same colors as if we are not highlighted. 
+ * If we are set then use the same colors as if we are not highlighted.
  */
 
   if (cbw->command.set == (cbw->command.highlighted == HighlightNone)) {
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ Boolean change;
     else {
       /* wide lines are centered on the path, so indent it */
       int offset = cbw->command.highlight_thickness/2;
-      XDrawRectangle(XtDisplay(w),XtWindow(w), rev_gc, s + offset, s + offset, 
+      XDrawRectangle(XtDisplay(w),XtWindow(w), rev_gc, s + offset, s + offset,
 		     cbw->core.width - cbw->command.highlight_thickness - 2 * s,
 		     cbw->core.height - cbw->command.highlight_thickness - 2 * s);
     }
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ Boolean change;
   (*cwclass->threeD_class.shadowdraw) (w, event, region, cbw->threeD.relief, !cbw->command.set);
 }
 
-static void 
+static void
 Destroy(w)
 Widget w;
 {
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ Widget w;
  */
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static Boolean 
+static Boolean
 SetValues (current, request, new, args, num_args)
 Widget current, request, new;
 ArgList args;
@@ -522,12 +522,12 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
     cbw->command.highlighted = HighlightNone;
     redisplay = TRUE;
   }
-  
+
   if ( (oldcbw->label.foreground != cbw->label.foreground)           ||
        (oldcbw->core.background_pixel != cbw->core.background_pixel) ||
-       (oldcbw->command.highlight_thickness != 
+       (oldcbw->command.highlight_thickness !=
                                    cbw->command.highlight_thickness) ||
-       (oldcbw->label.font != cbw->label.font) ) 
+       (oldcbw->label.font != cbw->label.font) )
   {
     if (oldcbw->label.normal_GC == oldcbw->command.normal_GC)
 	/* Label has release one of these */
@@ -535,15 +535,15 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
     else
       XtReleaseGC(new, cbw->command.normal_GC);
 
-    cbw->command.normal_GC = Get_GC(cbw, cbw->label.foreground, 
+    cbw->command.normal_GC = Get_GC(cbw, cbw->label.foreground,
 				    cbw->core.background_pixel);
-    cbw->command.inverse_GC = Get_GC(cbw, cbw->core.background_pixel, 
+    cbw->command.inverse_GC = Get_GC(cbw, cbw->core.background_pixel,
 				     cbw->label.foreground);
     XtReleaseGC(new, cbw->label.normal_GC);
     cbw->label.normal_GC = (cbw->command.set
 			    ? cbw->command.inverse_GC
 			    : cbw->command.normal_GC);
-    
+
     redisplay = True;
   }
 
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ Boolean checkRectangular;
     Dimension corner_size = 0;
 
     if (cbw->command.shape_style == XawShapeRoundedRectangle) {
-	corner_size = (cbw->core.width < cbw->core.height) ? cbw->core.width 
+	corner_size = (cbw->core.width < cbw->core.height) ? cbw->core.width
 	                                                   : cbw->core.height;
 	corner_size = (int) (corner_size * cbw->command.corner_round) / 100;
     }
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ static void Realize(w, valueMask, attributes)
 static void Resize(w)
     Widget w;
 {
-    if (XtIsRealized(w)) 
+    if (XtIsRealized(w))
 	ShapeButton( (CommandWidget) w, FALSE);
 
     (*commandWidgetClass->core_class.superclass->core_class.resize)(w);
diff --git a/src/Dialog.c b/src/Dialog.c
index 5de9612..2de2d09 100644
--- a/src/Dialog.c
+++ b/src/Dialog.c
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
 
                         All Rights Reserved
 
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
 supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
 used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.  
+software without specific, written prior permission.
 
 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ SOFTWARE.
 
 #include <X11/Xaw3d/XawInit.h>
 #include <X11/Xaw3d/AsciiText.h>
-#include <X11/Xaw3d/Command.h>	
+#include <X11/Xaw3d/Command.h>
 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Label.h>
 #include <X11/Xaw3d/DialogP.h>
 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Cardinals.h>
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
 	XtSetArg( arglist[0], XtNheight, dw->dialog.iconW->core.height );
 	XtSetValues( dw->dialog.labelW, arglist, ONE );
     }
-    if (dw->dialog.value != NULL) 
+    if (dw->dialog.value != NULL)
         CreateDialogValueWidget( (Widget) dw);
     else
         dw->dialog.valueW = NULL;
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
 	return;					/* then just use defaults */
 
     constraint->form.left = constraint->form.right = XtChainLeft;
-    if (dw->dialog.valueW == NULL) 
+    if (dw->dialog.valueW == NULL)
       constraint->form.vert_base = dw->dialog.labelW;
     else
       constraint->form.vert_base = dw->dialog.valueW;
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ Cardinal *in_num_args;
  * any subclasses will currently have to deal with the fact that
  * we're about to change our real size.
  */
-	    w->form.resize_in_layout = False; 
+	    w->form.resize_in_layout = False;
 	    CreateDialogValueWidget( (Widget) w);
 	    w->core.width = w->form.preferred_width;
 	    w->core.height = w->form.preferred_height;
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ Cardinal * num_args;
   String s;
   DialogWidget src = (DialogWidget) w;
   int i;
-  
+
   for (i=0; i < *num_args; i++)
     if (streq(args[i].name, XtNvalue)) {
       XtSetArg(a[0], XtNstring, &s);
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ static void
 CreateDialogValueWidget(w)
 Widget w;
 {
-    DialogWidget dw = (DialogWidget) w;    
+    DialogWidget dw = (DialogWidget) w;
     Arg arglist[10];
     Cardinal num_args = 0;
 
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ Widget w;
     }
     XtManageChild(dw->dialog.valueW);
 
-/* 
+/*
  * Value widget gets the keyboard focus.
  */
 
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ XtPointer param;
  */
     Widget button;
 
-    button = XtCreateManagedWidget( name, commandWidgetClass, dialog, 
+    button = XtCreateManagedWidget( name, commandWidgetClass, dialog,
 				    (ArgList)NULL, (Cardinal)0 );
 
     if (function != NULL)	/* don't add NULL callback func. */
diff --git a/src/Form.c b/src/Form.c
index e5683cf..5c52e45 100644
--- a/src/Form.c
+++ b/src/Form.c
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
 
                         All Rights Reserved
 
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
 supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
 used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.  
+software without specific, written prior permission.
 
 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ static void ClassInitialize()
     XtQChainBottom = XrmPermStringToQuark("chainbottom");
     XtQRubber      = XrmPermStringToQuark("rubber");
 
-    XtAddConverter( XtRString, XtREdgeType, _CvtStringToEdgeType, 
+    XtAddConverter( XtRString, XtREdgeType, _CvtStringToEdgeType,
 		    (XtConvertArgList)NULL, 0 );
     XtSetTypeConverter (XtRString, XtRWidget, XmuNewCvtStringToWidget,
 			parentCvtArgs, XtNumber(parentCvtArgs), XtCacheNone,
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ static void ClassPartInitialize(class)
     WidgetClass class;
 {
     FormWidgetClass c = (FormWidgetClass)class;
-    FormWidgetClass super = (FormWidgetClass) 
+    FormWidgetClass super = (FormWidgetClass)
 	c->core_class.superclass;
 
     if (c->form_class.layout == XtInheritLayout)
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ static Boolean Layout(fw, width, height, force_relayout)
 
 	    LayoutChild(*childP);
 
-	    x = form->form.new_x + (*childP)->core.width + 
+	    x = form->form.new_x + (*childP)->core.width +
 		((*childP)->core.border_width << 1);
 	    if (x > (int)maxx)
 		maxx = x;
@@ -362,8 +362,8 @@ static Boolean Layout(fw, width, height, force_relayout)
     if (fw->form.resize_in_layout) {
 	Boolean always_resize_children;
 
-	always_resize_children = 
-	    ChangeFormGeometry( (Widget) fw, FALSE, maxx, maxy, 
+	always_resize_children =
+	    ChangeFormGeometry( (Widget) fw, FALSE, maxx, maxy,
 				(Dimension *)NULL, (Dimension *)NULL);
 
 	fw->form.old_width  = fw->core.width;
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ static Boolean Layout(fw, width, height, force_relayout)
  *	Returns: none.
  */
 
-static void ResizeChildren(w) 
+static void ResizeChildren(w)
 Widget w;
 {
     FormWidget fw = (FormWidget) w;
@@ -402,18 +402,18 @@ Widget w;
     for (childP = children; childP - children < num_children; childP++) {
 	FormConstraints form;
 
-	if (!XtIsManaged(*childP)) 
+	if (!XtIsManaged(*childP))
 	    continue;
 
 	form = (FormConstraints)(*childP)->core.constraints;
 	if (fw->form.no_refigure) {
-/* 
+/*
  * I am changing the widget wrapper w/o modifing the window.  This is
  * risky, but I can get away with it since I am the parent of this
  * widget, and he must ask me for any geometry changes.
  *
  * The window will be updated when no_refigure is set back to False.
- */	
+ */
 	    (*childP)->core.x = form->form.new_x;
 	    (*childP)->core.y = form->form.new_y;
 	}
@@ -458,14 +458,14 @@ static void LayoutChild(w)
 	FormConstraints ref_form = (FormConstraints) ref->core.constraints;
 
 	LayoutChild(ref);
-	form->form.new_x += (ref_form->form.new_x + 
+	form->form.new_x += (ref_form->form.new_x +
 			     ref->core.width + (ref->core.border_width << 1));
     }
     if ((ref = form->form.vert_base) != (Widget)NULL) {
 	FormConstraints ref_form = (FormConstraints) ref->core.constraints;
 
 	LayoutChild(ref);
-	form->form.new_y += (ref_form->form.new_y + 
+	form->form.new_y += (ref_form->form.new_y +
 			     ref->core.height + (ref->core.border_width << 1));
     }
 
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ static void Resize(w)
 			       fw->core.width, form->form.left );
 	    y = TransformCoord( (*childP)->core.y, fw->form.old_height,
 			       fw->core.height, form->form.top );
-	    
+
 	    form->form.virtual_width =
 		TransformCoord((Position)((*childP)->core.x
 					  + form->form.virtual_width
@@ -516,20 +516,20 @@ static void Resize(w)
 			       fw->form.old_width, fw->core.width,
 			       form->form.right )
 		    - (x + 2 * (*childP)->core.border_width);
-	    
+
 	    form->form.virtual_height =
 		TransformCoord((Position)((*childP)->core.y
 					  + form->form.virtual_height
 					  + 2 * (*childP)->core.border_width),
 			       fw->form.old_height, fw->core.height,
-			       form->form.bottom ) 
+			       form->form.bottom )
 		    - ( y + 2 * (*childP)->core.border_width);
-	    
-	    width = (Dimension) 
+
+	    width = (Dimension)
 		(form->form.virtual_width < 1) ? 1 : form->form.virtual_width;
 	    height = (Dimension)
 	       (form->form.virtual_height < 1) ? 1 : form->form.virtual_height;
-	    
+
 	    XtConfigureWidget(*childP,x,y, (Dimension)width, (Dimension)height,
 			      (*childP)->core.border_width );
 	}
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ static XtGeometryResult GeometryManager(w, request, reply)
          * then it is necessary to compute a new layout if ConstraintSetValues
          * allowed any constraint changes. */
 
-	if (fw->form.needs_relayout) 
+	if (fw->form.needs_relayout)
 	    (*((FormWidgetClass)fw->core.widget_class)->form_class.layout)
 		(fw, 0, 0, True);
 	return(XtGeometryNo);
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ static XtGeometryResult GeometryManager(w, request, reply)
          * then it is necessary to compute a new layout if ConstraintSetValues
          * allowed any constraint changes. */
 
-	if (fw->form.needs_relayout) 
+	if (fw->form.needs_relayout)
 	    (*((FormWidgetClass)fw->core.widget_class)->form_class.layout)
 		(fw, 0, 0, True);
 	return(XtGeometryNo);
@@ -617,12 +617,12 @@ static XtGeometryResult GeometryManager(w, request, reply)
 
 	fw->form.resize_in_layout = TRUE;
 
-	always_resize_children = ChangeFormGeometry(w, TRUE, 
+	always_resize_children = ChangeFormGeometry(w, TRUE,
 				   fw->form.preferred_width,
 				   fw->form.preferred_height,
 				   &ret_width, &ret_height);
 
-	if (always_resize_children || 
+	if (always_resize_children ||
 	    ((ret_width >= fw->form.preferred_width) &&
 	     (ret_height >= fw->form.preferred_height)))
 	{
@@ -639,17 +639,17 @@ static XtGeometryResult GeometryManager(w, request, reply)
 	    form->form.virtual_width = w->core.width;   /* reset virtual */
 	    form->form.virtual_height = w->core.height; /* width and height. */
 	    if (fw->form.no_refigure) {
-/* 
+/*
  * I am changing the widget wrapper w/o modifing the window.  This is
  * risky, but I can get away with it since I am the parent of this
  * widget, and he must ask me for any geometry changes.
  *
  * The window will be updated when no_refigure is set back to False.
- */	
+ */
 		form->form.deferred_resize = True;
 		ret_val = XtGeometryDone;
 	    }
-	    else 
+	    else
 		ret_val = XtGeometryYes;
 	}
 	else {
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ static Boolean ConstraintSetValues(current, request, new, args, num_args)
 {
   FormConstraints cfc = (FormConstraints) current->core.constraints;
   FormConstraints nfc = (FormConstraints) new->core.constraints;
-  
+
   if (cfc->form.top          != nfc->form.top         ||
       cfc->form.bottom       != nfc->form.bottom      ||
       cfc->form.left         != nfc->form.left        ||
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ static void ChangeManaged(w)
   /*
    * Reset virtual width and height for all children.
    */
-  
+
   for (children = childP = fw->composite.children ;
        childP - children < num_children; childP++) {
     child = *childP;
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ static void ChangeManaged(w)
  *
  * Chris D. Peterson 2/9/89.
  */
-	 
+
       if ( child->core.width != 1)
 	form->form.virtual_width = (int) child->core.width;
       if ( child->core.height != 1)
@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ static void ChangeManaged(w)
     }
   }
   (*((FormWidgetClass)w->core.widget_class)->form_class.layout)
-  	                                 ((FormWidget) w, w->core.width, 
+  	                                 ((FormWidget) w, w->core.width,
 					  w->core.height, TRUE);
 }
 
@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ static XtGeometryResult PreferredGeometry( widget, request, reply  )
     XtWidgetGeometry *request, *reply;
 {
     FormWidget w = (FormWidget)widget;
-    
+
     reply->width = w->form.preferred_width;
     reply->height = w->form.preferred_height;
     reply->request_mode = CWWidth | CWHeight;
@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ static XtGeometryResult PreferredGeometry( widget, request, reply  )
  *
  **********************************************************************/
 
-/* 
+/*
  * Set or reset figuring (ignored if not realized)
  */
 
@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ Boolean doit;
 	     */
 
 	    XMoveResizeWindow(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w),
-			      w->core.x, w->core.y, 
+			      w->core.x, w->core.y,
 			      w->core.width, w->core.height);
 
 	    if (form->form.deferred_resize &&
diff --git a/src/Grip.c b/src/Grip.c
index 7024bda..2f49194 100644
--- a/src/Grip.c
+++ b/src/Grip.c
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
 
                         All Rights Reserved
 
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
 supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
 used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.  
+software without specific, written prior permission.
 
 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ static XtResource resources[] = {
       XtDefaultForeground},
    {XtNborderWidth, XtCBorderWidth, XtRDimension, sizeof(Dimension),
       XtOffsetOf(GripRec, core.border_width), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)0},
-   {XtNcallback, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtPointer), 
+   {XtNcallback, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtPointer),
       XtOffsetOf(GripRec, grip.grip_action), XtRCallback, NULL},
 };
 
diff --git a/src/Label.c b/src/Label.c
index abc6fed..a1e5234 100644
--- a/src/Label.c
+++ b/src/Label.c
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
 
                         All Rights Reserved
 
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
 supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
 used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.  
+software without specific, written prior permission.
 
 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ static XtGeometryResult QueryGeometry();
 
 LabelClassRec labelClassRec = {
   {
-/* core_class fields */	
+/* core_class fields */
     /* superclass	  	*/	(WidgetClass) &threeDClassRec,
     /* class_name	  	*/	"Label",
     /* widget_size	  	*/	sizeof(LabelRec),
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ WidgetClass labelWidgetClass = (WidgetClass)&labelClassRec;
 static void ClassInitialize()
 {
     XawInitializeWidgetSet();
-    XtAddConverter( XtRString, XtRJustify, XmuCvtStringToJustify, 
+    XtAddConverter( XtRString, XtRJustify, XmuCvtStringToJustify,
 		    (XtConvertArgList)NULL, 0 );
 }
 
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ static void GetgrayGC(lw)
     values.font	      = lw->label.font->fid;
     values.fill_style = FillTiled;
     values.tile       = XmuCreateStippledPixmap(XtScreen((Widget)lw),
-						lw->label.foreground, 
+						lw->label.foreground,
 						lw->core.background_pixel,
 						lw->core.depth);
     values.graphics_exposures = False;
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ static void GetgrayGC(lw)
 				&values, GCFont, 0);
     else
 #endif
-        lw->label.gray_GC = XtGetGC((Widget)lw, 
+        lw->label.gray_GC = XtGetGC((Widget)lw,
 				(unsigned) GCForeground | GCBackground |
 					   GCFont | GCTile | GCFillStyle |
 					   GCGraphicsExposures,
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ static void Initialize(request, new, args, num_args)
     if (!XtIsSubclass(new, commandWidgetClass))
 	lw->threeD.shadow_width = 0;
 
-    if (lw->label.label == NULL) 
+    if (lw->label.label == NULL)
         lw->label.label = XtNewString(lw->core.name);
     else
         lw->label.label = XtNewString(lw->label.label);
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ static void Redisplay(gw, event, region)
     Pixmap pm;
     GC gc;
 
-    /* 
+    /*
      * Don't draw shadows if Command is going to redraw them.
      * The shadow draw method is region aware, but since 99% of
      * all labels don't have shadows, we'll check for a shadow
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ static void Redisplay(gw, event, region)
 		    else
 		        XDrawString(XtDisplay(gw), XtWindow(gw), gc,
 			       		w->label.label_x, y, label, (int)(nl - label));
-		    y += w->label.font->max_bounds.ascent + 
+		    y += w->label.font->max_bounds.ascent +
 		                        w->label.font->max_bounds.descent;
 		    label = nl + 1;
 	        }
@@ -851,10 +851,10 @@ static XtGeometryResult QueryGeometry(w, intended, preferred)
     LabelWidget lw = (LabelWidget)w;
 
     preferred->request_mode = CWWidth | CWHeight;
-    preferred->width = (lw->label.label_width + 
+    preferred->width = (lw->label.label_width +
 			    2 * lw->label.internal_width +
 			    LEFT_OFFSET(lw));
-    preferred->height = lw->label.label_height + 
+    preferred->height = lw->label.label_height +
 			    2 * lw->label.internal_height;
     if (  ((intended->request_mode & (CWWidth | CWHeight))
 	   	== (CWWidth | CWHeight)) &&
diff --git a/src/Layout.c b/src/Layout.c
index 1247ae7..69fcc7f 100644
--- a/src/Layout.c
+++ b/src/Layout.c
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL M.I.T.
  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
  * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
- * OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN 
+ * OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
  * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
  *
  * Author:  Keith Packard, MIT X Consortium
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ static int DBUG_level = 0;
     {fprintf(stderr,"       (%d) %s:",DBUG_level, DBUG_currentproc); \
     fprintf(stderr,f,s);fprintf(stderr,"\n");}
 #else
-# define DBUG_ENTER(s) 
+# define DBUG_ENTER(s)
 # define DBUG_VOID_RETURN return
 # define DBUG_PRINT(f,s)
 # define DBUG_RETURN(f,v) return(v)
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ LayoutClassRec layoutClassRec = {
     NULL,                                 /* extension              */
    },
 #endif
-   { /* layout_class fields */     
+   { /* layout_class fields */
     0
    }
 };
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ WidgetClass layoutWidgetClass = (WidgetClass) &layoutClassRec;
 
 /************************************************************
  *
- * Semi-public routines. 
+ * Semi-public routines.
  *
  ************************************************************/
 
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ CvtStringToLayout (dpy, args, num_args, from, to, converter_data)
     XtPointer	*converter_data;
 {
     static BoxPtr tmp;
-    
+
     LayYYsetsource ((char *) from->addr);
     if (!to->addr) to->addr = (XtPointer)&tmp;
     LayYYsetdest ((BoxPtr *) to->addr);
@@ -232,16 +232,16 @@ DisposeLayout (app, to, data, args, num_args)
     LayoutFreeLayout (* (LayoutPtr *) to->addr);
 }
 
-static void 
+static void
 ClassInitialize()
 {
     XtSetTypeConverter ( XtRString, XtRLayout, CvtStringToLayout,
-		    (XtConvertArgList)NULL, (Cardinal)0, XtCacheNone, 
+		    (XtConvertArgList)NULL, (Cardinal)0, XtCacheNone,
  		    DisposeLayout );
 }
 
 #ifdef MOTIF
-static void Redisplay ( gw, event, region ) 
+static void Redisplay ( gw, event, region )
 Widget gw;
 XEvent *event;
 Region region;
@@ -249,8 +249,8 @@ Region region;
    /*
     * If the Layout widget is visible, redraw gadgets.
     */
- 
-    if ( XtIsRealized ( gw ) && gw->core.visible ) 
+
+    if ( XtIsRealized ( gw ) && gw->core.visible )
     {
         _XmRedisplayGadgets ( gw, event, region );
     }
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ static XtGeometryResult GeometryManager(child, request, reply)
     changed = FALSE;
     bwChanged = FALSE;
     if (request->request_mode & CWBorderWidth &&
-	request->border_width != child->core.border_width) 
+	request->border_width != child->core.border_width)
     {
 	p->naturalBw = bw;
 	bw = request->border_width;
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ static void ChangeManaged(gw)
 	GetDesiredSize (*children);
     LayoutLayout ((LayoutWidget) w, TRUE);
 #ifdef MOTIF
-    _XmNavigChangeManaged ( gw );        
+    _XmNavigChangeManaged ( gw );
 #endif
     DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
 }
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ GetDesiredSize (child)
 {
     XtWidgetGeometry	desired;
     SubInfoPtr		p;
-    
+
     XtQueryGeometry (child, (XtWidgetGeometry *) NULL, &desired);
     p = SubInfo (child);
     p->naturalBw = desired.border_width;
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ Resize(gw)
 }
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static Boolean 
+static Boolean
 SetValues(gold, greq, gnew, args, num_args)
     Widget gold, greq, gnew;
     ArgList args;
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ PrintDirection (dir)
     default:
 	(void) printf ("Unknown layout direction %d\n", dir);
 	break;
-  
+
     }
 }
 
@@ -470,17 +470,17 @@ PrintBox (box, level)
     int		    level;
 {
     BoxPtr	child;
-    
+
     TabTo (level);
     (void) printf ("%s", "< ");
-    (void) printf ("%s", " + "); 
+    (void) printf ("%s", " + ");
     PrintGlue (box->params.stretch[LayoutHorizontal]);
-    (void) printf ("%s", " - "); 
+    (void) printf ("%s", " - ");
     PrintGlue (box->params.shrink[LayoutHorizontal]);
     (void) printf ("%s", " * ");
-    (void) printf ("%s", " + "); 
+    (void) printf ("%s", " + ");
     PrintGlue (box->params.stretch[LayoutVertical]);
-    (void) printf ("%s", " - "); 
+    (void) printf ("%s", " - ");
     PrintGlue (box->params.shrink[LayoutVertical]);
     (void) printf ("%s", " >");
     (void) printf (" size: %d x %d", box->size[0], box->size[1]);
@@ -516,8 +516,8 @@ LookupVariable (child, quark)
     DBUG_PRINT("child = %p",child);
     while ((parent = child->parent))
     {
-	for (box = parent->u.box.firstChild; 
-	     box != child; 
+	for (box = parent->u.box.firstChild;
+	     box != child;
 	     box = box->nextSibling)
 	{
 	    if (box->type == VariableBox && box->u.variable.quark == quark)
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ LookupVariable (child, quark)
     }
     DBUG_RETURN("failure -> %d",0);
 }
-		
+
 static double
 Evaluate (l, box, expr, natural)
     LayoutWidget    l;
@@ -582,10 +582,10 @@ Evaluate (l, box, expr, natural)
 	    return 0;
 	info = SubInfo (widget);
 	return info->naturalSize[LayoutVertical];
-    case Variable: 
+    case Variable:
         {
-	/* in the original code there was no nexpr, 
-	   expr was overwritten by LookupVariable and 
+	/* in the original code there was no nexpr,
+	   expr was overwritten by LookupVariable and
 	   the expression "expr->u.variable" to obtain the
 	   variable name for the errormessage cause a segmentation
 	   violation */
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ DisposeExpr (expr)
 
 #define DoStretch(l, box, dir) \
     CheckGlue (l, box, box->params.stretch[dir], (double) box->natural[dir]);
-	
+
 #define DoShrink(l, box, dir) \
     CheckGlue (l, box, box->params.shrink[dir], (double) box->natural[dir])
 
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ ComputeNaturalSizes (l, box, dir)
 	    box->natural[LayoutHorizontal] = 0;
 	    box->natural[LayoutVertical] = 0;
 	}
-	else 
+	else
 	{
 	    info = SubInfo (w);
 	    box->natural[LayoutHorizontal] = info->naturalSize[LayoutHorizontal];
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ ComputeNaturalSizes (l, box, dir)
 	ZeroGlue (box->params.stretch[thisDir]);
 	box->params.shrink[!thisDir].order = 100000;
 	box->params.stretch[!thisDir].order = 100000;
-	for (child = box->u.box.firstChild; child; child = child->nextSibling) 
+	for (child = box->u.box.firstChild; child; child = child->nextSibling)
 	{
 	    ComputeNaturalSizes (l, child, thisDir);
 	    /*
@@ -747,9 +747,9 @@ ComputeNaturalSizes (l, box, dir)
 	{
 	    int	    minSize;
 	    int	    largestMinSize;
-	    
+
 	    largestMinSize = 0;
-	    for (child = box->u.box.firstChild; child; child = child->nextSibling) 
+	    for (child = box->u.box.firstChild; child; child = child->nextSibling)
 	    {
 		if (child->params.shrink[!thisDir].order <= 0)
 		{
@@ -801,21 +801,21 @@ ComputeSizes (box)
 
     dir = box->u.box.dir;
     size = box->size[dir];
-    
+
     stretch = box->params.stretch[dir];
     shrink = box->params.shrink[dir];
-    
+
     /* pick the correct adjustment parameters based on the change direction */
 
     totalChange[0] = size - box->natural[dir];
 
     shrinking = totalChange[0] < 0;
-    
+
     totalChange[1] = 0;
     totalGlue[1].order = 100000;
     totalGlue[1].value = 0;
     maxGlue = 1;
-    if (shrinking) 
+    if (shrinking)
     {
 	totalGlue[0] = shrink;
 	/* for first-order infinites, shrink it to zero and then
@@ -824,9 +824,9 @@ ComputeSizes (box)
 	if (shrink.order == 1) {
 	    totalSizes = 0;
 	    remainingGlue = 0;
-	    for (child = box->u.box.firstChild; 
-		 child; 
-		 child = child->nextSibling) 
+	    for (child = box->u.box.firstChild;
+		 child;
+		 child = child->nextSibling)
 	    {
 		switch (child->params.shrink[dir].order) {
 		case 0:
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ ComputeSizes (box)
 		maxGlue = 2;
 	    }
 	}
-	if (totalGlue[0].order <= 0 && 
+	if (totalGlue[0].order <= 0 &&
 	    totalChange[0] > totalGlue[0].value)
 	{
 	    totalChange[0] = totalGlue[0].value;
@@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ ComputeSizes (box)
     remainingGlue = totalGlue[0].value + totalGlue[1].value;
     remainingChange = totalChange[0] + totalChange[1];
     happy = True;
-    for (child = box->u.box.firstChild; child; child = child->nextSibling) 
+    for (child = box->u.box.firstChild; child; child = child->nextSibling)
     {
         /* never add glue or stretch to a VariableBox! */
         if (child->type == VariableBox) continue;
@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ ComputeSizes (box)
 	    glue = &child->params.shrink[dir];
 	else
 	    glue = &child->params.stretch[dir];
-    
+
 	child->size[dir] = child->natural[dir];
 	for (i = 0; i < maxGlue; i++)
 	{
@@ -880,8 +880,8 @@ ComputeSizes (box)
 		if (remainingGlue <= 0)
 		    change = remainingChange;
 		else
-		    change = GluePart (glue->value, 
-				       totalGlue[i].value, 
+		    change = GluePart (glue->value,
+				       totalGlue[i].value,
 				       totalChange[i]);
 		child->size[dir] += change;
 		remainingChange -= change;
@@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ SetSizes (box, x, y)
     int		bw;
     Widget	w;
     SubInfoPtr	info;
-    
+
     switch (box->type) {
     case WidgetBox:
 	w = box->u.widget.widget;
@@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ SetSizes (box, x, y)
 	    width -= bw * 2;
 	    height -= bw * 2;
 	    /* Widgets which grow too small are placed off screen */
-	    if (width <= 0 || height <= 0) 
+	    if (width <= 0 || height <= 0)
 	    {
 		width = 1;
 		height = 1;
@@ -928,13 +928,13 @@ SetSizes (box, x, y)
 		x = -1;
 		y = -1;
 	    }
-	    XtConfigureWidget (w, x, y, 
-			      (Dimension)width, (Dimension)height, 
+	    XtConfigureWidget (w, x, y,
+			      (Dimension)width, (Dimension)height,
 			      (Dimension)bw);
 	}
 	break;
     case BoxBox:
-	for (child = box->u.box.firstChild; child; child = child->nextSibling) 
+	for (child = box->u.box.firstChild; child; child = child->nextSibling)
 	{
 	    SetSizes (child, x, y);
 	    if (box->u.box.dir == LayoutHorizontal)
@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ LayoutFreeLayout (box)
     BoxPtr  box;
 {
     BoxPtr  child, next;
-    
+
     switch (box->type) {
     case BoxBox:
 	for (child = box->u.box.firstChild; child; child = next)
@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ LayoutFreeLayout (box)
 	break;
     case WidgetBox:
     case VariableBox:
-    default: 
+    default:
 	break;
     }
     DisposeExpr (box->params.stretch[LayoutHorizontal].expr);
@@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ LayoutGetNaturalSize (l, widthp, heightp)
 
     DBUG_ENTER("LayoutGetNaturalSize");
     box = l->layout.layout;
-    if (box) 
+    if (box)
     {
 	ComputeNaturalSizes (l, box, LayoutHorizontal);
 	*widthp = box->natural[LayoutHorizontal];
diff --git a/src/List.c b/src/List.c
index 867d9f8..48e3b67 100644
--- a/src/List.c
+++ b/src/List.c
@@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ I also added the freedoms member of the list widget part. */
 #define WidthFree( w )   !(((ListWidget)(w))->list.freedoms & WidthLock )
 #define LongestFree( w ) !(((ListWidget)(w))->list.freedoms & LongestLock )
 
-/* 
+/*
  * Default Translation table.
  */
 
-static char defaultTranslations[] =  
+static char defaultTranslations[] =
   "<Btn1Down>:   Set()\n\
    <Btn1Up>:     Notify()";
 
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ static XtActionsRec actions[] = {
 
 ListClassRec listClassRec = {
   {
-/* core_class fields */	
+/* core_class fields */
     /* superclass	  	*/	(WidgetClass) &simpleClassRec,
     /* class_name	  	*/	"List",
     /* widget_size	  	*/	sizeof(ListRec),
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ static void GetGCs(w)
 Widget w;
 {
     XGCValues	values;
-    ListWidget lw = (ListWidget) w;    
+    ListWidget lw = (ListWidget) w;
 
     values.foreground	= lw->list.foreground;
     values.font		= lw->list.font->fid;
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Widget w;
         lw->list.revgc = XtGetGC( w, (unsigned) GCForeground | GCFont,
 				 &values);
 
-    values.tile       = XmuCreateStippledPixmap(XtScreen(w), 
+    values.tile       = XmuCreateStippledPixmap(XtScreen(w),
 						lw->list.foreground,
 						lw->core.background_pixel,
 						lw->core.depth);
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ Dimension width, height;
  */
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 Initialize(junk, new, args, num_args)
 Widget junk, new;
 ArgList args;
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
 {
     ListWidget lw = (ListWidget) new;
 
-/* 
+/*
  * Initialize all private resources.
  */
 
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ int *item;
     if (lw->list.vertical_cols) {
         one = lw->list.nrows * ((xloc - (int) lw->list.internal_width)
 	    / lw->list.col_width);
-        another = (yloc - (int) lw->list.internal_height) 
+        another = (yloc - (int) lw->list.internal_height)
 	        / lw->list.row_height;
 	 /* If out of range, return minimum possible value. */
 	if (another >= lw->list.nrows) {
@@ -423,15 +423,15 @@ int *item;
 	}
     }
     else {
-        one = (lw->list.ncols * ((yloc - (int) lw->list.internal_height) 
+        one = (lw->list.ncols * ((yloc - (int) lw->list.internal_height)
               / lw->list.row_height)) ;
 	/* If in right margin handle things right. */
         another = (xloc - (int) lw->list.internal_width) / lw->list.col_width;
 	if (another >= lw->list.ncols) {
-	    another = lw->list.ncols - 1; 
+	    another = lw->list.ncols - 1;
 	    ret_val = OUT_OF_RANGE;
 	}
-    }  
+    }
     if ((xloc < 0) || (yloc < 0))
         ret_val = OUT_OF_RANGE;
     if (one < 0) one = 0;
@@ -481,8 +481,8 @@ int ul, lr, item;
     ListWidget lw = (ListWidget) w;
     int mod_item;
     int things;
-    
-    if (item < ul || item > lr) 
+
+    if (item < ul || item > lr)
         return(FALSE);
     if (lw->list.vertical_cols)
         things = lw->list.nrows;
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ GC gc;
  * columns, though, this prevents items from overwriting other items. */
 
 static void ClipToShadowInteriorAndLongest(lw, gc_p, x)
-    ListWidget lw; 
+    ListWidget lw;
     GC* gc_p;
     Dimension x;
 {
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ int item;
 
 #ifdef XAW_INTERNATIONALIZATION
     if ( lw->simple.international == True )
-        str_y = y + abs(ext->max_ink_extent.y); 
+        str_y = y + abs(ext->max_ink_extent.y);
     else
 #endif
         str_y = y + lw->list.font->max_bounds.ascent;
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ int item;
 	    HighlightBackground(w, x, y, lw->list.normgc);
 	}
         else {
-	    if (XtIsSensitive(w)) 
+	    if (XtIsSensitive(w))
 	        gc = lw->list.normgc;
 	    else
 	        gc = lw->list.graygc;
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ int item;
 	    lw->list.is_highlighted = item;
 	}
 	else {
-	    if (XtIsSensitive(w)) 
+	    if (XtIsSensitive(w))
 	        gc = lw->list.normgc;
 	    else
 	        gc = lw->list.graygc;
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ int item;
     XSetClipMask( XtDisplay( w ), gc, None );
 }
 
-    
+
 /* Redisplay()
  *
  * Repaints the widget window on expose events.
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ int item;
  * junk - not used, unless three-d patch enabled. */
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 Redisplay(w, event, junk)
 Widget w;
 XEvent *event;
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ Region junk;
     }
     else
         FindCornerItems(w, event, &ul_item, &lr_item);
-    
+
     for (item = ul_item; (item <= lr_item && item < lw->list.nitems) ; item++)
       if (ItemInRectangle(w, ul_item, lr_item, item))
 	PaintItemName(w, item);
@@ -705,14 +705,14 @@ Region junk;
  * intended - what the parent intends to do with us.
  * requested - what we want to happen. */
 
-static XtGeometryResult 
+static XtGeometryResult
 PreferredGeom(w, intended, requested)
 Widget w;
 XtWidgetGeometry *intended, *requested;
 {
     Dimension new_width, new_height;
     Boolean change, width_req, height_req;
-    
+
     width_req = intended->request_mode & CWWidth;
     height_req = intended->request_mode & CWHeight;
 
@@ -727,14 +727,14 @@ XtWidgetGeometry *intended, *requested;
       new_height = w->core.height;
 
     requested->request_mode = 0;
-    
+
 /*
  * We only care about our height and width.
  */
 
     if ( !width_req && !height_req)
       return(XtGeometryYes);
-    
+
     change = Layout(w, !width_req, !height_req, &new_width, &new_height);
 
     requested->request_mode |= CWWidth;
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ Resize(w)
  * width, height- the is the current width and height that we are going
  *                we are going to layout the list widget to,
  *                depending on xfree and yfree of course.
- *                               
+ *
  * RETURNS: TRUE if width or height have been changed. */
 
 static Boolean
@@ -787,8 +787,8 @@ Dimension *width, *height;
 {
     ListWidget lw = (ListWidget) w;
     Boolean change = FALSE;
-    
-/* 
+
+/*
  * If force columns is set then always use number of columns specified
  * by default_cols.
  */
@@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ Dimension *width, *height;
                 + 2 * lw->list.internal_height;
 	change = TRUE;
     }
-/* 
+/*
  * If the width is fixed then use it to determine the number of columns.
  * If the height is free to move (width still fixed) then resize the height
  * of the widget to fit the current list exactly.
@@ -848,20 +848,20 @@ Dimension *width, *height;
 	    change = TRUE;
 	}
     }
-/* 
+/*
  * The last case is xfree and !yfree we use the height to determine
  * the number of rows and then set the width to just fit the resulting
  * number of columns.
  */
     else if (!yfree) {		/* xfree must be TRUE. */
-        lw->list.nrows = (int)(*height - 2 * lw->list.internal_height) 
+        lw->list.nrows = (int)(*height - 2 * lw->list.internal_height)
 	                 / (int)lw->list.row_height;
 	if (lw->list.nrows <= 0) lw->list.nrows = 1;
 	lw->list.ncols = (( lw->list.nitems - 1 ) / lw->list.nrows) + 1;
-	*width = lw->list.ncols * lw->list.col_width 
+	*width = lw->list.ncols * lw->list.col_width
 	       + 2 * lw->list.internal_width;
 	change = TRUE;
-    }      
+    }
     return(change);
 }
 
@@ -884,9 +884,9 @@ Cardinal *num_params;
     int item, item_len;
     XawListReturnStruct ret_value;
 
-/* 
- * Find item and if out of range then unhighlight and return. 
- * 
+/*
+ * Find item and if out of range then unhighlight and return.
+ *
  * If the current item is unhighlighted then the user has aborted the
  * notify, so unhighlight and return.
  */
@@ -902,13 +902,13 @@ Cardinal *num_params;
     if ( lw->list.paste )	/* if XtNpasteBuffer set then paste it. */
         XStoreBytes(XtDisplay(w), lw->list.list[item], item_len);
 
-/* 
+/*
  * Call Callback function.
  */
 
     ret_value.string = lw->list.list[item];
     ret_value.list_index = item;
-    
+
     XtCallCallbacks( w, XtNcallback, (XtPointer) &ret_value);
 }
 
@@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ Cardinal *num_params;
  * Set specified arguments into widget
  */
 
-static Boolean 
+static Boolean
 SetValues(current, request, new, args, num_args)
 Widget current, request, new;
 ArgList args;
@@ -1065,10 +1065,10 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
         nl->list.highlight = NO_HIGHLIGHT;
 	redraw = TRUE;
     }
-    
+
     if (!XtIsRealized(current))
       return(FALSE);
-      
+
     return(redraw);
 }
 
@@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ static void Destroy(w)
 {
     ListWidget lw = (ListWidget) w;
     XGCValues values;
-    
+
     XGetGCValues(XtDisplay(w), lw->list.graygc, GCTile, &values);
     XmuReleaseStippledPixmap(XtScreen(w), values.tile);
     XtReleaseGC(w, lw->list.graygc);
@@ -1188,12 +1188,12 @@ int item;
 #endif
 {
     ListWidget lw = ( ListWidget ) w;
-    
+
     if (XtIsSensitive(w)) {
         lw->list.highlight = item;
         if (lw->list.is_highlighted != NO_HIGHLIGHT)
             PaintItemName(w, lw->list.is_highlighted);  /* Unhighlight. */
-	PaintItemName(w, item); /* HIGHLIGHT this one. */ 
+	PaintItemName(w, item); /* HIGHLIGHT this one. */
     }
 }
 
@@ -1214,9 +1214,9 @@ Widget w;
     ListWidget lw = ( ListWidget ) w;
     XawListReturnStruct * ret_val;
 
-    ret_val = (XawListReturnStruct *) 
+    ret_val = (XawListReturnStruct *)
 	          XtMalloc (sizeof (XawListReturnStruct));/* SPARE MALLOC OK */
-    
+
     ret_val->list_index = lw->list.highlight;
     if (ret_val->list_index == XAW_LIST_NONE)
       ret_val->string = "";
diff --git a/src/MenuButton.c b/src/MenuButton.c
index f334451..aa26a7e 100644
--- a/src/MenuButton.c
+++ b/src/MenuButton.c
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
  * Date:    May 2, 1989
  *
  * By:      Chris D. Peterson
- *          MIT X Consortium 
+ *          MIT X Consortium
  *          kit@expo.lcs.mit.edu
  */
 
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ static void PopupMenu();
 
 #define superclass ((CommandWidgetClass)&commandClassRec)
 
-static char defaultTranslations[] = 
+static char defaultTranslations[] =
 "<EnterWindow>: highlight()\n\
  <LeaveWindow>: reset()\n\
  Any<BtnDown>:  reset() PopupMenu()";
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ static char defaultTranslations[] =
 #define offset(field) XtOffsetOf(MenuButtonRec, field)
 static XtResource resources[] = {
   {
-    XtNmenuName, XtCMenuName, XtRString, sizeof(String), 
+    XtNmenuName, XtCMenuName, XtRString, sizeof(String),
     offset(menu_button.menu_name), XtRString, (XtPointer)"menu"},
 };
 #undef offset
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ static XtActionsRec actionsList[] =
 
 MenuButtonClassRec menuButtonClassRec = {
   {
-    (WidgetClass) superclass,		/* superclass		  */	
+    (WidgetClass) superclass,		/* superclass		  */
     "MenuButton",			/* class_name		  */
     sizeof(MenuButtonRec),       	/* size			  */
     ClassInitialize,			/* class_initialize	  */
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ MenuButtonClassRec menuButtonClassRec = {
     NULL				/* extension		  */
   },  /* CoreClass fields initialization */
   {
-    XtInheritChangeSensitive		/* change_sensitive	  */ 
+    XtInheritChangeSensitive		/* change_sensitive	  */
   },  /* SimpleClass fields initialization */
   {
     XtInheritXaw3dShadowDraw,           /* shadowdraw           */
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ WidgetClass menuButtonWidgetClass = (WidgetClass) &menuButtonClassRec;
 static void ClassInitialize()
 {
     XawInitializeWidgetSet();
-    XtRegisterGrabAction(PopupMenu, True, 
+    XtRegisterGrabAction(PopupMenu, True,
 			 (unsigned int)(ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask),
 			 GrabModeAsync, GrabModeAsync);
 }
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ Cardinal * num_params;
   temp = w;
   while(temp != NULL) {
     menu = XtNameToWidget(temp, mbw->menu_button.menu_name);
-    if (menu == NULL) 
+    if (menu == NULL)
       temp = XtParent(temp);
     else
       break;
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Cardinal * num_params;
   }
   if (!XtIsRealized(menu))
     XtRealizeWidget(menu);
-  
+
   menu_width = menu->core.width + 2 * menu->core.border_width;
   button_height = w->core.height + 2 * w->core.border_width;
   menu_height = menu->core.height + 2 * menu->core.border_width;
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ Cardinal * num_params;
     if (menu_x + menu_width > scr_width)
       menu_x = scr_width - menu_width;
   }
-  if (menu_x < 0) 
+  if (menu_x < 0)
     menu_x = 0;
 
   if (menu_y >= 0) {
diff --git a/src/MultiSink.c b/src/MultiSink.c
index 8d91d94..f1c899c 100644
--- a/src/MultiSink.c
+++ b/src/MultiSink.c
@@ -52,13 +52,13 @@ Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
 
                         All Rights Reserved
 
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
 supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
 used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.  
+software without specific, written prior permission.
 
 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ static XtResource resources[] = {
 
 #define SuperClass		(&textSinkClassRec)
 MultiSinkClassRec multiSinkClassRec = {
-  { /* core_class fields */	
+  { /* core_class fields */
     /* superclass	  	*/	(WidgetClass) SuperClass,
     /* class_name	  	*/	"MultiSink",
     /* widget_size	  	*/	sizeof(MultiSinkRec),
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ WidgetClass multiSinkObjectClass = (WidgetClass)&multiSinkClassRec;
 
 /* Utilities */
 
-static int 
+static int
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
 CharWidth (
     Widget w,
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ CharWidth (w, x, c)
 	x -= ((TextWidget) XtParent(w))->text.margin.left;
 
 	if (x >= (int)XtParent(w)->core.width) return 0;
-	for (i = 0, tab = sink->text_sink.tabs ; 
+	for (i = 0, tab = sink->text_sink.tabs ;
 	     i < sink->text_sink.tab_count ; i++, tab++) {
 	    if (x < *tab) {
 		if (*tab < (int)XtParent(w)->core.width)
@@ -277,8 +277,8 @@ PaintText(w, gc, x, y, buf, len)
 /*
  * This function does not know about drawing more than one line of text.
  */
- 
-static void 
+
+static void
 DisplayText(w, x, y, pos1, pos2, highlight)
     Widget w;
     Position x, y;
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ InsertCursor (w, x, y, state)
     sink->multi_sink.cursor_y = y;
 
     GetCursorBounds(w, &rect);
-    if (state != sink->multi_sink.laststate && XtIsRealized(text_widget)) 
+    if (state != sink->multi_sink.laststate && XtIsRealized(text_widget))
         XCopyPlane(XtDisplay(text_widget),
 		   sink->multi_sink.insertCursorOn,
 		   XtWindow(text_widget), sink->multi_sink.xorgc,
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ FindPosition(w, fromPos, fromx, width, stopAtWordBreak, resPos, resWidth, resHei
         c = ((wchar_t *)blk.ptr)[index - blk.firstPos];
         *resWidth += CharWidth(w, fromx + *resWidth, c);
 
-        if ((c == _Xaw_atowc(XawSP) || c == _Xaw_atowc(XawTAB)) && 
+        if ((c == _Xaw_atowc(XawSP) || c == _Xaw_atowc(XawTAB)) &&
 	    *resWidth <= width) {
 	    whiteSpaceSeen = TRUE;
 	    whiteSpacePosition = index;
@@ -522,22 +522,22 @@ GetGC(sink)
     XGCValues values;
 
     values.graphics_exposures = (Bool) FALSE;
-    
+
     values.foreground = sink->text_sink.foreground;
     values.background = sink->text_sink.background;
 
     sink->multi_sink.normgc = XtAllocateGC( (Widget)sink, 0, valuemask, &values, GCFont, 0 );
-    
+
     values.foreground = sink->text_sink.background;
     values.background = sink->text_sink.foreground;
     sink->multi_sink.invgc = XtAllocateGC( (Widget)sink, 0, valuemask, &values, GCFont, 0 );
-    
+
     values.function = GXxor;
     values.background = (unsigned long) 0L;	/* (pix ^ 0) = pix */
-    values.foreground = (sink->text_sink.background ^ 
+    values.foreground = (sink->text_sink.background ^
 			 sink->text_sink.foreground);
     valuemask = GCGraphicsExposures | GCFunction | GCForeground | GCBackground;
-    
+
     /* if this GC is not used for fontset rendering then AllocateGC aint needed. Dont hurt tho.*/
     sink->multi_sink.xorgc = XtAllocateGC( (Widget)sink, 0, valuemask, &values, GCFont, 0 );
 }
@@ -563,14 +563,14 @@ Initialize(request, new, args, num_args)
     MultiSinkObject sink = (MultiSinkObject) new;
 
     GetGC(sink);
-    
+
     sink->multi_sink.insertCursorOn= CreateInsertCursor(XtScreenOfObject(new));
     sink->multi_sink.laststate = XawisOff;
     sink->multi_sink.cursor_x = sink->multi_sink.cursor_y = 0;
 }
 
 /*	Function Name: Destroy
- *	Description: This function cleans up when the object is 
+ *	Description: This function cleans up when the object is
  *                   destroyed.
  *	Arguments: w - the MultiSink Object.
  *	Returns: none.
@@ -626,11 +626,11 @@ SetValues(current, request, new, args, num_args)
 	((TextWidget)XtParent(new))->text.redisplay_needed = True;
     } else {
 	if ( (w->multi_sink.echo != old_w->multi_sink.echo) ||
-	     (w->multi_sink.display_nonprinting != 
+	     (w->multi_sink.display_nonprinting !=
                                      old_w->multi_sink.display_nonprinting) )
 	    ((TextWidget)XtParent(new))->text.redisplay_needed = True;
     }
-    
+
     return False;
 }
 
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ MaxLines(w, height)
 }
 
 /*	Function Name: MaxHeight
- *	Description: Finds the Minium height that will contain a given number 
+ *	Description: Finds the Minium height that will contain a given number
  *                   lines.
  *	Arguments: w - the MultiSink Object.
  *                 lines - the number of lines.
@@ -667,8 +667,8 @@ MaxLines(w, height)
 /* ARGSUSED */
 static int
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
-MaxHeight( 
-    Widget w, 
+MaxHeight(
+    Widget w,
     int lines )
 #else
 MaxHeight( w, lines )
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ MaxHeight( w, lines )
   MultiSinkObject sink = (MultiSinkObject) w;
   XFontSetExtents *ext = XExtentsOfFontSet(sink->multi_sink.fontset);
 
-  return(lines * ext->max_logical_extent.height); 
+  return(lines * ext->max_logical_extent.height);
 }
 
 /*	Function Name: SetTabs
@@ -690,11 +690,11 @@ MaxHeight( w, lines )
  *	Returns: none
  */
 
-static void 
+static void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
-SetTabs( 
-    Widget w, 
-    int tab_count, 
+SetTabs(
+    Widget w,
+    int tab_count,
     short* tabs )
 #else
 SetTabs( w, tab_count, tabs )
@@ -727,9 +727,9 @@ SetTabs( w, tab_count, tabs )
  */
 
   XA_FIGURE_WIDTH = XInternAtom(XtDisplayOfObject(w), "FIGURE_WIDTH", FALSE);
-  if ( (XA_FIGURE_WIDTH != None) && 
+  if ( (XA_FIGURE_WIDTH != None) &&
        ( (!XGetFontProperty(font, XA_FIGURE_WIDTH, &figure_width)) ||
-	 (figure_width == 0)) ) 
+	 (figure_width == 0)) )
     if (font->per_char && font->min_char_or_byte2 <= '$' &&
 	font->max_char_or_byte2 >= '$')
       figure_width = font->per_char['$' - font->min_char_or_byte2].width;
@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ SetTabs( w, tab_count, tabs )
     sink->text_sink.tabs[i] = tabs[i] * figure_width;
     sink->text_sink.char_tabs[i] = tabs[i];
   }
-    
+
   sink->text_sink.tab_count = tab_count;
 
 #ifndef NO_TAB_FIX
@@ -760,8 +760,8 @@ SetTabs( w, tab_count, tabs )
 void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
 _XawMultiSinkPosToXY(
-    Widget w, 
-    XawTextPosition pos, 
+    Widget w,
+    XawTextPosition pos,
     Position *x,
     Position *y )
 #else
diff --git a/src/MultiSrc.c b/src/MultiSrc.c
index 19abeeb..4a655d0 100644
--- a/src/MultiSrc.c
+++ b/src/MultiSrc.c
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ static XtResource resources[] = {
        offset(data_compression), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) FALSE},
     {XtNpieceSize, XtCPieceSize, XtRInt, sizeof (XawTextPosition),
        offset(piece_size), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) BUFSIZ},
-    {XtNcallback, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtPointer), 
+    {XtNcallback, XtCCallback, XtRCallback, sizeof(XtPointer),
        offset(callback), XtRCallback, (XtPointer)NULL},
     {XtNuseStringInPlace, XtCUseStringInPlace, XtRBoolean, sizeof (Boolean),
        offset(use_string_in_place), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) FALSE},
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ static void (MyWStrncpy)();
 
 extern char *tmpnam();
 #ifdef X_NOT_STDC_ENV
-extern int errno; 
+extern int errno;
 #endif
 
 #ifdef X_NOT_POSIX
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ extern char *_XawTextWCToMB();
 
 #define superclass		(&textSrcClassRec)
 MultiSrcClassRec multiSrcClassRec = {
-  { /* object_class fields */	
+  { /* object_class fields */
     /* superclass	  	*/	(WidgetClass) superclass,
     /* class_name	  	*/	"MultiSrc",
     /* widget_size	  	*/	sizeof(MultiSrcRec),
@@ -254,13 +254,13 @@ static XawTextPosition
 ReadText(w, pos, text, length)
     Widget w;
     XawTextPosition pos;
-    XawTextBlock* text;	
-    int length;		
+    XawTextBlock* text;
+    int length;
 {
   MultiSrcObject src = (MultiSrcObject) w;
   XawTextPosition count, start;
   MultiPiece * piece = FindPiece(src, pos, &start);
-    
+
   text->format = XawFmtWide;
   text->firstPos = pos;
   text->ptr = (char *)(piece->text + (pos - start));
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ ReadText(w, pos, text, length)
  */
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static int 
+static int
 ReplaceText( w, startPos, endPos, u_text_p)
     Widget w;
     XawTextPosition startPos, endPos;
@@ -292,9 +292,9 @@ ReplaceText( w, startPos, endPos, u_text_p)
   Boolean local_artificial_block = False;
   XawTextBlock text;
 
-  /* STEP 1: The user handed me a text block called `u_text' that may be 
-   * in either FMTWIDE or FMT8BIT (ie MB.)  Later code needs the block 
-   * `text' to hold FMTWIDE.  So, this copies `u_text' to `text', and if 
+  /* STEP 1: The user handed me a text block called `u_text' that may be
+   * in either FMTWIDE or FMT8BIT (ie MB.)  Later code needs the block
+   * `text' to hold FMTWIDE.  So, this copies `u_text' to `text', and if
    * `u_text' was MB, I knock it up to WIDE. */
 
   if ( u_text_p->length == 0 )	/* if so, the block contents never ref'd. */
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ ReplaceText( w, startPos, endPos, u_text_p)
 
   /* STEP 2: some initialization... */
 
-  if (src->text_src.edit_mode == XawtextRead) 
+  if (src->text_src.edit_mode == XawtextRead)
     return(XawEditError);
 
   start_piece = FindPiece(src, startPos, &start_first);
@@ -362,9 +362,9 @@ ReplaceText( w, startPos, endPos, u_text_p)
       MyWStrncpy(start_piece->text + (startPos - start_first),
 		start_piece->text + (endPos - start_first),
 		(int) (start_piece->used - (startPos - start_first)) );
-      if ( src->multi_src.use_string_in_place && 
-	   ((src->multi_src.length - (endPos - startPos)) < 
-	    (src->multi_src.piece_size - 1)) ) 
+      if ( src->multi_src.use_string_in_place &&
+	   ((src->multi_src.length - (endPos - startPos)) <
+	    (src->multi_src.piece_size - 1)) )
 	start_piece->text[src->multi_src.length - (endPos - startPos)] = (wchar_t)0;
     }
   }
@@ -379,14 +379,14 @@ ReplaceText( w, startPos, endPos, u_text_p)
   if ( text.length != 0) {
 
     start_piece = FindPiece(src, startPos, &start_first);
-    
+
     length = text.length;
     firstPos = text.firstPos;
-    
+
     while (length > 0) {
       wchar_t* ptr;
       int fill;
-      
+
       if (src->multi_src.use_string_in_place) {
 	if (start_piece->used == (src->multi_src.piece_size - 1)) {
           /*
@@ -410,13 +410,13 @@ ReplaceText( w, startPos, endPos, u_text_p)
       }
 
       fill = Min((int)(src->multi_src.piece_size - start_piece->used), length);
-      
+
       ptr = start_piece->text + (startPos - start_first);
-      MyWStrncpy(ptr + fill, ptr, 
+      MyWStrncpy(ptr + fill, ptr,
 		(int) start_piece->used - (startPos - start_first));
       wptr =(wchar_t *)text.ptr;
       (void)wcsncpy(ptr, wptr + firstPos, fill);
-      
+
       startPos += fill;
       firstPos += fill;
       start_piece->used += fill;
@@ -450,16 +450,16 @@ ReplaceText( w, startPos, endPos, u_text_p)
  *                 dir - direction to scan.
  *                 count - which occurance if this thing to search for.
  *                 include - whether or not to include the character found in
- *                           the position that is returned. 
+ *                           the position that is returned.
  *	Returns: the position of the item found.
  *
- * Note: While there are only 'n' characters in the file there are n+1 
+ * Note: While there are only 'n' characters in the file there are n+1
  *       possible cursor positions (one before the first character and
  *       one after the last character.
  */
 
-static 
-XawTextPosition 
+static
+XawTextPosition
 Scan( w, position, type, dir, count, include )
     Widget w;
     XawTextPosition position;
@@ -506,9 +506,9 @@ Scan( w, position, type, dir, count, include )
   ptr = (position - first) + piece->text;
 
   switch (type) {
-  case XawstEOL: 
-  case XawstParagraph: 
-  case XawstWhiteSpace: 
+  case XawstEOL:
+  case XawstParagraph:
+  case XawstWhiteSpace:
     for ( ; count > 0 ; count-- ) {
       Boolean non_space = FALSE, first_eol = TRUE;
       /* CONSTCOND */
@@ -517,10 +517,10 @@ Scan( w, position, type, dir, count, include )
 
 	ptr += inc;
 	position += inc;
-	
+
 	if (type == XawstWhiteSpace) {
 	  if (iswspace(c)) {
-	    if (non_space) 
+	    if (non_space)
 	      break;
 	  }
 	  else
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ Scan( w, position, type, dir, count, include )
             else if ( !iswspace(c) )
 	      first_eol = TRUE;
 	}
-	      
+
 
 	if ( ptr < piece->text ) {
 	  piece = piece->prev;
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ Scan( w, position, type, dir, count, include )
       position -= inc;
     }
     break;
-  case XawstPositions: 
+  case XawstPositions:
     position += count * inc;
     break;
   case XawstAll:		/* handled in special code above */
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ Scan( w, position, type, dir, count, include )
  *	Returns: the position of the item found.
  */
 
-static XawTextPosition 
+static XawTextPosition
 Search(w, position, dir, text )
     Widget w;
     XawTextPosition position;
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ Search(w, position, dir, text )
 
   /* CONSTCOND */
   while (TRUE) {
-    if (*ptr == ((dir == XawsdRight) ? *(buf + count) 
+    if (*ptr == ((dir == XawsdRight) ? *(buf + count)
 		                     : *(buf + wtarget_len - count - 1)) ) {
       if (count == (text->length - 1))
 	break;
@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ Search(w, position, dir, text )
 
     ptr += inc;
     position += inc;
-    
+
     while ( ptr < piece->text ) {
       piece = piece->prev;
       if (piece == NULL) {	/* Begining of text. */
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ Search(w, position, dir, text )
       }
       ptr = piece->text + piece->used - 1;
     }
-   
+
     while ( ptr >= (piece->text + piece->used) ) {
       piece = piece->next;
       if (piece == NULL) {	/* End of text. */
@@ -718,20 +718,20 @@ SetValues(current, request, new, args, num_args)
   FILE * file;
   int i;
 
-  if ( old_src->multi_src.use_string_in_place != 
+  if ( old_src->multi_src.use_string_in_place !=
        src->multi_src.use_string_in_place ) {
       XtAppWarning( app_con,
 	   "MultiSrc: The XtNuseStringInPlace resources may not be changed.");
-       src->multi_src.use_string_in_place = 
+       src->multi_src.use_string_in_place =
 	   old_src->multi_src.use_string_in_place;
   }
 
-  for (i = 0; i < *num_args ; i++ ) 
+  for (i = 0; i < *num_args ; i++ )
       if (streq(args[i].name, XtNstring)) {
 	  string_set = TRUE;
 	  break;
       }
-  
+
   if ( string_set || (old_src->multi_src.type != src->multi_src.type) ) {
     RemoveOldStringOrFile(old_src, string_set);
     file = InitStringOrFile(src, string_set);
@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ SetValues(current, request, new, args, num_args)
     total_reset = TRUE;
   }
 
-  if ( old_src->multi_src.multi_length != src->multi_src.multi_length ) 
+  if ( old_src->multi_src.multi_length != src->multi_src.multi_length )
       src->multi_src.piece_size = src->multi_src.multi_length;
 
   if ( !total_reset && (old_src->multi_src.piece_size
@@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ GetValuesHook(w, args, num_args)
   int i;
 
   if (src->multi_src.type == XawAsciiString) {
-    for (i = 0; i < *num_args ; i++ ) 
+    for (i = 0; i < *num_args ; i++ )
       if (streq(args[i].name, XtNstring)) {
 	  if (src->multi_src.use_string_in_place) {
               *((char **) args[i].value) = (char *)
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ GetValuesHook(w, args, num_args)
 	break;
       }
   }
-}    
+}
 
 /*	Function Name: Destroy
  *	Description: Destroys an multi source (frees all data)
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ GetValuesHook(w, args, num_args)
  *	Returns: none.
  */
 
-static void 
+static void
 Destroy (w)
     Widget w;
 {
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ Destroy (w)
 
 /************************************************************
  *
- * Public routines 
+ * Public routines
  *
  ************************************************************/
 
@@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ _XawMultiSave(w)
  * to get the internal info into a readable string.
  */
 
-  if (src->multi_src.use_string_in_place) 
+  if (src->multi_src.use_string_in_place)
     return(TRUE);
 
   if (src->multi_src.type == XawAsciiFile) {
@@ -922,11 +922,11 @@ _XawMultiSave(w)
       }
 
       /* assert: mb_string holds good characters so the buffer is fine */
-      if (src->multi_src.allocated_string == TRUE) 
+      if (src->multi_src.allocated_string == TRUE)
           XtFree(src->multi_src.string);
       else
           src->multi_src.allocated_string = TRUE;
-    
+
       src->multi_src.string = mb_string;
   }
   src->multi_src.changes = FALSE;
@@ -945,7 +945,7 @@ _XawMultiSave(w)
 Boolean
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
 _XawMultiSaveAsFile(
-    Widget w, 
+    Widget w,
     _Xconst char* name)
 #else
 _XawMultiSaveAsFile(w, name)
@@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ _XawMultiSaveAsFile(w, name)
   String mb_string;
   Boolean ret;
 
-  mb_string = StorePiecesInString( src ); 
+  mb_string = StorePiecesInString( src );
 
   if ( mb_string != 0 ) {
       ret = WriteToFile( mb_string, name );
@@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ _XawMultiSaveAsFile(w, name)
  ************************************************************/
 
 static void
-RemoveOldStringOrFile(src, checkString) 
+RemoveOldStringOrFile(src, checkString)
     MultiSrcObject src;
     Boolean checkString;
 {
@@ -1005,12 +1005,12 @@ WriteToFile(string, name)
     String string, name;
 {
   int fd;
-  
+
   if ( ((fd = creat(name, 0666)) == -1 ) ||
        (write(fd, string, sizeof(unsigned char) * strlen(string)) == -1) )
     return(FALSE);
 
-  if ( close(fd) == -1 ) 
+  if ( close(fd) == -1 )
     return(FALSE);
 
   return(TRUE);
@@ -1103,12 +1103,12 @@ InitStringOrFile(src, newString)
 	    if (src->multi_src.length > src->multi_src.multi_length)
 		src->multi_src.multi_length = src->multi_src.length;
 
-	    if (src->multi_src.multi_length == MAGIC_VALUE) 
+	    if (src->multi_src.multi_length == MAGIC_VALUE)
 		src->multi_src.piece_size = src->multi_src.length;
 	    else
 		src->multi_src.piece_size = src->multi_src.multi_length + 1;
 	}
-		
+
        /*((TextWidget)src->object.parent)->text.lastPos = src->multi_src.length;*/
 	return(NULL);
     }
@@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ InitStringOrFile(src, newString)
 /*
  * type is XawAsciiFile.
  */
-    
+
     src->multi_src.is_tempfile = FALSE;
 
     switch (src->text_src.edit_mode) {
@@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@ InitStringOrFile(src, newString)
 	    src->multi_src.string = XtNewString(src->multi_src.string);
 	src->multi_src.allocated_string = TRUE;
     }
-    
+
     if (!src->multi_src.is_tempfile) {
 	if ((file = fopen(src->multi_src.string, open_mode)) != 0) {
 	    (void) fseek(file, (Off_t)0, 2);
@@ -1166,14 +1166,14 @@ InitStringOrFile(src, newString)
 	} else {
 	    String params[2];
 	    Cardinal num_params = 2;
-	    
+
 	    params[0] = src->multi_src.string;
 	    params[1] = strerror(errno);
 	    XtAppWarningMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext((Widget)src),
 			    "openError", "multiSourceCreate", "XawWarning",
 			    "Cannot open file %s; %s", params, &num_params);
 	}
-    } 
+    }
     src->multi_src.length = 0;
     return((FILE *)NULL);
 #undef StrLen
@@ -1182,8 +1182,8 @@ InitStringOrFile(src, newString)
 /* LoadPieces:  This routine takes either the MB contents of open file `file' or the
 MB contents of string or the MB contents of src->multi_src.string and places
 them in Pieces in WC format.
- 
-CAUTION: You must have src->multi_src.length set to file length bytes 
+
+CAUTION: You must have src->multi_src.length set to file length bytes
 when src->multi_src.type == XawAsciiFile.  src->multi_src.length must be
 the length of the parameter string if string is non-NULL.		*/
 
@@ -1200,38 +1200,38 @@ LoadPieces(src, file, string)
   int bytes = sizeof(wchar_t);
   char* temp_mb_holder = NULL;
 
-  /* 
-   * This is tricky - the _XawTextMBtoWC converter uses its 3rd arg 
-   * in as MB length, out as WC length.  We want local_length to be 
-   * WC count. 
+  /*
+   * This is tricky - the _XawTextMBtoWC converter uses its 3rd arg
+   * in as MB length, out as WC length.  We want local_length to be
+   * WC count.
    */
   int local_length = src->multi_src.length;
 
   if (string != NULL) {
-    /* 
-     * ASSERT: IF our caller passed a non-null string, THEN 
-     * src->multi_src.length is currently string's * byte count, 
+    /*
+     * ASSERT: IF our caller passed a non-null string, THEN
+     * src->multi_src.length is currently string's * byte count,
      * AND string is in a MB format.
      */
     local_str = _XawTextMBToWC(d, (char *)string, &local_length);
     src->multi_src.length = (XawTextPosition) local_length;
   } else if (src->multi_src.type != XawAsciiFile) {
-    /* 
-     * here, we are not changing the contents, just reloading, 
+    /*
+     * here, we are not changing the contents, just reloading,
      * so don't change len...
      */
-    local_length = src->multi_src.string ? 
+    local_length = src->multi_src.string ?
 		   strlen( src->multi_src.string ) : 0;
     local_str = _XawTextMBToWC( d, (char*)src->multi_src.string, &local_length );
   } else {
     if (src->multi_src.length != 0) {
-      temp_mb_holder = 
+      temp_mb_holder =
 	XtMalloc((unsigned)(src->multi_src.length + 1) * sizeof(unsigned char));
       fseek(file, (Off_t)0, 0);
-      src->multi_src.length = fread (temp_mb_holder, 
-				     (Size_t)sizeof(unsigned char), 
+      src->multi_src.length = fread (temp_mb_holder,
+				     (Size_t)sizeof(unsigned char),
 				     (Size_t)src->multi_src.length, file);
-      if (src->multi_src.length <= 0) 
+      if (src->multi_src.length <= 0)
 	XtAppErrorMsg( XtWidgetToApplicationContext ((Widget) src),
 		       "readError", "multiSource", "XawError",
 		       "fread returned error.", NULL, NULL);
@@ -1242,7 +1242,7 @@ LoadPieces(src, file, string)
       if ( local_str == 0 ) {
 	String params[2];
 	Cardinal num_params;
-	static char err_text[] = 
+	static char err_text[] =
 		"<<< FILE CONTENTS NOT REPRESENTABLE IN THIS LOCALE >>>";
 
 	params[0] = XtName(XtParent((Widget)src));
@@ -1316,7 +1316,7 @@ AllocNewPiece(src, prev)
     piece->next = prev->next;
     prev->next = piece;
   }
-  
+
   piece->prev = prev;
 
   return(piece);
@@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@ AllocNewPiece(src, prev)
  *	Returns: none.
  */
 
-static void 
+static void
 FreeAllPieces(src)
     MultiSrcObject src;
 {
@@ -1342,10 +1342,10 @@ FreeAllPieces(src)
     RemovePiece(src, first);
   }
 }
-  
+
 /*	Function Name: RemovePiece
  *	Description: Removes a piece from the list.
- *	Arguments: 
+ *	Arguments:
  *                 piece - the piece to remove.
  *	Returns: none.
  */
@@ -1389,12 +1389,12 @@ FindPiece(src, position, first)
     *first = temp;
     old_piece = piece;
 
-    if ((temp + piece->used) > position) 
+    if ((temp + piece->used) > position)
       return(piece);
   }
   return(old_piece);	  /* if we run off the end the return the last piece */
 }
-    
+
 /*	Function Name: BreakPiece
  *	Description: Breaks a full piece into two new pieces.
  *	Arguments: src - The MultiSrc Widget.
@@ -1410,12 +1410,12 @@ BreakPiece(src, piece)
     MultiPiece* piece;
 {
   MultiPiece * new = AllocNewPiece(src, piece);
-  
+
   new->text = (wchar_t*)XtMalloc(src->multi_src.piece_size * sizeof(wchar_t));
   (void) wcsncpy(new->text, piece->text + HALF_PIECE,
           src->multi_src.piece_size - HALF_PIECE);
   piece->used = HALF_PIECE;
-  new->used = src->multi_src.piece_size - HALF_PIECE; 
+  new->used = src->multi_src.piece_size - HALF_PIECE;
 }
 
 /* Convert string "XawAsciiString" and "XawAsciiFile" to quarks. */
diff --git a/src/Paned.c b/src/Paned.c
index 361f4df..107355d 100644
--- a/src/Paned.c
+++ b/src/Paned.c
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
 
                         All Rights Reserved
 
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
 supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
 used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.  
+software without specific, written prior permission.
 
 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
@@ -71,10 +71,10 @@ SOFTWARE.
 
 /* I don't know why Paned.c calls _XawImCallVendorShellExtResize, but... */
 #ifdef XAW_INTERNATIONALIZATION
-#include <X11/Xaw3d/XawImP.h> 
+#include <X11/Xaw3d/XawImP.h>
 #endif
 
-typedef enum {UpLeftPane = 'U', LowRightPane = 'L', 
+typedef enum {UpLeftPane = 'U', LowRightPane = 'L',
 	      ThisBorderOnly = 'T', AnyPane = 'A' } Direction;
 
 #define NO_INDEX -100
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ static char defGripTranslations[] =
 
 static XtResource resources[] = {
     {XtNinternalBorderColor, XtCBorderColor, XtRPixel, sizeof(Pixel),
-	 offset(internal_bp), XtRString, 
+	 offset(internal_bp), XtRString,
          (XtPointer) XtDefaultForeground},
     {XtNinternalBorderWidth, XtCBorderWidth, XtRDimension, sizeof(Dimension),
 	 offset(internal_bw), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) 1},
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ static XtResource subresources[] = {
     {XtNmax, XtCMax, XtRDimension, sizeof(Dimension),
          offset(max), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) ~0},
     {XtNpreferredPaneSize, XtCPreferredPaneSize, XtRDimension,
-	 sizeof(Dimension), offset(preferred_size), 
+	 sizeof(Dimension), offset(preferred_size),
          XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) PANED_ASK_CHILD},
     {XtNresizeToPreferred, XtCBoolean, XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean),
          offset(resize_to_pref), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) FALSE},
@@ -385,14 +385,14 @@ Boolean vert;
  *                   3) widget not its prefered height &&
  *                      this change will bring it closer &&
  *                      The user has not resized this pane.
- *           
+ *
  *                   If no widgets are found that fits all the rules then
  *                      rule #3 is broken.
  *                   If there are still no widgets found than
  *                      rule #2 is broken.
  *                   Rule #1 is never broken.
  *                   If no widgets are found then NULL is returned.
- * 
+ *
  *	Arguments: pw - the paned widget.
  *                 paneindex - the index of the current pane.
  *                 dir - direction to search first.
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ Boolean shrink;
     /* CONSTCOND */
     while(TRUE) {
         Pane pane = PaneInfo(*childP);
-        
+
         if ( (rules < 3 || SatisfiesRule3(pane, shrink)) &&
 	     (rules < 2 || SatisfiesRule2(pane))         &&
 	     (SatisfiesRule1(pane, shrink))              &&
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ Boolean shrink;
  * If we have come to and edge then reduce the rule set, and try again.
  * If we are reduced the rules to none, then return NULL.
  */
-	
+
 	if ( (childP - pw->composite.children < 0) ||
 	     (childP - pw->composite.children >= pw->paned.num_panes) ) {
 	    if (--rules < 1)  /* less strict rules. */
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ Boolean shrink;
   return( (shrink && (pane->size != pane->min)) ||
 	  (!shrink && (pane->size != pane->max)) );
 }
- 
+
 /*	Function Name: StatisfiesRule2
  *	Description: check for to see if this pane satisfies rule 2.
  *	Arguments: pane - the pane to check.
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ Pane pane;
 {
   return(!pane->skip_adjust || pane->paned_adjusted_me);
 }
- 
+
 /*	Function Name: StatisfiesRule3
  *	Description: check for to see if this pane satisfies rule 3.
  *	Arguments: pane - the pane to check.
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ Boolean shrink;
  *	Arguments: pw - the paned widget.
  *                 paneindex - the number of the pane border we are moving.
  *                 dir - the pane to move (either UpLeftPane or LowRightPane).
- *                 sizeused - current amount of space used. 
+ *                 sizeused - current amount of space used.
  *                            THIS VALUE IS USED AND RETURNED.
  *	Returns: none.
  */
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ Direction dir;
 	GetPaneStack(pw, shrink, &pane, &start_size);
 	if (pane == NULL) {
 	    pane = ChoosePaneToResize(pw, paneindex, dir, shrink);
-	    if (pane == NULL) 
+	    if (pane == NULL)
 	        return; /* no one to resize, give up. */
 
 	    rule3_ok = SatisfiesRule3(pane, shrink);
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ Direction dir;
  *      last child.
  */
 
-static void 
+static void
 RefigureLocations(pw, paneindex, dir)
 PanedWidget pw;
 int paneindex;
@@ -615,10 +615,10 @@ Direction dir;
     }
     sizeused -= (int) pw->paned.internal_bw;
 
-    if ( (dir != ThisBorderOnly) && (sizeused != pane_size) ) 
+    if ( (dir != ThisBorderOnly) && (sizeused != pane_size) )
       LoopAndRefigureChildren(pw, paneindex, dir, &sizeused);
 
-/* 
+/*
  * If we still are not the right size, then tell the pane that
  * wanted to resize that it can't.
  */
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ Direction dir;
 	AssignMin(pane->size, (int) pane->max);
 	sizeused += pane->size - old;
     }
-    
+
 /*
  * It is possible that the panes will not fit inside the vpaned widget, but
  * we have tried out best.
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ Direction dir;
  *	Returns: none.
  */
 
-static void 
+static void
 CommitNewLocations(pw)
 PanedWidget pw;
 {
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ PanedWidget pw;
 	        changes.x = pw->core.width - pw->paned.grip_indent -
 		            grip->core.width - grip->core.border_width*2;
 		changes.y = (*childP)->core.y + (*childP)->core.height -
-		            grip->core.height/2 - grip->core.border_width + 
+		            grip->core.height/2 - grip->core.border_width +
 			    pw->paned.internal_bw/2;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ PanedWidget pw;
 
 	    if (HasGrip(*childP)) {	    /* Move and Display the Grip */
 	        changes.x = (*childP)->core.x + (*childP)->core.width -
-	                    grip->core.width/2 - grip->core.border_width + 
+	                    grip->core.width/2 - grip->core.border_width +
 			    pw->paned.internal_bw/2;
 		changes.y = pw->core.height - pw->paned.grip_indent -
 	                    grip->core.height - grip->core.border_width*2;
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ PanedWidget pw;
 	}
 
 /*
- * This should match XtMoveWidget, except that we're also insuring the 
+ * This should match XtMoveWidget, except that we're also insuring the
  * grip is Raised in the same request.
  */
 
@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ PanedWidget pw;
  *      NOTE: This is the resize Procedure for the Paned widget.
  */
 
-static void 
+static void
 RefigureLocationsAndCommit(w)
 Widget w;
 {
@@ -753,8 +753,8 @@ GC gc;
 int on_loc, off_loc;
 unsigned int on_size, off_size;
 {
-  if (IsVert(pw)) 
-    XFillRectangle(XtDisplay(pw), XtWindow(pw), gc, 
+  if (IsVert(pw))
+    XFillRectangle(XtDisplay(pw), XtWindow(pw), gc,
 		   off_loc, on_loc, off_size, on_size);
   else
     XFillRectangle(XtDisplay(pw), XtWindow(pw), gc,
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ GC gc;
     if (pw->core.background_pixel == pw->paned.internal_bp)
 	return;
 
-    off_loc = 0; 
+    off_loc = 0;
     off_size = (unsigned int) PaneSize( (Widget) pw, !IsVert(pw) );
     on_size = (unsigned int) pw->paned.internal_bw;
 
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ GC gc;
     }
 }
 
-/* 
+/*
  * This allows good reuse of code, as well as descriptive function names.
  */
 
@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ Boolean erase;
     ForAllPanes(pw, childP) {
         pane = PaneInfo(*childP);
 	if ( erase || (pane->olddelta != pane->delta) ) {
-	    on_size = pw->paned.internal_bw; 
+	    on_size = pw->paned.internal_bw;
 	    if (!erase) {
 	        on_loc = PaneInfo(*childP)->olddelta - (int) on_size;
 
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ Boolean erase;
     }
 }
 
-/* 
+/*
  * This allows good reuse of code, as well as descriptive function names.
  */
 
@@ -870,24 +870,24 @@ XEvent *event;
 
     switch (event->xany.type) {
         case ButtonPress:
-	case ButtonRelease: 
+	case ButtonRelease:
             x = event->xbutton.x_root;
 	    y = event->xbutton.y_root;
 	    break;
 	case KeyPress:
-	case KeyRelease:    
+	case KeyRelease:
 	    x = event->xkey.x_root;
 	    y = event->xkey.y_root;
 	    break;
-        case MotionNotify:  
+        case MotionNotify:
 	    x = event->xmotion.x_root;
 	    y = event->xmotion.y_root;
 	    break;
-	default:	    
+	default:
 	    x = pw->paned.start_loc;
 	    y = pw->paned.start_loc;
     }
-    if (IsVert(pw)) 
+    if (IsVert(pw))
         return(y);
     return(x);
 }
@@ -922,9 +922,9 @@ Direction dir;
 
     if (XtIsRealized(grip)) {
         if ( IsVert(pw) ) {
-	    if (dir == UpLeftPane) 
+	    if (dir == UpLeftPane)
 	        cursor = pw->paned.adjust_upper_cursor;
-	    else if (dir == LowRightPane) 
+	    else if (dir == LowRightPane)
   	        cursor = pw->paned.adjust_lower_cursor;
 	    else {
 	        if ( pw->paned.adjust_this_cursor == None)
@@ -934,9 +934,9 @@ Direction dir;
 	    }
 	}
 	else {
-	    if (dir == UpLeftPane) 
+	    if (dir == UpLeftPane)
 	        cursor = pw->paned.adjust_left_cursor;
-	    else if (dir == LowRightPane) 
+	    else if (dir == LowRightPane)
   	        cursor = pw->paned.adjust_right_cursor;
 	    else {
 	        if (pw->paned.adjust_this_cursor == None)
@@ -945,17 +945,17 @@ Direction dir;
 		    cursor = pw->paned.adjust_this_cursor;
 	    }
 	}
-    
+
 	XDefineCursor(XtDisplay(grip), XtWindow(grip), cursor);
     }
 
     EraseInternalBorders(pw);
-    ForAllPanes(pw, childP) 
+    ForAllPanes(pw, childP)
         PaneInfo(*childP)->olddelta = -99;
 }
 
 /*	Function Name: MoveGripAdjustment
- *	Description: This routine moves all panes around when a grip is moved. 
+ *	Description: This routine moves all panes around when a grip is moved.
  *	Arguments: pw - the paned widget.
  *                 grip - the grip that we are moving.
  *                 dir - the direction the pane we are interested is w.r.t the
@@ -975,10 +975,10 @@ int loc;
 
     diff = loc - pw->paned.start_loc;
 
-    if (pw->paned.whichadd) 
+    if (pw->paned.whichadd)
         add_size = PaneSize(pw->paned.whichadd, IsVert(pw) ) + diff;
 
-    if (pw->paned.whichsub) 
+    if (pw->paned.whichsub)
         sub_size = PaneSize(pw->paned.whichsub, IsVert(pw) ) - diff;
 
 /*
@@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ int loc;
 
       AssignMax(add_size, (int) PaneInfo(pw->paned.whichadd)->min);
       AssignMin(add_size, (int) PaneInfo(pw->paned.whichadd)->max);
-      if (add_size != old_add_size) 
+      if (add_size != old_add_size)
 	  sub_size += old_add_size - add_size;
 
       old_sub_size = sub_size;
@@ -1021,9 +1021,9 @@ PanedWidget pw;
     EraseTrackLines(pw);
     CommitNewLocations(pw);
     DrawInternalBorders(pw);
-	   
+
 /*
- * Since the user selected this size then use it as the preferred size. 
+ * Since the user selected this size then use it as the preferred size.
  */
 
     if (pw->paned.whichadd) {
@@ -1080,10 +1080,10 @@ XtPointer junk, callData;
 	case 'S':		/* Start adjustment */
             pw->paned.resize_children_to_pref = FALSE;
             StartGripAdjustment(pw, grip, direction);
-	    pw->paned.start_loc = loc;	
+	    pw->paned.start_loc = loc;
 	    break;
 
-	case 'M': 
+	case 'M':
 	    MoveGripAdjustment(pw, grip, direction, loc);
 	    break;
 
@@ -1118,14 +1118,14 @@ PanedWidget pw;
 	   /*
 	    * We only keep track of the first unmanaged pane.
 	    */
-	   if (unmanagedP == NULL)    
+	   if (unmanagedP == NULL)
 	       unmanagedP = childP;
        }
        else {			     /* must be a managed pane */
 	   /*
-	    * If an earlier widget was not a managed pane, then swap 
+	    * If an earlier widget was not a managed pane, then swap
 	    */
-	   if (unmanagedP != NULL) {	   
+	   if (unmanagedP != NULL) {
 	       Widget child = *unmanagedP;
 	       *unmanagedP = *childP;
 	       *childP = child;
@@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@ PanedWidget pw;
  *	Returns: none.
  */
 
-static void   
+static void
 ManageAndUnmanageGrips(pw)
 PanedWidget pw;
 {
@@ -1155,13 +1155,13 @@ PanedWidget pw;
    managedP = managed_grips = (WidgetList) XtMalloc(alloc_size);
    unmanagedP = unmanaged_grips = (WidgetList) XtMalloc(alloc_size);
 
-   ForAllChildren(pw, childP) 
+   ForAllChildren(pw, childP)
        if (IsPane(*childP) && HasGrip(*childP))
-	   if ( XtIsManaged(*childP) ) 
+	   if ( XtIsManaged(*childP) )
 	       *managedP++ = PaneInfo(*childP)->grip;
 	   else
 	       *unmanagedP++ = PaneInfo(*childP)->grip;
-   
+
    if (managedP != managed_grips) {
        *unmanagedP++ = *--managedP;   /* Last grip is never managed */
        XtManageChildren( managed_grips, (Cardinal)(managedP - managed_grips) );
@@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ Widget child;
     Arg arglist[2];
     Cardinal num_args = 0;
     Cursor cursor;
-     
+
     XtSetArg(arglist[num_args], XtNtranslations, pw->paned.grip_translations);
     num_args++;
     if ( (cursor = pw->paned.grip_cursor) == None )
@@ -1202,8 +1202,8 @@ Widget child;
     num_args++;
     PaneInfo(child)->grip = XtCreateWidget("grip", gripWidgetClass, (Widget)pw,
 					   arglist, num_args);
-    
-    XtAddCallback(PaneInfo(child)->grip, XtNcallback, 
+
+    XtAddCallback(PaneInfo(child)->grip, XtNcallback,
 		  HandleGrip, (XtPointer) child);
 }
 
@@ -1222,18 +1222,18 @@ Widget w;
     XGCValues values;
 
 /*
- * Draw pane borders in internal border color. 
+ * Draw pane borders in internal border color.
  */
 
-    values.foreground = pw->paned.internal_bp;	
+    values.foreground = pw->paned.internal_bp;
     valuemask = GCForeground;
     pw->paned.normgc = XtGetGC(w, valuemask, &values);
 
 /*
- * Erase pane borders with background color. 
+ * Erase pane borders with background color.
  */
 
-    values.foreground = pw->core.background_pixel;	
+    values.foreground = pw->core.background_pixel;
     valuemask = GCForeground;
     pw->paned.invgc = XtGetGC(w, valuemask, &values);
 
@@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ Widget w;
 
     values.function = GXinvert;
     values.plane_mask = pw->paned.internal_bp ^ pw->core.background_pixel;
-    values.subwindow_mode = IncludeInferiors; 
+    values.subwindow_mode = IncludeInferiors;
     valuemask = GCPlaneMask | GCFunction | GCSubwindowMode;
     pw->paned.flipgc = XtGetGC(w, valuemask, &values);
 }
@@ -1268,7 +1268,7 @@ Dimension off_size;
 	     (PaneInfo(*childP)->size == 0)             ||
 	     (PaneInfo(*childP)->resize_to_pref) ) {
 
-	    if (PaneInfo(*childP)->preferred_size != PANED_ASK_CHILD) 
+	    if (PaneInfo(*childP)->preferred_size != PANED_ASK_CHILD)
 	        PaneInfo(*childP)->wp_size=PaneInfo(*childP)->preferred_size;
 	    else {
 	        if( vert ) {
@@ -1280,13 +1280,13 @@ Dimension off_size;
 		    request.height = off_size;
 		}
 
-		if ((XtQueryGeometry( *childP, &request, &reply ) 
+		if ((XtQueryGeometry( *childP, &request, &reply )
 	                                         == XtGeometryAlmost) &&
 		    (reply.request_mode = (vert ? CWHeight : CWWidth)))
 		    PaneInfo(*childP)->wp_size = GetRequestInfo(&reply, vert);
 		else
 		    PaneInfo(*childP)->wp_size = PaneSize(*childP, vert);
-	    } 
+	    }
 
 	    PaneInfo(*childP)->size = PaneInfo(*childP)->wp_size;
 	  }
@@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ PanedWidget pw;
     ForAllPanes(pw, childP) {
 	Arg arglist[1];
 	Cursor cursor;
-      
+
 	if ( (cursor = pw->paned.grip_cursor) == None )
 	    if ( IsVert(pw) )
 	        cursor = pw->paned.v_grip_cursor;
@@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ PanedWidget pw;
 	}
     }
 }
-      
+
 /************************************************************
  *
  * Stack Manipulation routines (Private).
@@ -1354,7 +1354,7 @@ Pane pane;
  *                 shrink - TRUE if we want to shrink this pane,
  *                          FALSE otherwise.
  * ** RETURNED **  pane - the pane that we are popping.
- * ** RETURNED **  start_size - the size that this pane started at. 
+ * ** RETURNED **  start_size - the size that this pane started at.
  *	Returns: none.
  */
 
@@ -1365,8 +1365,8 @@ Boolean shrink;
 Pane * pane;
 int * start_size;
 {
-  if (pw->paned.stack == NULL) { 
-    *pane = NULL; 
+  if (pw->paned.stack == NULL) {
+    *pane = NULL;
     return;
   }
 
@@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@ PanedWidget pw;
 
 /************************************************************
  *
- * Semi-public routines. 
+ * Semi-public routines.
  *
  ************************************************************/
 
@@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@ PanedWidget pw;
  *	Returns: none.
  */
 
-static void 
+static void
 ClassInitialize()
 {
     XawInitializeWidgetSet();
@@ -1431,8 +1431,8 @@ ClassInitialize()
 }
 
 /* The Geometry Manager only allows changes after Realize if
- * allow_resize is True in the constraints record.  
- * 
+ * allow_resize is True in the constraints record.
+ *
  * For vertically paned widgets:
  *
  * It only allows height changes, but offers the requested height
@@ -1487,18 +1487,18 @@ XtWidgetGeometry *request, *reply;
  * a different on_size;
  */
 
-    if (result != XtGeometryNo) 
-	if (vert) 
+    if (result != XtGeometryNo)
+	if (vert)
 	    pw->core.height = on_size;
-	else 
+	else
 	    pw->core.width = on_size;
-    
+
     RefigureLocations(pw, PaneIndex(w), AnyPane);
 
-/* 
+/*
  * Set up reply struct and reset core on_size.
  */
-    
+
     if (vert) {
         pw->core.height = old_paned_size;
         reply->height = pane->size;
@@ -1508,7 +1508,7 @@ XtWidgetGeometry *request, *reply;
         pw->core.width = old_paned_size;
         reply->height = off_size;
 	reply->width = pane->size;
-    }    
+    }
 
 /*
  * IF either of the following is true.
@@ -1516,14 +1516,14 @@ XtWidgetGeometry *request, *reply;
  * o There was a "off_size" request and the new "off_size" is different
  *   from that requested.
  * o There was no "off_size" request and the new "off_size" is different
- * 
+ *
  * o The "on_size" we will allow is different from that requested.
- * 
+ *
  * THEN: set almost
  */
 
     if ( !((vert ? CWWidth : CWHeight) & mask))
-        if (vert) 
+        if (vert)
 	    request->width = w->core.width;
 	else
 	    request->height = w->core.height;
@@ -1539,8 +1539,8 @@ XtWidgetGeometry *request, *reply;
 	if (almost) return XtGeometryAlmost;
     }
     else {
-        AdjustPanedSize(pw, PaneSize((Widget) pw, !vert), 
-			(XtGeometryResult *)NULL, 
+        AdjustPanedSize(pw, PaneSize((Widget) pw, !vert),
+			(XtGeometryResult *)NULL,
 			(Dimension *)NULL, (Dimension *)NULL);
 	CommitNewLocations( pw );	/* layout already refigured. */
     }
@@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
     pw->paned.num_panes = 0;
 }
 
-static void 
+static void
 Realize(w, valueMask, attributes)
 Widget w;
 Mask *valueMask;
@@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ XSetWindowAttributes *attributes;
     pw->paned.resize_children_to_pref = FALSE;
 } /* Realize */
 
-static void 
+static void
 ReleaseGCs(w)
 Widget w;
 {
@@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ Widget w;
     XtReleaseGC( w, pw->paned.normgc );
     XtReleaseGC( w, pw->paned.invgc );
     XtReleaseGC( w, pw->paned.flipgc );
-} 
+}
 
 static void InsertChild(w)
 Widget w;
@@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ Widget w;
 
    if ( pane->show_grip == TRUE ) {
        CreateGrip(w);
-       if (pane->min == PANED_GRIP_SIZE) 
+       if (pane->min == PANED_GRIP_SIZE)
 	   pane->min = PaneSize(pane->grip, IsVert((PanedWidget) XtParent(w)));
    }
    else {
@@ -1636,7 +1636,7 @@ static void DeleteChild(w)
 Widget w;
 {
     /* remove the subwidget info and destroy the grip */
-   
+
     if ( IsPane(w) && HasGrip(w) ) XtDestroyWidget(PaneInfo(w)->grip);
 
     /* delete the child widget in the composite children list with the */
@@ -1668,10 +1668,10 @@ static void ChangeManaged(w)
 
    ManageAndUnmanageGrips(pw);
    pw->paned.recursively_called = False;
-   ResortChildren(pw);		
+   ResortChildren(pw);
 
    pw->paned.num_panes = 0;
-   ForAllChildren(pw, childP) 
+   ForAllChildren(pw, childP)
        if ( IsPane(*childP) )
 	   if ( XtIsManaged(*childP) ) {
 	       Pane pane = PaneInfo(*childP);
@@ -1686,15 +1686,15 @@ static void ChangeManaged(w)
    SetChildrenPrefSizes( (PanedWidget) w, size);
 
 /*
- * ForAllPanes can now be used. 
+ * ForAllPanes can now be used.
  */
 
-   if ( PaneSize((Widget) pw, vert) == 0 ) 
-       AdjustPanedSize(pw, size, (XtGeometryResult *)NULL, 
+   if ( PaneSize((Widget) pw, vert) == 0 )
+       AdjustPanedSize(pw, size, (XtGeometryResult *)NULL,
 			(Dimension *)NULL, (Dimension *)NULL);
 
-   if (XtIsRealized( (Widget) pw)) 
-       RefigureLocationsAndCommit( (Widget) pw); 
+   if (XtIsRealized( (Widget) pw))
+       RefigureLocationsAndCommit( (Widget) pw);
 
 } /* ChangeManaged */
 
@@ -1724,7 +1724,7 @@ Region region;			/* unused. */
 }
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static Boolean 
+static Boolean
 SetValues(old, request, new, args, num_args)
 Widget old, request, new;
 ArgList args;
@@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
  	 (old_pw->paned.h_grip_cursor != new_pw->paned.h_grip_cursor) ) {
         ChangeAllGripCursors(new_pw);
     }
-	
+
     if ( IsVert(old_pw) != IsVert(new_pw)) {
 /*
  * We are fooling the paned widget into thinking that is needs to
@@ -1770,12 +1770,12 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
 
     if (old_pw->paned.internal_bw != new_pw->paned.internal_bw) {
         AdjustPanedSize( new_pw, PaneSize(new, !IsVert(old_pw)),
-			 (XtGeometryResult *)NULL, 
+			 (XtGeometryResult *)NULL,
 			 (Dimension *)NULL, (Dimension *)NULL);
         RefigureLocationsAndCommit(new);
 	return(TRUE);		/* We have done a full configuration, return.*/
     }
-    
+
     if ( (old_pw->paned.grip_indent != new_pw->paned.grip_indent) &&
 	 (XtIsRealized(new)) ) {
         CommitNewLocations(new_pw);
@@ -1787,7 +1787,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
 
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static Boolean 
+static Boolean
 PaneSetValues(old, request, new, args, num_args)
 Widget old, request, new;
 ArgList args;
@@ -1828,7 +1828,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
 
 /************************************************************
  *
- * Public routines. 
+ * Public routines.
  *
  ************************************************************/
 
@@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
  *	Returns: none.
  */
 
-void 
+void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
 XawPanedSetMinMax(Widget widget, int min, int max)
 #else
@@ -1862,7 +1862,7 @@ int min, max;
  *	Returns: none.
  */
 
-void 
+void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
 XawPanedGetMinMax(Widget widget, int *min, int *max)
 #else
@@ -1878,14 +1878,14 @@ int    *min, *max;
 }
 
 /*	Function Name: XawPanedSetRefigureMode
- *	Description: Allows a flag to be set the will inhibit 
+ *	Description: Allows a flag to be set the will inhibit
  *                   the paned widgets relayout routine.
  *	Arguments: w - the paned widget.
  *                 mode - if FALSE then inhibit refigure.
  *	Returns: none.
  */
 
-void 
+void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
 XawPanedSetRefigureMode(Widget w,
 #if NeedWidePrototypes
@@ -1909,7 +1909,7 @@ Boolean mode;
  *	Returns: the number of panes in the paned widget.
  */
 
-int 
+int
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
 XawPanedGetNumSub(Widget w)
 #else
@@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ Widget w;
  *	Returns: none.
  */
 
-void 
+void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
 XawPanedAllowResize(Widget widget,
 #if NeedWidePrototypes
diff --git a/src/Panner.c b/src/Panner.c
index fce1781..d6d8808 100644
--- a/src/Panner.c
+++ b/src/Panner.c
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ extern double atof(char *);
 
 
 #if XtVersion >= 11006
-static char defaultTranslations[] = 
+static char defaultTranslations[] =
   "<Btn1Down>:    start() \n\
    <Btn1Motion>:  move() \n\
    <Btn1Up>:      notify() stop() \n\
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ static char defaultTranslations[] =
    <Key>Home:     page(0,0) \n\
    :<Key>KP_Home:  page(0,0)";
 #else
-static char defaultTranslations[] = 
+static char defaultTranslations[] =
   "<Btn1Down>:    start() \n\
    <Btn1Motion>:  move() \n\
    <Btn1Up>:      notify() stop() \n\
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ static XtResource resources[] = {
 	poff(default_scale), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) PANNER_DEFAULT_SCALE },
     { XtNrubberBand, XtCRubberBand, XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean),
 	poff(rubber_band), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) FALSE },
-    { XtNforeground, XtCForeground, XtRPixel, sizeof(Pixel), 
+    { XtNforeground, XtCForeground, XtRPixel, sizeof(Pixel),
 	poff(foreground), XtRString, (XtPointer) XtDefaultBackground },
     { XtNinternalSpace, XtCInternalSpace, XtRDimension, sizeof(Dimension),
 	poff(internal_border), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) 4 },
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ static int parse_page_string (s, pagesize, canvassize, relative)
   XmuLocatePixmapFile (pw->core.screen, pw->panner.stipple_name, \
 		       pw->panner.shadow_color, pw->core.background_pixel, \
 		       pw->core.depth, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL)
-    
+
 #define PIXMAP_OKAY(pm) ((pm) != None && (pm) != XtUnspecifiedPixmap)
 
 
@@ -604,9 +604,9 @@ static void Redisplay (gw, event, region)
     int kx = pw->panner.knob_x + pad, ky = pw->panner.knob_y + pad;
 
     pw->panner.tmp.showing = FALSE;
-    XClearArea (XtDisplay(pw), XtWindow(pw), 
-		(int) pw->panner.last_x - ((int) lw) + pad, 
-		(int) pw->panner.last_y - ((int) lw) + pad, 
+    XClearArea (XtDisplay(pw), XtWindow(pw),
+		(int) pw->panner.last_x - ((int) lw) + pad,
+		(int) pw->panner.last_y - ((int) lw) + pad,
 		(unsigned int) (pw->panner.knob_width + extra),
 		(unsigned int) (pw->panner.knob_height + extra),
 		False);
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ static void Redisplay (gw, event, region)
     if (lw)
     {
     	XDrawRectangle (dpy, w, pw->panner.shadow_gc, kx, ky,
-		    	(unsigned int) (pw->panner.knob_width - 1), 
+		    	(unsigned int) (pw->panner.knob_width - 1),
 		    	(unsigned int) (pw->panner.knob_height - 1));
     }
 
@@ -909,14 +909,14 @@ static void ActionNotify (gw, event, params, num_params)
 				      pw->panner.vaspect + 0.5);
     if (!pw->panner.allow_off) {
 	Position tmp;
-	
+
 	if (pw->panner.slider_x >
-	    (tmp = (((Position) pw->panner.canvas_width) - 
+	    (tmp = (((Position) pw->panner.canvas_width) -
 		    ((Position) pw->panner.slider_width))))
 	  pw->panner.slider_x = tmp;
 	if (pw->panner.slider_x < 0) pw->panner.slider_x = 0;
 	if (pw->panner.slider_y >
-	    (tmp = (((Position) pw->panner.canvas_height) - 
+	    (tmp = (((Position) pw->panner.canvas_height) -
 		    ((Position) pw->panner.slider_height))))
 	  pw->panner.slider_y = tmp;
 	if (pw->panner.slider_y < 0) pw->panner.slider_y = 0;
diff --git a/src/Porthole.c b/src/Porthole.c
index 7840827..904e0f2 100644
--- a/src/Porthole.c
+++ b/src/Porthole.c
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
  *
  * Author:  Jim Fulton, MIT X Consortium
- * 
+ *
  * This widget is a trivial clipping widget.  It is typically used with a
  * panner or scrollbar to navigate.
  */
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ static void Resize (gw)
 	Position x, y;
 	Dimension width, height;
 
-	layout_child (pw, child, (XtWidgetGeometry *)NULL, 
+	layout_child (pw, child, (XtWidgetGeometry *)NULL,
 		      &x, &y, &width, &height);
 	XtConfigureWidget (child, x, y, width, height, (Dimension) 0);
     }
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ static XtGeometryResult QueryGeometry (gw, intended, preferred)
 	else
 	  return XtGeometryAlmost;
 #undef SIZEONLY
-    } 
+    }
     return XtGeometryNo;
 }
 
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ static void ChangeManaged (gw)
 	        (void) XtMakeGeometryRequest (gw, &retgeom, (XtWidgetGeometry *)NULL);
 	    }
 	}
-	
+
 	XtResizeWidget (child, Max (child->core.width, pw->core.width),
 			Max (child->core.height, pw->core.height), 0);
 
diff --git a/src/Repeater.c b/src/Repeater.c
index f752ae7..7634f08 100644
--- a/src/Repeater.c
+++ b/src/Repeater.c
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
  *
  * Author:  Jim Fulton, MIT X Consortium
- * 
+ *
  * This widget is used for press-and-hold style buttons.
  */
 
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ static void tic();			/* clock timeout */
 /*
  * Translations to give user interface of press-notify...-release_or_leave
  */
-static char defaultTranslations[] = 
+static char defaultTranslations[] =
   "<EnterWindow>:     highlight() \n\
    <LeaveWindow>:     unhighlight() \n\
    <Btn1Down>:        set() start() \n\
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ static Boolean SetValues (gcur, greq, gnew, args, num_args)
     Boolean redisplay = FALSE;
 
     if (cur->repeater.minimum_delay != new->repeater.minimum_delay) {
-	if (new->repeater.next_delay < new->repeater.minimum_delay) 
+	if (new->repeater.next_delay < new->repeater.minimum_delay)
 	  new->repeater.next_delay = new->repeater.minimum_delay;
     }
 
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ static void ActionStart (gw, event, params, num_params)
     RepeaterWidget rw = (RepeaterWidget) gw;
 
     CLEAR_TIMEOUT (rw);
-    if (rw->repeater.start_callbacks) 
+    if (rw->repeater.start_callbacks)
       XtCallCallbackList (gw, rw->repeater.start_callbacks, (XtPointer)NULL);
 
     DO_CALLBACK (rw);
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ static void ActionStop (gw, event, params, num_params)
     RepeaterWidget rw = (RepeaterWidget) gw;
 
     CLEAR_TIMEOUT ((RepeaterWidget) gw);
-    if (rw->repeater.stop_callbacks) 
+    if (rw->repeater.stop_callbacks)
       XtCallCallbackList (gw, rw->repeater.stop_callbacks, (XtPointer)NULL);
 }
 
diff --git a/src/Scrollbar.c b/src/Scrollbar.c
index 95ef5e5..3351c3e 100644
--- a/src/Scrollbar.c
+++ b/src/Scrollbar.c
@@ -241,10 +241,10 @@ static void ClassInitialize()
 #define MARGIN(sbw) (sbw)->threeD.shadow_width
 #endif
 
-/* 
- The original Xaw Scrollbar's FillArea *really* relied on the fact that the 
+/*
+ The original Xaw Scrollbar's FillArea *really* relied on the fact that the
  server was going to clip at the window boundaries; so the logic was really
- rather sloppy.  To avoid drawing over the shadows and the arrows requires 
+ rather sloppy.  To avoid drawing over the shadows and the arrows requires
  some extra care...  Hope I didn't make any mistakes.
 */
 static void FillArea (sbw, top, bottom, fill)
@@ -256,9 +256,9 @@ static void FillArea (sbw, top, bottom, fill)
     int sw, margin, floor;
     int lx, ly, lw, lh;
 
-    if (bottom <= 0 || bottom <= top) 
+    if (bottom <= 0 || bottom <= top)
 	return;
-    if ((sw = sbw->threeD.shadow_width) < 0) 
+    if ((sw = sbw->threeD.shadow_width) < 0)
 	sw = 0;
     margin = MARGIN (sbw);
     floor = sbw->scrollbar.length - margin;
@@ -278,12 +278,12 @@ static void FillArea (sbw, top, bottom, fill)
     }
     if (lh <= 0 || lw <= 0) return;
     if (fill) {
-	XFillRectangle(XtDisplay((Widget) sbw), XtWindow((Widget) sbw), 
-			sbw->scrollbar.gc, 
+	XFillRectangle(XtDisplay((Widget) sbw), XtWindow((Widget) sbw),
+			sbw->scrollbar.gc,
 			lx, ly, (unsigned int) lw, (unsigned int) lh);
     } else {
-	XClearArea (XtDisplay((Widget) sbw), XtWindow((Widget) sbw), 
-			lx, ly, (unsigned int) lw, (unsigned int) lh, 
+	XClearArea (XtDisplay((Widget) sbw), XtWindow((Widget) sbw),
+			lx, ly, (unsigned int) lw, (unsigned int) lh,
 			FALSE);
     }
 }
@@ -294,21 +294,21 @@ static void FillArea (sbw, top, bottom, fill)
 
 static void PaintThumb (sbw, event)
     ScrollbarWidget sbw;
-    XEvent *event; 
+    XEvent *event;
 {
     Dimension s                   = sbw->threeD.shadow_width;
     Position  oldtop              = sbw->scrollbar.topLoc;
     Position  oldbot              = oldtop + sbw->scrollbar.shownLength;
     Dimension margin              = MARGIN (sbw);
     Dimension tzl                 = sbw->scrollbar.length - margin - margin;
-    Position newtop, newbot;    
+    Position newtop, newbot;
     Position  floor               = sbw->scrollbar.length - margin;
 
     newtop = margin + (int)(tzl * sbw->scrollbar.top);
     newbot = newtop + (int)(tzl * sbw->scrollbar.shown);
     if (sbw->scrollbar.shown < 1.) newbot++;
     if (newbot < newtop + (int)sbw->scrollbar.min_thumb +
-                        2 * (int)sbw->threeD.shadow_width) 
+                        2 * (int)sbw->threeD.shadow_width)
       newbot = newtop + sbw->scrollbar.min_thumb +
                         2 * sbw->threeD.shadow_width;
     if ( newbot >= floor ) {
@@ -321,31 +321,31 @@ static void PaintThumb (sbw, event)
     if (XtIsRealized ((Widget) sbw)) {
       /*  3D thumb wanted ?
        */
-      if (s) 
+      if (s)
 	  {
           if (newtop < oldtop) FillArea(sbw, oldtop, oldtop + s, 0);
           if (newtop > oldtop) FillArea(sbw, oldtop, MIN(newtop, oldbot), 0);
           if (newbot < oldbot) FillArea(sbw, MAX(newbot, oldtop), oldbot, 0);
           if (newbot > oldbot) FillArea(sbw, oldbot - s, oldbot, 0);
 
-          if (sbw->scrollbar.orientation == XtorientHorizontal) 
+          if (sbw->scrollbar.orientation == XtorientHorizontal)
 	      {
 	      _ShadowSurroundedBox((Widget)sbw, (ThreeDWidget)sbw,
 		  newtop, s, newbot, sbw->core.height - s,
 		  sbw->threeD.relief, TRUE);
 	      }
-	  else 
+	  else
 	      {
 	      _ShadowSurroundedBox((Widget)sbw, (ThreeDWidget)sbw,
 		  s, newtop, sbw->core.width - s, newbot,
 		  sbw->threeD.relief, TRUE);
 	      }
 	  }
-      else 
+      else
 	  {
-	  /* 
-	    Note to Mitch: FillArea is (now) correctly implemented to 
-	    not draw over shadows or the arrows. Therefore setting clipmasks 
+	  /*
+	    Note to Mitch: FillArea is (now) correctly implemented to
+	    not draw over shadows or the arrows. Therefore setting clipmasks
 	    doesn't seem to be necessary.  Correct me if I'm wrong!
 	  */
           if (newtop < oldtop) FillArea(sbw, newtop, MIN(newbot, oldtop), 1);
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ static void PaintArrows (sbw)
     Window    win = XtWindow (sbw);
     GC        top = sbw->threeD.top_shadow_GC;
     GC        bot = sbw->threeD.bot_shadow_GC;
-  
+
 
     if (XtIsRealized ((Widget) sbw)) {
 	/* 3D arrows?
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ static void PaintArrows (sbw)
 	    pt[0].x = 0;      pt[0].y = tm1;
 	    pt[1].x = t;      pt[1].y = tm1;
 	    pt[2].x = t2;     pt[2].y = 0;
-      
+
 	    pt[3].x = 0;      pt[3].y = lp1;
 	    pt[4].x = t;      pt[4].y = lp1;
 	    pt[5].x = t2;     pt[5].y = l;
@@ -442,12 +442,12 @@ static void PaintArrows (sbw)
 		}
 	    }
 	    /* draw the up/left arrow */
-	    XFillPolygon (dpy, win, sbw->scrollbar.gc, 
-			  pt, 3, 
+	    XFillPolygon (dpy, win, sbw->scrollbar.gc,
+			  pt, 3,
 			  Convex, CoordModeOrigin);
 	    /* draw the down/right arrow */
-	    XFillPolygon (dpy, win, sbw->scrollbar.gc, 
-			  pt+3, 3, 
+	    XFillPolygon (dpy, win, sbw->scrollbar.gc,
+			  pt+3, 3,
 			  Convex, CoordModeOrigin);
 	}
     }
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ static void Destroy (w)
 /*	Function Name: CreateGC
  *	Description: Creates the GC.
  *	Arguments: w - the scrollbar widget.
- *	Returns: none. 
+ *	Returns: none.
  */
 
 static void CreateGC (w)
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ static void CreateGC (w)
     unsigned int depth = 1;
 
     if (sbw->scrollbar.thumb == XtUnspecifiedPixmap) {
-        sbw->scrollbar.thumb = XmuCreateStippledPixmap (XtScreen(w), 
+        sbw->scrollbar.thumb = XmuCreateStippledPixmap (XtScreen(w),
 					(Pixel) 1, (Pixel) 0, depth);
     } else if (sbw->scrollbar.thumb != None) {
 	Window root;
@@ -580,10 +580,10 @@ static void Realize (w, valueMask, attributes)
 
     XtVaSetValues (w, XtNcursor, sbw->scrollbar.inactiveCursor, NULL);
 #endif
-    /* 
-     * The Simple widget actually stuffs the value in the valuemask. 
+    /*
+     * The Simple widget actually stuffs the value in the valuemask.
      */
-    
+
     (*scrollbarWidgetClass->core_class.superclass->core_class.realize)
 	(w, valueMask, attributes);
 }
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ static void Redisplay (w, event, region)
 	XRectInRegion (region, x, y, width, height) != RectangleOut) {
 	/* Forces entire thumb to be painted. */
 	sbw->scrollbar.topLoc = -(sbw->scrollbar.length + 1);
-	PaintThumb (sbw, event); 
+	PaintThumb (sbw, event);
     }
 #ifdef XAW_ARROW_SCROLLBARS
     /* we'd like to be region aware here!!!! */
@@ -687,23 +687,23 @@ static Boolean CompareEvents (oldEvent, newEvent)
 
     switch (newEvent->type) {
     case MotionNotify:
-	Check(xmotion.state); 
+	Check(xmotion.state);
 	break;
     case ButtonPress:
     case ButtonRelease:
 	Check(xbutton.state);
-	Check(xbutton.button); 
+	Check(xbutton.button);
 	break;
     case KeyPress:
     case KeyRelease:
 	Check(xkey.state);
-	Check(xkey.keycode); 
+	Check(xkey.keycode);
 	break;
     case EnterNotify:
     case LeaveNotify:
 	Check(xcrossing.mode);
 	Check(xcrossing.detail);
-	Check(xcrossing.state); 
+	Check(xcrossing.state);
 	break;
     }
 #undef Check
@@ -752,23 +752,23 @@ static void ExtractPosition (event, x, y)
 {
     switch( event->type ) {
     case MotionNotify:
-	*x = event->xmotion.x;	 
-	*y = event->xmotion.y;	  
+	*x = event->xmotion.x;
+	*y = event->xmotion.y;
 	break;
     case ButtonPress:
     case ButtonRelease:
-	*x = event->xbutton.x;   
-	*y = event->xbutton.y;   
+	*x = event->xbutton.x;
+	*y = event->xbutton.y;
 	break;
     case KeyPress:
     case KeyRelease:
-	*x = event->xkey.x;      
-	*y = event->xkey.y;	  
+	*x = event->xkey.x;
+	*y = event->xkey.y;
 	break;
     case EnterNotify:
     case LeaveNotify:
-	*x = event->xcrossing.x; 
-	*y = event->xcrossing.y; 
+	*x = event->xcrossing.x;
+	*y = event->xcrossing.y;
 	break;
     default:
 	*x = 0; *y = 0;
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ static void RepeatNotify (client_data, idp)
     if (sbw->scrollbar.scroll_mode == 1)
 	call_data = -call_data;
     XtCallCallbacks((Widget)sbw, XtNscrollProc, (XtPointer) call_data);
-    sbw->scrollbar.timer_id = 
+    sbw->scrollbar.timer_id =
     XtAppAddTimeOut(XtWidgetToApplicationContext((Widget)sbw),
 		    (unsigned long) 150,
 		    RepeatNotify,
@@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ static void StartScroll (w, event, params, num_params )
     char direction;
 
     if (sbw->scrollbar.direction != 0) return; /* if we're already scrolling */
-    if (*num_params > 0) 
+    if (*num_params > 0)
 	direction = *params[0];
     else
 	direction = 'C';
@@ -841,24 +841,24 @@ static void StartScroll (w, event, params, num_params )
 
     switch (direction) {
     case 'B':
-    case 'b':	
+    case 'b':
 	cursor = (sbw->scrollbar.orientation == XtorientVertical)
 			? sbw->scrollbar.downCursor
-			: sbw->scrollbar.rightCursor; 
+			: sbw->scrollbar.rightCursor;
 	break;
     case 'F':
     case 'f':
 	cursor = (sbw->scrollbar.orientation == XtorientVertical)
 			? sbw->scrollbar.upCursor
-			: sbw->scrollbar.leftCursor; 
+			: sbw->scrollbar.leftCursor;
 	break;
     case 'C':
     case 'c':
 	cursor = (sbw->scrollbar.orientation == XtorientVertical)
 			? sbw->scrollbar.rightCursor
-			: sbw->scrollbar.upCursor; 
+			: sbw->scrollbar.upCursor;
 	break;
-    default:	
+    default:
 	return; /* invalid invocation */
     }
     XtVaSetValues (w, XtNcursor, cursor, NULL);
@@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ static int InRange(num, small, big)
 #endif
 
 /*
- * Same as above, but for floating numbers. 
+ * Same as above, but for floating numbers.
  */
 
 static float FloatInRange(num, small, big)
@@ -894,15 +894,15 @@ static float FloatInRange(num, small, big)
 static void NotifyScroll (w, event, params, num_params)
     Widget w;
     XEvent *event;
-    String *params;		
-    Cardinal *num_params;	
+    String *params;
+    Cardinal *num_params;
 {
     ScrollbarWidget sbw = (ScrollbarWidget) w;
     int call_data;
     Position x, y;
 
     if (sbw->scrollbar.scroll_mode == 2  /* if scroll continuous */
-	|| LookAhead (w, event)) 
+	|| LookAhead (w, event))
 	return;
 
     ExtractPosition (event, &x, &y);
@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ static void NotifyScroll (w, event, params, num_params)
 	call_data = -MAX (A_FEW_PIXELS, sbw->scrollbar.length / 20);
 	XtCallCallbacks (w, XtNscrollProc, (XtPointer)(call_data));
 	/* establish autoscroll */
-	sbw->scrollbar.timer_id = 
+	sbw->scrollbar.timer_id =
 	    XtAppAddTimeOut (XtWidgetToApplicationContext (w),
 				(unsigned long) 300, RepeatNotify, (XtPointer)w);
 	sbw->scrollbar.scroll_mode = 1;
@@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ static void NotifyScroll (w, event, params, num_params)
 	XtCallCallbacks (w, XtNscrollProc, (XtPointer)(call_data));
 	/* establish autoscroll */
 	sbw->scrollbar.timer_id =
-	    XtAppAddTimeOut (XtWidgetToApplicationContext (w), 
+	    XtAppAddTimeOut (XtWidgetToApplicationContext (w),
 				(unsigned long) 300, RepeatNotify, (XtPointer)w);
 	sbw->scrollbar.scroll_mode = 3;
     } else if (PICKLENGTH (sbw, x, y) < sbw->scrollbar.topLoc) {
@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ static void NotifyScroll (w, event, params, num_params)
 	/* handle zone "below" the thumb */
 	call_data = sbw->scrollbar.length;
 	XtCallCallbacks (w, XtNscrollProc, (XtPointer)(call_data));
-    } else 
+    } else
 	{
 	/* handle the thumb in the motion notify action */
 	}
@@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ static void NotifyScroll (w, event, params, num_params)
 
     if (sbw->scrollbar.direction == 0) return; /* if no StartScroll */
     if (LookAhead (w, event)) return;
-    if (*num_params > 0) 
+    if (*num_params > 0)
 	style = *params[0];
     else
 	style = 'P';
@@ -962,23 +962,23 @@ static void NotifyScroll (w, event, params, num_params)
     case 'P':    /* Proportional */
     case 'p':
 	ExtractPosition (event, &x, &y);
-	call_data = 
-	    InRange (PICKLENGTH (sbw, x, y), 0, (int) sbw->scrollbar.length); 
+	call_data =
+	    InRange (PICKLENGTH (sbw, x, y), 0, (int) sbw->scrollbar.length);
 	break;
 
     case 'F':    /* FullLength */
-    case 'f':    
-	call_data = sbw->scrollbar.length; 
+    case 'f':
+	call_data = sbw->scrollbar.length;
 	break;
     }
     switch (sbw->scrollbar.direction) {
     case 'B':
-    case 'b':    
+    case 'b':
 	call_data = -call_data;
 	/* fall through */
 
     case 'F':
-    case 'f':    
+    case 'f':
 	XtCallCallbacks (w, XtNscrollProc, (XtPointer)call_data);
 	break;
 
@@ -1125,14 +1125,14 @@ static void NotifyThumb (w, event, params, num_params )
 
 /************************************************************
  *
- *  Public routines. 
+ *  Public routines.
  *
  ************************************************************/
 
 /* Set the scroll bar to the given location. */
 
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
-void XawScrollbarSetThumb (Widget w, 
+void XawScrollbarSetThumb (Widget w,
 #if NeedWidePrototypes
 			double top, double shown)
 #else
@@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ void XawScrollbarSetThumb (w, top, shown)
     ScrollbarWidget sbw = (ScrollbarWidget) w;
 
 #ifdef WIERD
-    fprintf(stderr,"< XawScrollbarSetThumb w=%p, top=%f, shown=%f\n", 
+    fprintf(stderr,"< XawScrollbarSetThumb w=%p, top=%f, shown=%f\n",
 	    w,top,shown);
 #endif
 
diff --git a/src/Simple.c b/src/Simple.c
index 05585b8..6a70ffe 100644
--- a/src/Simple.c
+++ b/src/Simple.c
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
 
                         All Rights Reserved
 
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
 supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
 used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.  
+software without specific, written prior permission.
 
 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ static void ClassInitialize()
         {XtWidgetBaseOffset, (XtPointer) XtOffsetOf(WidgetRec, core.screen),
 	     sizeof(Screen *)},
         {XtResourceString, (XtPointer) XtNpointerColor, sizeof(Pixel)},
-        {XtResourceString, (XtPointer) XtNpointerColorBackground, 
+        {XtResourceString, (XtPointer) XtNpointerColorBackground,
 	     sizeof(Pixel)},
         {XtWidgetBaseOffset, (XtPointer) XtOffsetOf(WidgetRec, core.colormap),
 	     sizeof(Colormap)}
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ static void ClassInitialize()
 
     XawInitializeWidgetSet();
     XtSetTypeConverter( XtRString, XtRColorCursor, XmuCvtStringToColorCursor,
-		       convertArg, XtNumber(convertArg), 
+		       convertArg, XtNumber(convertArg),
 		       XtCacheByDisplay, (XtDestructor)NULL);
 }
 
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ static void Realize(w, valueMask, attributes)
 	if (((SimpleWidget)w)->simple.insensitive_border == None)
 	    ((SimpleWidget)w)->simple.insensitive_border =
 		XmuCreateStippledPixmap(XtScreen(w),
-					w->core.border_pixel, 
+					w->core.border_pixel,
 					w->core.background_pixel,
 					w->core.depth);
         border_pixmap = w->core.border_pixmap;
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Widget w;
     SimpleWidget simple = (SimpleWidget) w;
     XrmValue from, to;
     Cursor cursor;
-   
+
     if (simple->simple.cursor_name == NULL)
 	return;
 
@@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ Widget w;
     to.addr = (XPointer) &cursor;
 
     if (XtConvertAndStore(w, XtRString, &from, XtRColorCursor, &to)) {
-	if ( cursor !=  None) 
+	if ( cursor !=  None)
 	    simple->simple.cursor = cursor;
-    } 
+    }
     else {
 	XtAppErrorMsg(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w),
 		      "convertFailed","ConvertCursor","XawError",
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ static Boolean SetValues(current, request, new, args, num_args)
     if (s_old->simple.cursor != s_new->simple.cursor) {
 	new_cursor = TRUE;
     }
-	
+
 /*
  * We are not handling the string cursor_name correctly here.
  */
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ static Boolean SetValues(current, request, new, args, num_args)
     if (new_cursor && XtIsRealized(new))
         XDefineCursor(XtDisplay(new), XtWindow(new), s_new->simple.cursor);
 
-    return False;   
+    return False;
 }
 
 
@@ -279,13 +279,13 @@ static Boolean ChangeSensitive(w)
 		XSetWindowBorderPixmap( XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w),
 				        w->core.border_pixmap );
 	    else
-		XSetWindowBorder( XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w), 
+		XSetWindowBorder( XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w),
 				  w->core.border_pixel );
 	else {
 	    if (((SimpleWidget)w)->simple.insensitive_border == None)
 		((SimpleWidget)w)->simple.insensitive_border =
 		    XmuCreateStippledPixmap(XtScreen(w),
-					    w->core.border_pixel, 
+					    w->core.border_pixel,
 					    w->core.background_pixel,
 					    w->core.depth);
 	    XSetWindowBorderPixmap( XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w),
diff --git a/src/SimpleMenu.c b/src/SimpleMenu.c
index 7d177c1..e1b9169 100644
--- a/src/SimpleMenu.c
+++ b/src/SimpleMenu.c
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
  * Date:    April 3, 1989
  *
  * By:      Chris D. Peterson
- *          MIT X Consortium 
+ *          MIT X Consortium
  *          kit@expo.lcs.mit.edu
  */
 
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
 
 #define offset(field) XtOffsetOf(SimpleMenuRec, simple_menu.field)
 
-static XtResource resources[] = { 
+static XtResource resources[] = {
 
 /*
  * Label Resources.
@@ -93,21 +93,21 @@ static XtResource resources[] = {
   {XtNpopupOnEntry,  XtCPopupOnEntry, XtRWidget, sizeof(Widget),
       offset(popup_entry), XtRWidget, NULL},
   {XtNbackingStore, XtCBackingStore, XtRBackingStore, sizeof (int),
-      offset(backing_store), 
+      offset(backing_store),
       XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) (Always + WhenMapped + NotUseful)},
   {XtNjumpScroll,  XtCJumpScroll, XtRInt, sizeof(int),
       offset(jump_val), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)1},
-};  
+};
 #undef offset
 
 static char defaultTranslations[] =
     "<EnterWindow>:     highlight()             \n\
      <LeaveWindow>:     unhighlight()           \n\
      <BtnMotion>:       highlight()             \n\
-     <BtnUp>:           notify() unhighlight() popdown()"; 
+     <BtnUp>:           notify() unhighlight() popdown()";
 
 /*
- * Semi Public function definitions. 
+ * Semi Public function definitions.
  */
 
 static void Redisplay(), Realize(), Resize(), ChangeManaged();
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ static void PopupCB(), PopupSubMenu(), PopdownSubMenu();
 static void Highlight(), Unhighlight(), Notify(), PositionMenuAction();
 static void Popdown();
 
-/* 
+/*
  * Private Function Definitions.
  */
 
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ static XtActionsRec actionsList[] =
   {"unhighlight",       Unhighlight},
   {"popdown",           Popdown}
 };
- 
+
 static CompositeClassExtensionRec extension_rec = {
     /* next_extension */  NULL,
     /* record_type */     NULLQUARK,
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ static CompositeClassExtensionRec extension_rec = {
 };
 
 #define superclass (&overrideShellClassRec)
-    
+
 SimpleMenuClassRec simpleMenuClassRec = {
   {
     /* superclass         */    (WidgetClass) superclass,
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ SimpleMenuClassRec simpleMenuClassRec = {
     /* resources          */    resources,
     /* resource_count     */	XtNumber(resources),
     /* xrm_class          */    NULLQUARK,
-    /* compress_motion    */    TRUE, 
+    /* compress_motion    */    TRUE,
     /* compress_exposure  */    TRUE,
     /* compress_enterleave*/ 	TRUE,
     /* visible_interest   */    FALSE,
@@ -178,8 +178,8 @@ SimpleMenuClassRec simpleMenuClassRec = {
     /* expose             */    Redisplay,
     /* set_values         */    SetValues,
     /* set_values_hook    */	SetValuesHook,
-    /* set_values_almost  */	XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,  
-    /* get_values_hook    */	NULL,			
+    /* set_values_almost  */	XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
+    /* get_values_hook    */	NULL,
     /* accept_focus       */    NULL,
     /* intrinsics version */	XtVersion,
     /* callback offsets   */    NULL,
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ ClassInitialize()
 
 /*      Function Name: ClassInitialize
  *      Description: Class Part Initialize routine, called for every
- *                   subclass.  Makes sure that the subclasses pick up 
+ *                   subclass.  Makes sure that the subclasses pick up
  *                   the extension record.
  *      Arguments: wc - the widget class of the subclass.
  *      Returns: none.
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
 
   XtAddCallback(new, XtNpopupCallback, PopupCB, NULL);
 
-  if (smw->simple_menu.label_class == NULL) 
+  if (smw->simple_menu.label_class == NULL)
       smw->simple_menu.label_class = smeBSBObjectClass;
 
   if (smw->simple_menu.label_string != NULL)
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
  *      Description: Redisplays the contents of the widget.
  *      Arguments: w - the simple menu widget.
  *                 event - the X event that caused this redisplay.
- *                 region - the region the needs to be repainted. 
+ *                 region - the region the needs to be repainted.
  *      Returns: none.
  */
 
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ Region region;
 		    point[1].y = s + SMW_ARROW_SIZE;
 		    point[2].x = (*entry)->rectangle.width / 2 + SMW_ARROW_SIZE / 2;
 		    point[2].y = s + SMW_ARROW_SIZE;
-		    XFillPolygon(XtDisplay(w), smw->core.window, 
+		    XFillPolygon(XtDisplay(w), smw->core.window,
 			    tdw->threeD.bot_shadow_GC, point, 3, Convex,
 			    CoordModeOrigin);
 
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ Region region;
 	}
 
 	/*
-	if (region != NULL) 
+	if (region != NULL)
 	    switch (XRectInRegion(region,
 		    (int)(*entry)->rectangle.x, (int)(*entry)->rectangle.y,
 		    (unsigned int)(*entry)->rectangle.width,
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ XSetWindowAttributes * attrs;
     else
 	*mask &= ~CWBackingStore;
 
-     /* check if the menu is too big */  
+     /* check if the menu is too big */
      if (smw->core.height >= HeightOfScreen(XtScreen(w))) {
          smw->simple_menu.too_tall = TRUE;
          smw->core.height = HeightOfScreen(XtScreen(w));
@@ -525,9 +525,9 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
     SimpleMenuWidget smw_old = (SimpleMenuWidget) current;
     SimpleMenuWidget smw_new = (SimpleMenuWidget) new;
     Boolean ret_val = FALSE, layout = FALSE;
-    
+
     if (!XtIsRealized(current)) return(FALSE);
-    
+
     if (!smw_new->simple_menu.recursive_set_values) {
 	if (smw_new->core.width != smw_old->core.width) {
 	    smw_new->simple_menu.menu_width = (smw_new->core.width != 0);
@@ -542,25 +542,25 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
     if (smw_old->simple_menu.cursor != smw_new->simple_menu.cursor)
 	XDefineCursor(XtDisplay(new),
 		      XtWindow(new), smw_new->simple_menu.cursor);
-    
-    if (smw_old->simple_menu.label_string !=smw_new->simple_menu.label_string) 
+
+    if (smw_old->simple_menu.label_string !=smw_new->simple_menu.label_string)
 	if (smw_new->simple_menu.label_string == NULL)         /* Destroy. */
 	    XtDestroyWidget((Widget) smw_old->simple_menu.label);
 	else if (smw_old->simple_menu.label_string == NULL)    /* Create. */
 	    CreateLabel(new);
 	else {                                                 /* Change. */
 	    Arg arglist[1];
-	    
+
 	    XtSetArg(arglist[0], XtNlabel, smw_new->simple_menu.label_string);
 	    XtSetValues((Widget) smw_new->simple_menu.label, arglist, ONE);
 	}
-    
+
     if (smw_old->simple_menu.label_class != smw_new->simple_menu.label_class)
 	XtAppWarning(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(new),
 		     "No Dynamic class change of the SimpleMenu Label.");
-    
+
     if ((smw_old->simple_menu.top_margin != smw_new->simple_menu.top_margin) ||
-	(smw_old->simple_menu.bottom_margin != 
+	(smw_old->simple_menu.bottom_margin !=
 	 smw_new->simple_menu.bottom_margin) /* filler.................  */ ) {
 	layout = TRUE;
 	ret_val = TRUE;
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
  *      Returns: none
  */
 
-/* 
+/*
  * If the user actually passed a width and height to the widget
  * then this MUST be used, rather than our newly calculated width and
  * height.
@@ -605,10 +605,10 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
 {
     Cardinal i;
     Dimension width, height;
-    
+
     width = w->core.width;
     height = w->core.height;
-    
+
     for ( i = 0 ; i < *num_args ; i++) {
 	if ( streq(arglist[i].name, XtNwidth) )
 	    width = (Dimension) arglist[i].value;
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ XtWidgetGeometry * request, * reply;
 
 	if ( mode & XtCWQueryOnly ) {
 	    entry->rectangle.width = old_width;
-	    entry->rectangle.height = old_height;	
+	    entry->rectangle.height = old_height;
 	}
 	else {
 	    /* Actually perform the layout */
@@ -681,11 +681,11 @@ XtWidgetGeometry * request, * reply;
     }
     else {
 	entry->rectangle.width = old_width;
-	entry->rectangle.height = old_height;	
+	entry->rectangle.height = old_height;
 
 	if ( ((reply->width == request->width) && !(mode & CWHeight)) ||
 	      ((reply->height == request->height) && !(mode & CWWidth)) ||
-	      ((reply->width == request->width) && 
+	      ((reply->width == request->width) &&
 	       (reply->height == request->height)) )
 	    answer = XtGeometryNo;
 	else {
@@ -716,10 +716,10 @@ Widget w;
 /************************************************************
  *
  * Global Action Routines.
- * 
+ *
  * These actions routines will be added to the application's
- * global action list. 
- * 
+ * global action list.
+ *
  ************************************************************/
 
 /*      Function Name: PositionMenuAction
@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ Widget w;
 XEvent * event;
 String * params;
 Cardinal * num_params;
-{ 
+{
   Widget menu;
   XPoint loc;
 
@@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ Cardinal * num_params;
     XtAppWarning(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w), error_buf);
     return;
   }
-  
+
   switch (event->type) {
   case ButtonPress:
   case ButtonRelease:
@@ -781,12 +781,12 @@ Cardinal * num_params;
     PositionMenu(menu, (XPoint *)NULL);
     break;
   }
-}  
+}
 
 /************************************************************
  *
  * Widget Action Routines.
- * 
+ *
  ************************************************************/
 
 /*      Function Name: Unhighlight
@@ -804,13 +804,13 @@ Widget w;
 XEvent * event;
 String * params;
 Cardinal * num_params;
-{ 
+{
     SimpleMenuWidget smw = (SimpleMenuWidget) w;
     SimpleMenuWidget sub = (SimpleMenuWidget) smw->simple_menu.sub_menu;
     SmeObject entry = smw->simple_menu.entry_set;
     SmeObjectClass class;
     int old_pos;
- 
+
     if (entry == NULL || entry == GetEventEntry(w, event)) {
 	smw->simple_menu.entry_set = NULL;
 	PopdownSubMenu(smw);
@@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ Cardinal * num_params;
     /* backup, then restore, original entry position */
     old_pos = entry->rectangle.y;
     entry->rectangle.y -= smw->simple_menu.first_y;
-    
+
     (class->sme_class.unhighlight) ((Widget) entry);
 
     entry->rectangle.y = old_pos;
@@ -858,9 +858,9 @@ Cardinal * num_params;
     SmeObject entry;
     SmeObjectClass class;
     int old_pos;
-    
+
     if (!XtIsSensitive(w)) return;
-    
+
     entry = GetEventEntry(w, event);
     if (entry == smw->simple_menu.entry_set)
 	return;
@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ Cardinal * num_params;
 	/* backup, then restore, original entry position */
 	old_pos = entry->rectangle.y;
 	entry->rectangle.y -= smw->simple_menu.first_y;
-	
+
 	(class->sme_class.highlight) ((Widget) entry);
 	if (XtIsSubclass((Widget)entry, smeBSBObjectClass))
 	    PopupSubMenu(smw);
@@ -910,9 +910,9 @@ Cardinal * num_params;
     SimpleMenuWidget smw = (SimpleMenuWidget) w;
     SmeObject entry = smw->simple_menu.entry_set;
     SmeObjectClass class;
-    
+
     if ( (entry == NULL) || !XtIsSensitive((Widget) entry ) ) return;
-    
+
     class = (SmeObjectClass) entry->object.widget_class;
     (class->sme_class.notify)( (Widget) entry );
 }
@@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ Cardinal * num_params;
  * Public Functions.
  *
  ************************************************************/
- 
+
 /*	Function Name: XawSimpleMenuAddGlobalActions
  *	Description: adds the global actions to the simple menu widget.
  *	Arguments: app_con - the appcontext.
@@ -939,9 +939,9 @@ XtAppContext app_con;
 {
     XtInitializeWidgetClass(simpleMenuWidgetClass);
     XmuCallInitializers( app_con );
-} 
+}
+
 
- 
 /*	Function Name: XawSimpleMenuGetActiveEntry
  *	Description: Gets the currently active (set) entry.
  *	Arguments: w - the smw widget.
@@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ Widget w;
     SimpleMenuWidget smw = (SimpleMenuWidget) w;
 
     return( (Widget) smw->simple_menu.entry_set);
-} 
+}
 
 /*	Function Name: XawSimpleMenuClearActiveEntry
  *	Description: Unsets the currently active (set) entry.
@@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ Widget w;
     SimpleMenuWidget smw = (SimpleMenuWidget) w;
 
     smw->simple_menu.entry_set = NULL;
-} 
+}
 
 /************************************************************
  *
@@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ Widget w;
  *	Description: Creates a the menu label.
  *	Arguments: w - the smw widget.
  *	Returns: none.
- * 
+ *
  * Creates the label object and makes sure it is the first child in
  * in the list.
  */
@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ Widget w;
 	char error_buf[BUFSIZ];
 
 	(void) sprintf(error_buf, "Xaw Simple Menu Widget: %s or %s, %s",
-		"label string is NULL", "label already exists", 
+		"label string is NULL", "label already exists",
 		"no label is being created.");
 	XtAppWarning(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w), error_buf);
 	return;
@@ -1017,8 +1017,8 @@ Widget w;
 
     XtSetArg(args[0], XtNlabel, smw->simple_menu.label_string);
     XtSetArg(args[1], XtNjustify, XtJustifyCenter);
-    smw->simple_menu.label = (SmeObject) 
-	                      XtCreateManagedWidget("menuLabel", 
+    smw->simple_menu.label = (SmeObject)
+	                      XtCreateManagedWidget("menuLabel",
 					    smw->simple_menu.label_class, w,
 					    args, TWO);
 
@@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ Widget w;
 /*	Function Name: Layout
  *	Description: lays the menu entries out all nice and neat.
  *	Arguments: w - See below (+++)
- *                 width_ret, height_ret - The returned width and 
+ *                 width_ret, height_ret - The returned width and
  *                                         height values.
  *	Returns: none.
  *
@@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ Dimension *width_ret, *height_ret;
 	{
 	    if (!XtIsManaged((Widget)*entry)) continue;
 
-	    if (smw->simple_menu.row_height != 0 && 
+	    if (smw->simple_menu.row_height != 0 &&
 			*entry != smw->simple_menu.label)
 		(*entry)->rectangle.height = smw->simple_menu.row_height;
 
@@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ Dimension *width_ret, *height_ret;
 	height = smw->simple_menu.row_height * smw->composite.num_children;
 	height += tdw->threeD.shadow_width * 2;
     }
-    
+
     if (smw->simple_menu.menu_width)
 	width = smw->core.width;
     else if (allow_change_size)
@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ Dimension *width_ret, *height_ret;
     if (do_layout)
     {
 	ForAllChildren(smw, entry)
-	    if (XtIsManaged((Widget)*entry)) 
+	    if (XtIsManaged((Widget)*entry))
 		(*entry)->rectangle.width = width;
 
 	if (allow_change_size)
@@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ Dimension *width_ret, *height_ret;
 	if (height != 0) *height_ret = height;
     }
 }
-    
+
 /*	Function Name: AddPositionAction
  *	Description: Adds the XawPositionSimpleMenu action to the global
  *                   action list for this appcon.
@@ -1161,13 +1161,13 @@ XPointer data;
  *	Returns: the menu widget or NULL.
  */
 
-static Widget 
+static Widget
 FindMenu(widget, name)
 Widget widget;
 String name;
 {
     Widget w, menu;
-    
+
     for ( w = widget ; w != NULL ; w = XtParent(w) )
 	if ( (menu = XtNameToWidget(w, name)) != NULL )
 	    return(menu);
@@ -1189,14 +1189,14 @@ XPoint * location;
     SimpleMenuWidget smw = (SimpleMenuWidget) w;
     SmeObject entry;
     XPoint t_point;
-    
+
     if (location == NULL) {
 	Window junk1, junk2;
 	int root_x, root_y, junkX, junkY;
 	unsigned int junkM;
-	
+
 	location = &t_point;
-	if (XQueryPointer(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w), &junk1, &junk2, 
+	if (XQueryPointer(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w), &junk1, &junk2,
 			  &root_x, &root_y, &junkX, &junkY, &junkM) == FALSE) {
 	    char error_buf[BUFSIZ];
 	    (void) sprintf(error_buf, "%s %s", "Xaw Simple Menu Widget:",
@@ -1207,15 +1207,15 @@ XPoint * location;
 	location->x = (short) root_x;
 	location->y = (short) root_y;
     }
-    
+
     /*
      * The width will not be correct unless it is realized.
      */
-    
+
     XtRealizeWidget(w);
-    
+
     location->x -= (Position) w->core.width/2;
-    
+
     if (smw->simple_menu.popup_entry == NULL)
 	entry = smw->simple_menu.label;
     else
@@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@ XPoint * location;
  *                   to be fully visable if menu_on_screen is TRUE.
  *	Arguments: w - the simple menu widget.
  *                 x, y - the current location of the widget.
- *	Returns: none 
+ *	Returns: none
  */
 
 static void
@@ -1242,19 +1242,19 @@ Position x, y;
 {
     SimpleMenuWidget smw = (SimpleMenuWidget) w;
     Arg arglist[2];
-    
+
     if (smw->simple_menu.menu_on_screen) {
 	int width = w->core.width + 2 * w->core.border_width;
 	int height = w->core.height + 2 * w->core.border_width;
-	
+
 	if (x >= 0) {
 	    int scr_width = WidthOfScreen(XtScreen(w));
 	    if (x + width > scr_width)
 		x = scr_width - width;
 	}
-	if (x < 0) 
+	if (x < 0)
 	    x = 0;
-	
+
 	if (y >= 0) {
 	    int scr_height = HeightOfScreen(XtScreen(w));
 	    if (y + height > scr_height)
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ Position x, y;
 	if (y < 0)
 	    y = 0;
     }
-    
+
     XtSetArg(arglist[0], XtNx, x);
     XtSetArg(arglist[1], XtNy, y);
     XtSetValues(w, arglist, TWO);
@@ -1284,15 +1284,15 @@ Widget w;
 XtPointer junk, garbage;
 {
     SimpleMenuWidget smw = (SimpleMenuWidget) w;
-    
+
     /*
      * The event mask here is what is currently in the MIT implementation.
      * There really needs to be a way to get the value of the mask out
      * of the toolkit (CDP 5/26/89).
      */
-    
+
     XChangeActivePointerGrab(XtDisplay(w), ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask,
-			     smw->simple_menu.cursor, 
+			     smw->simple_menu.cursor,
 			     XtLastTimestampProcessed(XtDisplay(w)));
 }
 
@@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@ Widget w;
 Dimension width, height;
 {
     SimpleMenuWidget smw = (SimpleMenuWidget) w;
-    
+
     if ( !smw->simple_menu.recursive_set_values ) {
 	if ( (smw->core.width != width) || (smw->core.height != height) ) {
 	    Arg arglist[2];
@@ -1399,18 +1399,18 @@ Widget w, w_ent;
     SimpleMenuWidget smw = (SimpleMenuWidget) w;
     Dimension width, widest = (Dimension) 0;
     SmeObject * entry;
-    
-    if ( smw->simple_menu.menu_width ) 
+
+    if ( smw->simple_menu.menu_width )
 	return(smw->core.width);
 
     ForAllChildren(smw, entry) {
 	XtWidgetGeometry preferred;
 
 	if (!XtIsManaged( (Widget) *entry)) continue;
-	
+
 	if (*entry != cur_entry) {
 	    XtQueryGeometry((Widget) *entry, (XtWidgetGeometry *)NULL, &preferred);
-	    
+
 	    if (preferred.request_mode & CWWidth)
 		width = preferred.width;
 	    else
@@ -1418,11 +1418,11 @@ Widget w, w_ent;
 	}
 	else
 	    width = (*entry)->rectangle.width;
-	
+
 	if ( width > widest )
 	    widest = width;
     }
-    
+
     return(widest);
 }
 
@@ -1440,20 +1440,20 @@ Widget w;
     ThreeDWidget tdw = (ThreeDWidget) smw->simple_menu.threeD;
     SmeObject * entry;
     Dimension height;
-    
+
     if (smw->simple_menu.menu_height)
 	return(smw->core.height);
 
     height = smw->simple_menu.top_margin + smw->simple_menu.bottom_margin;
     height += tdw->threeD.shadow_width * 2;
-    
+
     if (smw->simple_menu.row_height == 0) {
-	ForAllChildren(smw, entry) 
-	    if (XtIsManaged ((Widget) *entry)) 
+	ForAllChildren(smw, entry)
+	    if (XtIsManaged ((Widget) *entry))
 		height += (*entry)->rectangle.height;
-    } else 
+    } else
 	height += smw->simple_menu.row_height * smw->composite.num_children;
-	
+
     return(height);
 }
 
@@ -1580,7 +1580,7 @@ SimpleMenuWidget smw;
 
     popleft = (smw->simple_menu.state & SMW_POPLEFT) != 0;
 
-    if (popleft) 
+    if (popleft)
 	XtTranslateCoords((Widget)smw, -(int)XtWidth(menu),
 			  XtY(entry) - XtBorderWidth(menu), &menu_x, &menu_y);
     else
diff --git a/src/Sme.c b/src/Sme.c
index 8750cea..1b07512 100644
--- a/src/Sme.c
+++ b/src/Sme.c
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
  * Date:    September 26, 1989
  *
  * By:      Chris D. Peterson
- *          MIT X Consortium 
+ *          MIT X Consortium
  *          kit@expo.lcs.mit.edu
  */
 
@@ -49,11 +49,11 @@ static XtResource resources[] = {
   {XtNinternational, XtCInternational, XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean),
      offset(international), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) FALSE},
 #endif
-};   
+};
 #undef offset
 
 /*
- * Semi Public function definitions. 
+ * Semi Public function definitions.
  */
 
 static void Unhighlight(), Highlight(), Notify(), ClassPartInitialize();
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ SmeClassRec smeClassRec = {
     /* resources          */    resources,
     /* resource_count     */	XtNumber(resources),
     /* xrm_class          */    NULLQUARK,
-    /* compress_motion    */    FALSE, 
+    /* compress_motion    */    FALSE,
     /* compress_exposure  */    FALSE,
     /* compress_enterleave*/ 	FALSE,
     /* visible_interest   */    FALSE,
@@ -87,8 +87,8 @@ SmeClassRec smeClassRec = {
     /* expose             */    NULL,
     /* set_values         */    NULL,
     /* set_values_hook    */	NULL,
-    /* set_values_almost  */	XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,  
-    /* get_values_hook    */	NULL,			
+    /* set_values_almost  */	XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
+    /* get_values_hook    */	NULL,
     /* accept_focus       */    NULL,
     /* intrinsics version */	XtVersion,
     /* callback offsets   */    NULL,
@@ -98,11 +98,11 @@ SmeClassRec smeClassRec = {
     /* extension	  */    NULL
   },{
     /* Simple Menu Entry Fields */
-      
+
     /* highlight */             Highlight,
     /* unhighlight */           Unhighlight,
-    /* notify */		Notify,		
-    /* extension */             NULL				
+    /* notify */		Notify,
+    /* extension */             NULL
   }
 };
 
@@ -129,18 +129,18 @@ WidgetClass class;
     m_ent = (SmeObjectClass) class;
     superC = (SmeObjectClass) m_ent->rect_class.superclass;
 
-/* 
+/*
  * We don't need to check for null super since we'll get to TextSink
  * eventually.
  */
 
-    if (m_ent->sme_class.highlight == XtInheritHighlight) 
+    if (m_ent->sme_class.highlight == XtInheritHighlight)
 	m_ent->sme_class.highlight = superC->sme_class.highlight;
 
     if (m_ent->sme_class.unhighlight == XtInheritUnhighlight)
 	m_ent->sme_class.unhighlight = superC->sme_class.unhighlight;
 
-    if (m_ent->sme_class.notify == XtInheritNotify) 
+    if (m_ent->sme_class.notify == XtInheritNotify)
 	m_ent->sme_class.notify = superC->sme_class.notify;
 }
 
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ WidgetClass class;
  *                 new     - the new widget with both resource and non
  *                           resource values.
  *      Returns: none.
- * 
+ *
  * MENU ENTRIES CANNOT HAVE BORDERS.
  */
 
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ Widget w;
  */
 
 static void
-Notify(w) 
+Notify(w)
 Widget w;
 {
     XtCallCallbacks(w, XtNcallback, (XtPointer)NULL);
@@ -214,12 +214,12 @@ Widget w;
  *	Returns: A Geometry Result.
  *
  * See the Intrinsics manual for details on what this function is for.
- * 
+ *
  * I just return the height and a width of 1.
  */
 
 static XtGeometryResult
-QueryGeometry(w, intended, return_val) 
+QueryGeometry(w, intended, return_val)
 Widget w;
 XtWidgetGeometry *intended, *return_val;
 {
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ XtWidgetGeometry *intended, *return_val;
 	return_val->request_mode |= CWWidth;
 	return_val->width = width;
 	mode = return_val->request_mode;
-	
+
 	if ( (mode & CWWidth) && (width == entry->rectangle.width) )
 	    return(XtGeometryNo);
 	return(XtGeometryAlmost);
diff --git a/src/SmeBSB.c b/src/SmeBSB.c
index e7f1cc3..84ef291 100644
--- a/src/SmeBSB.c
+++ b/src/SmeBSB.c
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
  * Date:    September 26, 1989
  *
  * By:      Chris D. Peterson
- *          MIT X Consortium 
+ *          MIT X Consortium
  *          kit@expo.lcs.mit.edu
  */
 
@@ -86,11 +86,11 @@ static XtResource resources[] = {
      offset(menu_name), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) NULL},
   {XtNunderline,  XtCIndex, XtRInt, sizeof(int),
      offset(underline), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) -1},
-};   
+};
 #undef offset
 
 /*
- * Semi Public function definitions. 
+ * Semi Public function definitions.
  */
 
 static void Redisplay(), Destroy(), Initialize();
@@ -99,13 +99,13 @@ static void ClassInitialize();
 static Boolean SetValues();
 static XtGeometryResult QueryGeometry();
 
-/* 
+/*
  * Private Function Definitions.
  */
 
 static void GetDefaultSize(), DrawBitmaps(), GetBitmapInfo();
 static void CreateGCs(), DestroyGCs(), FlipColors();
-    
+
 #define superclass (&smeThreeDClassRec)
 SmeBSBClassRec smeBSBClassRec = {
   {
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ SmeBSBClassRec smeBSBClassRec = {
     /* resources          */    resources,
     /* resource_count     */	XtNumber(resources),
     /* xrm_class          */    NULLQUARK,
-    /* compress_motion    */    FALSE, 
+    /* compress_motion    */    FALSE,
     /* compress_exposure  */    FALSE,
     /* compress_enterleave*/ 	FALSE,
     /* visible_interest   */    FALSE,
@@ -132,8 +132,8 @@ SmeBSBClassRec smeBSBClassRec = {
     /* expose             */    Redisplay,
     /* set_values         */    SetValues,
     /* set_values_hook    */	NULL,
-    /* set_values_almost  */	XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,  
-    /* get_values_hook    */	NULL,			
+    /* set_values_almost  */	XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
+    /* get_values_hook    */	NULL,
     /* accept_focus       */    NULL,
     /* intrinsics version */	XtVersion,
     /* callback offsets   */    NULL,
@@ -145,13 +145,13 @@ SmeBSBClassRec smeBSBClassRec = {
     /* SimpleMenuClass Fields */
     /* highlight          */	Highlight,
     /* unhighlight        */	Unhighlight,
-    /* notify             */	XtInheritNotify,		
+    /* notify             */	XtInheritNotify,
     /* extension	  */	NULL
   }, {
     /* ThreeDClass Fields */
     /* shadowdraw         */    XtInheritXawSme3dShadowDraw
   }, {
-    /* BSBClass Fields */  
+    /* BSBClass Fields */
     /* extension	  */    NULL
   }
 };
@@ -165,16 +165,16 @@ WidgetClass smeBSBObjectClass = (WidgetClass) &smeBSBClassRec;
  ************************************************************/
 
 /*	Function Name: ClassInitialize
- *	Description: Initializes the SmeBSBObject. 
+ *	Description: Initializes the SmeBSBObject.
  *	Arguments: none.
  *	Returns: none.
  */
 
-static void 
+static void
 ClassInitialize()
 {
     XawInitializeWidgetSet();
-    XtAddConverter( XtRString, XtRJustify, XmuCvtStringToJustify, 
+    XtAddConverter( XtRString, XtRJustify, XmuCvtStringToJustify,
 		    (XtConvertArgList)NULL, (Cardinal)0 );
 }
 
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
 {
     SmeBSBObject entry = (SmeBSBObject) new;
 
-    if (entry->sme_bsb.label == NULL) 
+    if (entry->sme_bsb.label == NULL)
 	entry->sme_bsb.label = XtName(new);
     else
 	entry->sme_bsb.label = XtNewString( entry->sme_bsb.label );
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ Widget w;
  *      Description: Redisplays the contents of the widget.
  *      Arguments: w - the simple menu widget.
  *                 event - the X event that caused this redisplay.
- *                 region - the region the needs to be repainted. 
+ *                 region - the region the needs to be repainted.
  *      Returns: none.
  */
 
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ Region region;
     XFontSetExtents *ext = XExtentsOfFontSet(entry->sme_bsb.fontset);
 #endif
 
-    entry->sme_bsb.set_values_area_cleared = FALSE;    
+    entry->sme_bsb.set_values_area_cleared = FALSE;
 #ifdef XAW_INTERNATIONALIZATION
     if ( entry->sme.international == True ) {
         fontset_ascent = abs(ext->max_ink_extent.y);
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ Region region;
 
     if (XtIsSensitive(w) && XtIsSensitive( XtParent(w) ) ) {
 	if ( w == XawSimpleMenuGetActiveEntry(XtParent(w)) ) {
-	    XFillRectangle(XtDisplayOfObject(w), XtWindowOfObject(w), 
+	    XFillRectangle(XtDisplayOfObject(w), XtWindowOfObject(w),
 			   entry->sme_bsb.norm_gc, s, y_loc + s,
 			   (unsigned int) entry->rectangle.width - 2 * s,
 			   (unsigned int) entry->rectangle.height - 2 * s);
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ Region region;
     }
     else
 	gc = entry->sme_bsb.norm_gray_gc;
-    
+
     if (entry->sme_bsb.label != NULL) {
 	int x_loc = entry->sme_bsb.left_margin;
 	int len = strlen(entry->sme_bsb.label);
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ Region region;
 
 #ifdef XAW_INTERNATIONALIZATION
         if ( entry->sme.international==True ) {
-            y_loc += ((int)entry->rectangle.height - 
+            y_loc += ((int)entry->rectangle.height -
 		  (fontset_ascent + fontset_descent)) / 2 + fontset_ascent;
 
             XmbDrawString(XtDisplayOfObject(w), XtWindowOfObject(w),
@@ -334,9 +334,9 @@ Region region;
         else
 #endif
         {
-            y_loc += ((int)entry->rectangle.height - 
+            y_loc += ((int)entry->rectangle.height -
 		  (font_ascent + font_descent)) / 2 + font_ascent;
-	
+
             XDrawString(XtDisplayOfObject(w), XtWindowOfObject(w), gc,
 		    x_loc + s, y_loc, label, len);
         }
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
         if (old_entry->sme_bsb.label != XtName( new ) )
 	    XtFree( (char *) old_entry->sme_bsb.label );
 
-	if (entry->sme_bsb.label != XtName(new) ) 
+	if (entry->sme_bsb.label != XtName(new) )
 	    entry->sme_bsb.label = XtNewString( entry->sme_bsb.label );
 
 	ret_val = TRUE;
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
 #endif
 
     if (ret_val) {
-	GetDefaultSize(new, 
+	GetDefaultSize(new,
 		       &(entry->rectangle.width), &(entry->rectangle.height));
 	entry->sme_bsb.set_values_area_cleared = TRUE;
 
@@ -467,12 +467,12 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
  *	Returns: A Geometry Result.
  *
  * See the Intrinsics manual for details on what this function is for.
- * 
+ *
  * I just return the height and width of the label plus the margins.
  */
 
 static XtGeometryResult
-QueryGeometry(w, intended, return_val) 
+QueryGeometry(w, intended, return_val)
 Widget w;
 XtWidgetGeometry *intended, *return_val;
 {
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ XtWidgetGeometry *intended, *return_val;
 
     if (ret_val == XtGeometryAlmost) {
 	mode = return_val->request_mode;
-	
+
 	if ( ((mode & CWWidth) && (width == entry->rectangle.width)) &&
 	     ((mode & CWHeight) && (height == entry->rectangle.height)) )
 	    return(XtGeometryNo);
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ XtWidgetGeometry *intended, *return_val;
 
     return(ret_val);
 }
-    
+
 /*
  * FlipColors() used to be called directly, but it's blind
  * state toggling caused re-unhighlighting problems.
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ Widget w;
  */
 
 static void
-GetDefaultSize(w, width, height) 
+GetDefaultSize(w, width, height)
 Widget w;
 Dimension * width, * height;
 {
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ Dimension * width, * height;
     if ( entry->sme.international == True ) {
         XFontSetExtents *ext = XExtentsOfFontSet(entry->sme_bsb.fontset);
 
-        if (entry->sme_bsb.label == NULL) 
+        if (entry->sme_bsb.label == NULL)
 	    *width = 0;
         else
 	    *width = XmbTextEscapement(entry->sme_bsb.fontset, entry->sme_bsb.label,
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ Dimension * width, * height;
     else
 #endif
     {
-        if (entry->sme_bsb.label == NULL) 
+        if (entry->sme_bsb.label == NULL)
 	    *width = 0;
         else
 	    *width = XTextWidth(entry->sme_bsb.font, entry->sme_bsb.label,
@@ -611,8 +611,8 @@ GC gc;
     int x_loc, y_loc;
     SmeBSBObject entry = (SmeBSBObject) w;
     Pixmap pm;
-    
-    if ( (entry->sme_bsb.left_bitmap == None) && 
+
+    if ( (entry->sme_bsb.left_bitmap == None) &&
 	 (entry->sme_bsb.right_bitmap == None) ) return;
 
 /*
@@ -643,12 +643,12 @@ GC gc;
 
     if (entry->sme_bsb.left_depth == 1)
 	XCopyPlane(XtDisplayOfObject(w), pm,
-		XtWindowOfObject(w), gc, 0, 0, 
+		XtWindowOfObject(w), gc, 0, 0,
 		entry->sme_bsb.left_bitmap_width,
 		entry->sme_bsb.left_bitmap_height, x_loc, y_loc, 1);
     else
 	XCopyArea (XtDisplayOfObject(w), pm,
-		XtWindowOfObject(w), gc, 0, 0, 
+		XtWindowOfObject(w), gc, 0, 0,
 		entry->sme_bsb.left_bitmap_width,
 		entry->sme_bsb.left_bitmap_height, x_loc, y_loc);
   }
@@ -681,12 +681,12 @@ GC gc;
 
     if (entry->sme_bsb.right_depth == 1)
 	XCopyPlane(XtDisplayOfObject(w), pm,
-		XtWindowOfObject(w), gc, 0, 0, 
+		XtWindowOfObject(w), gc, 0, 0,
 		entry->sme_bsb.right_bitmap_width,
 		entry->sme_bsb.right_bitmap_height, x_loc, y_loc, 1);
     else
 	XCopyArea (XtDisplayOfObject(w), pm,
-		XtWindowOfObject(w), gc, 0, 0, 
+		XtWindowOfObject(w), gc, 0, 0,
 		entry->sme_bsb.right_bitmap_width,
 		entry->sme_bsb.right_bitmap_height, x_loc, y_loc);
   }
@@ -705,17 +705,17 @@ GetBitmapInfo(w, is_left)
 Widget w;
 Boolean is_left;
 {
-    SmeBSBObject entry = (SmeBSBObject) w;    
+    SmeBSBObject entry = (SmeBSBObject) w;
     Window root;
     int x, y;
     unsigned int width, height, bw;
     char buf[BUFSIZ];
-    
+
     if (is_left) {
 	width = height = 0;
 
 	if (entry->sme_bsb.left_bitmap != None) {
-	    if (!XGetGeometry(XtDisplayOfObject(w), 
+	    if (!XGetGeometry(XtDisplayOfObject(w),
 			    entry->sme_bsb.left_bitmap, &root, &x, &y,
 			    &width, &height, &bw, &entry->sme_bsb.left_depth)) {
 		(void) sprintf(buf, "Xaw SmeBSB Object: %s %s \"%s\".",
@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ Boolean is_left;
 	    }
 #ifdef NEVER
 	    if (entry->sme_bsb.left_depth != 1) {
-		(void) sprintf(buf, "Xaw SmeBSB Object: %s \"%s\" %s.", 
+		(void) sprintf(buf, "Xaw SmeBSB Object: %s \"%s\" %s.",
 			"Left Bitmap of entry",  XtName(w),
 			"is not one bit deep");
 		XtAppError(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w), buf);
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ Boolean is_left;
 #endif
 	}
 
-	entry->sme_bsb.left_bitmap_width = (Dimension) width; 
+	entry->sme_bsb.left_bitmap_width = (Dimension) width;
 	entry->sme_bsb.left_bitmap_height = (Dimension) height;
     } else {
 	width = height = 0;
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ Boolean is_left;
 	    }
 #ifdef NEVER
 	    if (entry->sme_bsb.right_depth != 1) {
-		(void) sprintf(buf, "Xaw SmeBSB Object: %s \"%s\" %s.", 
+		(void) sprintf(buf, "Xaw SmeBSB Object: %s \"%s\" %s.",
 			"Right Bitmap of entry", XtName(w),
 			"is not one bit deep");
 		XtAppError(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w), buf);
@@ -759,10 +759,10 @@ Boolean is_left;
 #endif
 	}
 
-	entry->sme_bsb.right_bitmap_width = (Dimension) width; 
+	entry->sme_bsb.right_bitmap_width = (Dimension) width;
 	entry->sme_bsb.right_bitmap_height = (Dimension) height;
     }
-}      
+}
 
 /*      Function Name: CreateGCs
  *      Description: Creates all gc's for the simple menu widget.
@@ -774,13 +774,13 @@ static void
 CreateGCs(w)
 Widget w;
 {
-    SmeBSBObject entry = (SmeBSBObject) w;    
+    SmeBSBObject entry = (SmeBSBObject) w;
     XGCValues values;
     XtGCMask mask;
 #ifdef XAW_INTERNATIONALIZATION
     XtGCMask mask_i18n;
 #endif
-    
+
     values.foreground = XtParent(w)->core.background_pixel;
     values.background = entry->sme_bsb.foreground;
     values.font = entry->sme_bsb.font->fid;
@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ Widget w;
     else
 #endif
         entry->sme_bsb.rev_gc = XtGetGC(w, mask, &values);
-    
+
     values.foreground = entry->sme_bsb.foreground;
     values.background = XtParent(w)->core.background_pixel;
 #ifdef XAW_INTERNATIONALIZATION
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ Widget w;
         entry->sme_bsb.norm_gc = XtGetGC(w, mask, &values);
 
     values.fill_style = FillTiled;
-    values.tile   = XmuCreateStippledPixmap(XtScreenOfObject(w), 
+    values.tile   = XmuCreateStippledPixmap(XtScreenOfObject(w),
 					    entry->sme_bsb.foreground,
 					    XtParent(w)->core.background_pixel,
 					    XtParent(w)->core.depth);
@@ -834,7 +834,7 @@ static void
 DestroyGCs(w)
 Widget w;
 {
-    SmeBSBObject entry = (SmeBSBObject) w;    
+    SmeBSBObject entry = (SmeBSBObject) w;
 
     XtReleaseGC(w, entry->sme_bsb.norm_gc);
     XtReleaseGC(w, entry->sme_bsb.norm_gray_gc);
@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ Widget w;
  *      Returns: none.
  */
 
-static void 
+static void
 FlipColors(w)
 Widget w;
 {
@@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ Widget w;
 	(*oclass->sme_threeD_class.shadowdraw) (w);
     } else
 		XFillRectangle(XtDisplayOfObject(w), XtWindowOfObject(w),
-		   entry->sme_bsb.invert_gc, 
+		   entry->sme_bsb.invert_gc,
 		   s, (int) entry->rectangle.y,
 		   (unsigned int) entry->rectangle.width - 2 * s,
 		   (unsigned int) entry->rectangle.height);
diff --git a/src/SmeLine.c b/src/SmeLine.c
index 943c5f1..161f690 100644
--- a/src/SmeLine.c
+++ b/src/SmeLine.c
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
  * Date:    September 26, 1989
  *
  * By:      Chris D. Peterson
- *          MIT X Consortium 
+ *          MIT X Consortium
  *          kit@expo.lcs.mit.edu
  */
 
@@ -53,11 +53,11 @@ static XtResource resources[] = {
      offset(stipple), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer) XtUnspecifiedPixmap},
   {XtNforeground, XtCForeground, XtRPixel, sizeof(Pixel),
      offset(foreground), XtRString, XtDefaultForeground},
-};   
+};
 #undef offset
 
 /*
- * Function definitions. 
+ * Function definitions.
  */
 
 static void Redisplay(), Initialize();
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ SmeLineClassRec smeLineClassRec = {
     /* resources          */    resources,
     /* resource_count     */	XtNumber(resources),
     /* xrm_class          */    NULLQUARK,
-    /* compress_motion    */    FALSE, 
+    /* compress_motion    */    FALSE,
     /* compress_exposure  */    FALSE,
     /* compress_enterleave*/ 	FALSE,
     /* visible_interest   */    FALSE,
@@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ SmeLineClassRec smeLineClassRec = {
     /* expose             */    Redisplay,
     /* set_values         */    SetValues,
     /* set_values_hook    */	NULL,
-    /* set_values_almost  */	XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,  
-    /* get_values_hook    */	NULL,			
+    /* set_values_almost  */	XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
+    /* get_values_hook    */	NULL,
     /* accept_focus       */    NULL,
     /* intrinsics version */	XtVersion,
     /* callback offsets   */    NULL,
@@ -104,14 +104,14 @@ SmeLineClassRec smeLineClassRec = {
     /* extension	  */    NULL
   },{
     /* Menu Entry Fields */
-      
+
     /* highlight */             XtInheritHighlight,
     /* unhighlight */           XtInheritUnhighlight,
-    /* notify */		XtInheritNotify,		
-    /* extension */             NULL				
+    /* notify */		XtInheritNotify,
+    /* extension */             NULL
   },{
     /* Line Menu Entry Fields */
-    /* extension */             NULL				
+    /* extension */             NULL
   }
 };
 
@@ -162,17 +162,17 @@ Widget w;
     SmeLineObject entry = (SmeLineObject) w;
     XGCValues values;
     XtGCMask mask = GCForeground | GCGraphicsExposures | GCLineWidth ;
-    
+
     values.foreground = entry->sme_line.foreground;
     values.graphics_exposures = FALSE;
     values.line_width = entry->sme_line.line_width;
-    
+
     if (entry->sme_line.stipple != XtUnspecifiedPixmap) {
 	values.stipple = entry->sme_line.stipple;
-	values.fill_style = FillStippled; 
+	values.fill_style = FillStippled;
 	mask |= GCStipple | GCFillStyle;
-	
-	entry->sme_line.gc = XCreateGC(XtDisplayOfObject(w), 
+
+	entry->sme_line.gc = XCreateGC(XtDisplayOfObject(w),
 				      RootWindowOfScreen(XtScreenOfObject(w)),
 				      mask, &values);
     }
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ Widget w;
 {
     SmeLineObject entry = (SmeLineObject) w;
 
-    if (entry->sme_line.stipple != XtUnspecifiedPixmap) 
+    if (entry->sme_line.stipple != XtUnspecifiedPixmap)
 	XFreeGC(XtDisplayOfObject(w), entry->sme_line.gc);
     else
 	XtReleaseGC(w, entry->sme_line.gc);
@@ -216,14 +216,14 @@ Region region;
     SimpleMenuWidget smw = (SimpleMenuWidget) XtParent (w);
     ThreeDWidget tdw = (ThreeDWidget) smw->simple_menu.threeD;
     Dimension s = tdw->threeD.shadow_width;
-    int y = entry->rectangle.y + 
+    int y = entry->rectangle.y +
 	    (int)(entry->rectangle.height - entry->sme_line.line_width) / 2;
 
-    if (entry->sme_line.stipple != XtUnspecifiedPixmap) 
+    if (entry->sme_line.stipple != XtUnspecifiedPixmap)
 	XSetTSOrigin(XtDisplayOfObject(w), entry->sme_line.gc, 0, y);
 
     XFillRectangle(XtDisplayOfObject(w), XtWindowOfObject(w),
-		   entry->sme_line.gc, 
+		   entry->sme_line.gc,
 		   s, y, (unsigned int) entry->rectangle.width - 2 * s,
 		   (unsigned int) entry->sme_line.line_width );
 }
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
 {
     SmeLineObject entry = (SmeLineObject) new;
     SmeLineObject old_entry = (SmeLineObject) current;
-  
+
     if ( (entry->sme_line.line_width != old_entry->sme_line.line_width) &&
 	 (entry->sme_line.stipple != old_entry->sme_line.stipple) ) {
 	DestroyGC(current);
@@ -262,12 +262,12 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
  *	Returns: A Geometry Result.
  *
  * See the Intrinsics manual for details on what this function is for.
- * 
+ *
  * I just return the height and a width of 1.
  */
 
 static XtGeometryResult
-QueryGeometry(w, intended, return_val) 
+QueryGeometry(w, intended, return_val)
 Widget w;
 XtWidgetGeometry *intended, *return_val;
 {
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ XtWidgetGeometry *intended, *return_val;
 	return_val->request_mode |= CWWidth;
 	return_val->width = width;
 	mode = return_val->request_mode;
-	
+
 	if ( (mode & CWWidth) && (width == entry->rectangle.width) )
 	    return(XtGeometryNo);
 	return(XtGeometryAlmost);
diff --git a/src/SmeThreeD.c b/src/SmeThreeD.c
index 9950f5f..2cce75f 100644
--- a/src/SmeThreeD.c
+++ b/src/SmeThreeD.c
@@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ Copyright 1992, 1993 by Kaleb Keithley
 
                         All Rights Reserved
 
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
-supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital, MIT, or Kaleb 
-Keithley not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution 
-of the software without specific, written prior permission.  
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital, MIT, or Kaleb
+Keithley not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution
+of the software without specific, written prior permission.
 
 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ static void AllocTopShadowPixmap (new)
 	if (parent->core.background_pixel == WhitePixelOfScreen (scn) ||
 	    parent->core.background_pixel == BlackPixelOfScreen (scn)) {
 	    pm_data = mtshadowpm_bits;
-       } else 
+       } else
 #endif
 	    pm_data = shadowpm_bits;
 
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ static void ClassPartInitialize (wc)
     WidgetClass	wc;
 {
     SmeThreeDClassRec *tdwc = (SmeThreeDClassRec *) wc;
-    SmeThreeDClassRec *super = 
+    SmeThreeDClassRec *super =
 	(SmeThreeDClassRec *) tdwc->rect_class.superclass;
 
     if (tdwc->sme_threeD_class.shadowdraw == XtInheritXawSme3dShadowDraw)
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ static Boolean SetValues (gcurrent, grequest, gnew, args, num_args)
     Boolean alloc_bot_pixmap = FALSE;
 
 #if 0
-    (*threeDWidgetClass->core_class.superclass->core_class.set_values) 
+    (*threeDWidgetClass->core_class.superclass->core_class.set_values)
 	(gcurrent, grequest, gnew, NULL, 0);
 #endif
     if (new->sme_threeD.shadow_width != current->sme_threeD.shadow_width)
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ static Boolean SetValues (gcurrent, grequest, gnew, args, num_args)
 }
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 _XawSme3dDrawShadows(gw)
     Widget gw;
 {
@@ -545,13 +545,13 @@ _XawSme3dDrawShadows(gw)
     Dimension ps = tdw->threeD.shadow_width;
     XPoint pt[6];
 
-    /* 
-     * draw the shadows using the core part width and height, 
+    /*
+     * draw the shadows using the core part width and height,
      * and the threeD part shadow_width.
      *
      * no point to do anything if the shadow_width is 0 or the
      * widget has not been realized.
-     */ 
+     */
     if (s > 0 && XtIsRealized(gw))
     {
 	Dimension	h = tdo->rectangle.height;
diff --git a/src/StripChart.c b/src/StripChart.c
index 6c78197..ade2db0 100644
--- a/src/StripChart.c
+++ b/src/StripChart.c
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
 
                         All Rights Reserved
 
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
 supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
 used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.  
+software without specific, written prior permission.
 
 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
@@ -178,10 +178,10 @@ DestroyGC(w, which)
 StripChartWidget w;
 unsigned int which;
 {
-  if (which & FOREGROUND) 
+  if (which & FOREGROUND)
     XtReleaseGC((Widget) w, w->strip_chart.fgGC);
 
-  if (which & HIGHLIGHT) 
+  if (which & HIGHLIGHT)
     XtReleaseGC((Widget) w, w->strip_chart.hiGC);
 }
 
@@ -194,9 +194,9 @@ static void Initialize (greq, gnew, args, num_args)
     StripChartWidget w = (StripChartWidget)gnew;
 
     if (w->strip_chart.update > 0)
-        w->strip_chart.interval_id = 
+        w->strip_chart.interval_id =
 	    XtAppAddTimeOut( XtWidgetToApplicationContext(gnew),
-			     (unsigned long) w->strip_chart.update * MS_PER_SEC, 
+			     (unsigned long) w->strip_chart.update * MS_PER_SEC,
 			     draw_it, (XtPointer) gnew);
     CreateGC(w, (unsigned int) ALL_GCS);
 
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ static void Initialize (greq, gnew, args, num_args)
     w->strip_chart.points = NULL;
     SetPoints((Widget)w);
 }
- 
+
 static void Destroy (gw)
      Widget gw;
 {
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ static void Destroy (gw)
 }
 
 /*
- * NOTE: This function really needs to recieve graphics exposure 
+ * NOTE: This function really needs to recieve graphics exposure
  *       events, but since this is not easily supported until R4 I am
  *       going to hold off until then.
  */
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ static void Redisplay(gw, event, region)
 }
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 draw_it(client_data, id)
 XtPointer client_data;
 XtIntervalId *id;		/* unused */
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ XtIntervalId *id;		/* unused */
    StripChartWidgetClass swclass = (StripChartWidgetClass) XtClass ((Widget) w);
    Dimension s = w->threeD.shadow_width;
    double value;
-   
+
    if (w->strip_chart.update > 0)
        w->strip_chart.interval_id =
        XtAppAddTimeOut(XtWidgetToApplicationContext( (Widget) w),
@@ -280,19 +280,19 @@ XtIntervalId *id;		/* unused */
 
    XtCallCallbacks( (Widget)w, XtNgetValue, (XtPointer)&value );
 
-   /* 
-    * Keep w->strip_chart.max_value up to date, and if this data 
-    * point is off the graph, change the scale to make it fit. 
+   /*
+    * Keep w->strip_chart.max_value up to date, and if this data
+    * point is off the graph, change the scale to make it fit.
     */
-   
+
    if (value > w->strip_chart.max_value) {
        w->strip_chart.max_value = value;
-       if (XtIsRealized((Widget)w) && 
+       if (XtIsRealized((Widget)w) &&
 	   w->strip_chart.max_value > w->strip_chart.scale) {
 	   XClearWindow(XtDisplay ((Widget) w), XtWindow ((Widget) w));
 	   w->strip_chart.interval = repaint_window((Widget)w, 0, (int) w->core.width - 2 * s);
-	   (*swclass->threeD_class.shadowdraw) ((Widget) w, 
-						(XEvent *)0, (Region)0, 
+	   (*swclass->threeD_class.shadowdraw) ((Widget) w,
+						(XEvent *)0, (Region)0,
 						w->threeD.relief, FALSE);
        }
    }
@@ -303,8 +303,8 @@ XtIntervalId *id;		/* unused */
 		      - (int)(( w->core.height - 2 * s) * value) / w->strip_chart.scale);
 
 	XFillRectangle(XtDisplay((Widget) w), XtWindow((Widget) w), w->strip_chart.fgGC,
-		       w->strip_chart.interval + s, 
-		       y + s, (unsigned int) 1, 
+		       w->strip_chart.interval + s,
+		       y + s, (unsigned int) 1,
 		       (w->core.height - 2 * s) - y);
        /*
 	* Fill in the graph lines we just painted over.
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ XtIntervalId *id;		/* unused */
  * largest data point.
  */
 
-static int 
+static int
 repaint_window(gw, left, width)
 Widget gw;
 int left, width;
@@ -379,10 +379,10 @@ int left, width;
 	/* Draw data point lines. */
 	for (i = left; i < width; i++) {
 	    int y = (int) (( w->core.height - 2 * s) -
-			   (int)(( w->core.height - 2 * s) * w->strip_chart.valuedata[i]) / 
+			   (int)(( w->core.height - 2 * s) * w->strip_chart.valuedata[i]) /
 			   w->strip_chart.scale);
 
-	    XFillRectangle(dpy, win, w->strip_chart.fgGC, 
+	    XFillRectangle(dpy, win, w->strip_chart.fgGC,
 			   i + s, y + s, (unsigned int) 1,
 			   (unsigned int) (w->core.height - 2 * s - y ));
 	}
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ int left, width;
 	/* Draw graph reference lines */
 	for (i = 1; i < w->strip_chart.scale; i++) {
             j = i * ((w->core.height - 2 * s) / w->strip_chart.scale);
-	    XDrawLine(dpy, win, w->strip_chart.hiGC, 
+	    XDrawLine(dpy, win, w->strip_chart.hiGC,
 		left + s, j + s, scalewidth + s, j + s);
 	}
     }
@@ -424,20 +424,20 @@ Boolean blit;
 	if (j < 0) j = 0;
     }
 
-    (void) memmove((char *)(w->strip_chart.valuedata), 
+    (void) memmove((char *)(w->strip_chart.valuedata),
 		   (char *)(w->strip_chart.valuedata + next - j),
 		   j * sizeof(double));
     next = w->strip_chart.interval = j;
-	
+
     /*
-     * Since we just lost some data, recompute the 
-     * w->strip_chart.max_value. 
+     * Since we just lost some data, recompute the
+     * w->strip_chart.max_value.
      */
 
     old_max = w->strip_chart.max_value;
     w->strip_chart.max_value = 0.0;
     for (i = 0; i < next; i++) {
-      if (w->strip_chart.valuedata[i] > w->strip_chart.max_value) 
+      if (w->strip_chart.valuedata[i] > w->strip_chart.max_value)
 	w->strip_chart.max_value = w->strip_chart.valuedata[i];
     }
 
@@ -450,14 +450,14 @@ Boolean blit;
     }
 
     XCopyArea(XtDisplay((Widget)w), XtWindow((Widget)w), XtWindow((Widget)w),
-	      w->strip_chart.hiGC, 
+	      w->strip_chart.hiGC,
 	      (int) ((w->strip_chart.jump_val == DEFAULT_JUMP) ?
 		     (j + s) : (w->strip_chart.jump_val + s)), s,
 	      (unsigned int) j, (unsigned int) ( w->core.height - 2 * s),
 	      s, s);
 
-    XClearArea(XtDisplay((Widget)w), XtWindow((Widget)w), 
-	       (int) j + s, s, 
+    XClearArea(XtDisplay((Widget)w), XtWindow((Widget)w),
+	       (int) j + s, s,
 	       (unsigned int) ((w->strip_chart.jump_val == DEFAULT_JUMP) ?
 			       j : w->strip_chart.jump_val),
                (unsigned int) ( w->core.height - 2 * s),
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ Boolean blit;
     for (i = 1; i < w->strip_chart.scale; i++) {
 	j = i * ((w->core.height - 2 * s) / w->strip_chart.scale);
 	XDrawLine(XtDisplay((Widget) w), XtWindow( (Widget) w),
-	    w->strip_chart.hiGC, 
+	    w->strip_chart.hiGC,
 	    left, j + s, ((int)w->core.width - s - 1), j + s);
     }
     return;
@@ -497,17 +497,17 @@ static Boolean SetValues (current, request, new, args, num_args)
 
     if ( w->strip_chart.min_scale > (int) ((w->strip_chart.max_value) + 1) )
       ret_val = TRUE;
-     
+
     if ( w->strip_chart.fgpixel != old->strip_chart.fgpixel ) {
       new_gc |= FOREGROUND;
       ret_val = True;
     }
-    
+
     if ( w->strip_chart.hipixel != old->strip_chart.hipixel ) {
       new_gc |= HIGHLIGHT;
       ret_val = True;
     }
-    
+
     DestroyGC(old, new_gc);
     CreateGC(w, new_gc);
 
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ Widget widget;
 	w->strip_chart.points = NULL;
 	return;
     }
-    
+
     size = sizeof(XPoint) * (w->strip_chart.scale - 1);
 
     points = (XPoint *) XtRealloc( (XtPointer) w->strip_chart.points, size);
diff --git a/src/Text.c b/src/Text.c
index e05ef5d..305c6de 100644
--- a/src/Text.c
+++ b/src/Text.c
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
 
                         All Rights Reserved
 
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
 supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
 used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.  
+software without specific, written prior permission.
 
 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ unsigned long XawFmtWide = 0L;
  * Defined in Text.c
  */
 static void UnrealizeScrollbars();
-static void VScroll(), VJump(), HScroll(), HJump(), ClearWindow(); 
+static void VScroll(), VJump(), HScroll(), HJump(), ClearWindow();
 static void DisplayTextWindow(), ModifySelection(), PushCopyQueue();
 static void UpdateTextInLine(), UpdateTextInRectangle(), PopCopyQueue();
 static void FlushUpdate();
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ static XtResource resources[] = {
      offset(simple.cursor), XtRString, "xterm"},
   {XtNheight, XtCHeight, XtRDimension, sizeof(Dimension),
      offset(core.height), XtRDimension, (XtPointer)&defHeight},
-  {XtNdisplayPosition, XtCTextPosition, XtRInt, sizeof(XawTextPosition), 
+  {XtNdisplayPosition, XtCTextPosition, XtRInt, sizeof(XawTextPosition),
      offset(text.lt.top), XtRImmediate, (XtPointer)0},
   {XtNinsertPosition, XtCTextPosition, XtRInt, sizeof(XawTextPosition),
      offset(text.insertPos), XtRImmediate,(XtPointer)0},
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ static XtResource resources[] = {
 #undef offset
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 CvtStringToScrollMode(args, num_args, fromVal, toVal)
 XrmValuePtr args;		/* unused */
 Cardinal	*num_args;	/* unused */
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ XrmValuePtr	toVal;
   XrmQuark    q;
   char        lowerName[40];
   static Boolean inited = FALSE;
-    
+
   if ( !inited ) {
     QScrollNever      = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtEtextScrollNever);
     QScrollWhenNeeded = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtEtextScrollWhenNeeded);
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ XrmValuePtr	toVal;
 }
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 CvtStringToWrapMode(args, num_args, fromVal, toVal)
 XrmValuePtr args;		/* unused */
 Cardinal	*num_args;	/* unused */
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ XrmValuePtr	toVal;
   XrmQuark    q;
   char        lowerName[BUFSIZ];
   static Boolean inited = FALSE;
-    
+
   if ( !inited ) {
     QWrapNever = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtEtextWrapNever);
     QWrapLine  = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtEtextWrapLine);
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ XrmValuePtr	toVal;
 }
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 CvtStringToResizeMode(args, num_args, fromVal, toVal)
 XrmValuePtr args;		/* unused */
 Cardinal	*num_args;	/* unused */
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ XrmValuePtr	toVal;
   XrmQuark    q;
   char        lowerName[40];
   static Boolean inited = FALSE;
-    
+
   if ( !inited ) {
     QResizeNever      = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtEtextResizeNever);
     QResizeWidth      = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtEtextResizeWidth);
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ XrmValuePtr	toVal;
   toVal->addr = NULL;
 }
 
-static void 
+static void
 ClassInitialize()
 {
   int len1 = strlen (_XawDefaultTextTranslations1);
@@ -325,12 +325,12 @@ ClassInitialize()
 
   XawInitializeWidgetSet();
 
-/* 
+/*
  * Set the number of actions.
  */
 
   textClassRec.core_class.num_actions = _XawTextActionsTableCount;
-  
+
   (void) strcpy( cp, _XawDefaultTextTranslations1); cp += len1;
   (void) strcpy( cp, _XawDefaultTextTranslations2); cp += len2;
   (void) strcpy( cp, _XawDefaultTextTranslations3); cp += len3;
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ TextWidget ctx;
 
   top = ctx->core.height - (hbar->core.height + hbar->core.border_width + s / 2);
 
-  XtMoveWidget( hbar, left, top); 
+  XtMoveWidget( hbar, left, top);
 }
 
 /*	Function Name: PositionVScrollBar.
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ TextWidget ctx;
   XtMoveWidget( vbar, pos, pos);
 }
 
-static void 
+static void
 CreateVScrollBar(ctx)
 TextWidget ctx;
 {
@@ -454,8 +454,8 @@ TextWidget ctx;
   ctx->text.vbar = NULL;
   PositionHScrollBar(ctx);
 }
-  
-static void 
+
+static void
 CreateHScrollBar(ctx)
 TextWidget ctx;
 {
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ TextWidget ctx;
 }
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 Initialize(request, new, args, num_args)
 Widget request, new;
 ArgList args;			/* unused */
@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;		/* unused */
   ctx->text.lt.lines = 0;
   ctx->text.lt.info = NULL;
   memset(&(ctx->text.origSel), 0, sizeof(XawTextSelection));
-  memset(&(ctx->text.s), 0, sizeof(XawTextSelection)); 
+  memset(&(ctx->text.s), 0, sizeof(XawTextSelection));
   ctx->text.s.type = XawselectPosition;
   ctx->text.salt = NULL;
   ctx->text.hbar = ctx->text.vbar = (Widget) NULL;
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;		/* unused */
   ctx->text.updateFrom = (XawTextPosition *) XtMalloc((unsigned) ONE);
   ctx->text.updateTo = (XawTextPosition *) XtMalloc((unsigned) ONE);
   ctx->text.numranges = ctx->text.maxranges = 0;
-  ctx->text.gc = DefaultGCOfScreen(XtScreen(ctx)); 
+  ctx->text.gc = DefaultGCOfScreen(XtScreen(ctx));
   ctx->text.hasfocus = FALSE;
   ctx->text.margin = ctx->text.r_margin; /* Strucure copy. */
   ctx->text.update_disabled = FALSE;
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;		/* unused */
       ctx->core.height += XawTextSinkMaxHeight(ctx->text.sink, 1);
   }
 
-  if (ctx->text.scroll_vert != XawtextScrollNever) 
+  if (ctx->text.scroll_vert != XawtextScrollNever)
     if ( (ctx->text.resize == XawtextResizeHeight) ||
      	 (ctx->text.resize == XawtextResizeBoth) ) {
       (void) sprintf(error_buf, "Xaw Text Widget %s:\n %s %s.", ctx->core.name,
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;		/* unused */
     else if (ctx->text.scroll_vert == XawtextScrollAlways)
       CreateVScrollBar(ctx);
 
-  if (ctx->text.scroll_horiz != XawtextScrollNever) 
+  if (ctx->text.scroll_horiz != XawtextScrollNever)
     if (ctx->text.wrap != XawtextWrapNever) {
       (void) sprintf(error_buf, "Xaw Text Widget %s:\n %s %s.", ctx->core.name,
 	      "Horizontal scrolling not allowed with wrapping active.\n",
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;		/* unused */
       CreateHScrollBar(ctx);
 }
 
-static void 
+static void
 Realize( w, valueMask, attributes )
 Widget w;
 Mask *valueMask;
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ XSetWindowAttributes *attributes;
 
   (*textClassRec.core_class.superclass->core_class.realize)
     (w, valueMask, attributes);
-  
+
   if (ctx->text.hbar != NULL) {	        /* Put up Hbar -- Must be first. */
     XtRealizeWidget(ctx->text.hbar);
     XtMapWidget(ctx->text.hbar);
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ XtPointer	client;		/* unused */
 XtPointer	call; 		/* unused */
 {
     TextWidget ctx = (TextWidget) widget;
-    
+
     if (ctx->text.hbar)
 	XtUnrealizeWidget(ctx->text.hbar);
     if (ctx->text.vbar)
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ Display *d;
  * position is immediately preceded by an eol graphic, then the insert cursor
  * is displayed at the beginning of the next line.
 */
-static void 
+static void
 InsertCursor (w, state)
 Widget w;
 XawTextInsertState state;
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ XawTextInsertState state;
   TextWidget ctx = (TextWidget)w;
   Position x, y;
   int line;
-  
+
   if (ctx->text.lt.lines < 1) return;
 
   if ( LineAndXYForPosition(ctx, ctx->text.insertPos, &line, &x, &y) ) {
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ XawTextInsertState state;
 /*
  * Procedure to register a span of text that is no longer valid on the display
  * It is used to avoid a number of small, and potentially overlapping, screen
- * updates. 
+ * updates.
 */
 
 void
@@ -738,9 +738,9 @@ XawTextPosition left, right;
     if (ctx->text.numranges > ctx->text.maxranges) {
       ctx->text.maxranges = ctx->text.numranges;
       i = ctx->text.maxranges * sizeof(XawTextPosition);
-      ctx->text.updateFrom = (XawTextPosition *) 
+      ctx->text.updateFrom = (XawTextPosition *)
 	XtRealloc((char *)ctx->text.updateFrom, (unsigned) i);
-      ctx->text.updateTo = (XawTextPosition *) 
+      ctx->text.updateTo = (XawTextPosition *)
 	XtRealloc((char *)ctx->text.updateTo, (unsigned) i);
     }
     ctx->text.updateFrom[ctx->text.numranges - 1] = left;
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ XawTextPosition left, right;
   if (_XawTextFormat(ctx) == XawFmt8Bit)
       bytes = sizeof(unsigned char);
 #ifdef XAW_INTERNATIONALIZATION
-  else if (_XawTextFormat(ctx) == XawFmtWide) 
+  else if (_XawTextFormat(ctx) == XawFmtWide)
       bytes = sizeof(wchar_t);
 #endif
   else /* if there is another fomat, add here */
@@ -782,9 +782,9 @@ XawTextPosition left, right;
     tempResult += text.length * bytes;
   }
 
-  if (bytes == sizeof(wchar_t)) 
+  if (bytes == sizeof(wchar_t))
       *((wchar_t*)tempResult) = (wchar_t)0;
-  else 
+  else
       *tempResult = '\0';
   return(result);
 }
@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ XawTextPosition left, right;
      n = wcslen(ws);
      for (j = 0, i = 0; j < n; j++) {
          wc = ws[j];
-         if (XwcTextEscapement (sink->multi_sink.fontset, &wc, 1) || 
+         if (XwcTextEscapement (sink->multi_sink.fontset, &wc, 1) ||
             (wc == _Xaw_atowc(XawTAB)) || (wc == _Xaw_atowc(XawLF)) || (wc == _Xaw_atowc(XawESC)))
             ws[i++] = wc;
      }
@@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ XawTextPosition left, right;
 
 }
 
-/* 
+/*
  * This routine maps an x and y position in a window that is displaying text
  * into the corresponding position in the source.
  *
@@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ Position x,y;
   XawTextPosition position;
 
   if (ctx->text.lt.lines == 0) return 0;
-  
+
   for (line = 0; line < ctx->text.lt.lines - 1; line++) {
     if (y <= ctx->text.lt.info[line + 1].y)
       break;
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ Position x,y;
   position = ctx->text.lt.info[line].position;
   if (position >= ctx->text.lastPos)
     return(ctx->text.lastPos);
-  fromx = (int) ctx->text.margin.left; 
+  fromx = (int) ctx->text.margin.left;
   XawTextSinkFindPosition( ctx->text.sink, position, fromx, x - fromx,
 			  FALSE, &position, &width, &height);
   if (position > ctx->text.lastPos) return(ctx->text.lastPos);
@@ -882,13 +882,13 @@ Position x,y;
  * NOTE: It is illegal to call this routine unless there is a valid line table!
  */
 
-static int 
+static int
 LineForPosition (ctx, position)
 TextWidget ctx;
 XawTextPosition position;
 {
   int line;
-  
+
   for (line = 0; line < ctx->text.lt.lines; line++)
     if (position < ctx->text.lt.info[line + 1].position)
       break;
@@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ Position *x, *y;
  * x offset, y offset, line length, etc.).
  */
 
-void 
+void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
 _XawTextBuildLineTable (
     TextWidget ctx,
@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ _XawTextBuildLineTable (ctx, position, force_rebuild)
 #endif
 {
   Dimension height = 0;
-  int lines = 0; 
+  int lines = 0;
   Cardinal size;
 
   if ((int)ctx->core.height > VMargins(ctx)) {
@@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ _XawTextBuildLineTable (ctx, position, force_rebuild)
 static XawTextPosition
 _BuildLineTable(ctx, position, min_pos, line)
 TextWidget ctx;
-XawTextPosition position, min_pos;	
+XawTextPosition position, min_pos;
 int line;
 {
   XawTextLineTableEntry * lt = ctx->text.lt.info + line;
@@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ int line;
 	(ctx->text.resize == XawtextResizeBoth)    ) ||
        (ctx->text.wrap == XawtextWrapNever) )
     width = BIGNUM;
-  else 
+  else
     width = Max(0, ((int)ctx->core.width - (int)HMargins(ctx)));
 
   y = ( (line == 0) ? ctx->text.margin.top : lt->y );
@@ -1001,14 +1001,14 @@ int line;
   while ( TRUE ) {
     lt->y = y;
     lt->position = position;
-    
+
     XawTextSinkFindPosition( ctx->text.sink, position, ctx->text.margin.left,
 			    width, ctx->text.wrap == XawtextWrapWord,
 			    &endPos, &realW, &realH);
     lt->textWidth = realW;
     y += realH;
 
-    if (ctx->text.wrap == XawtextWrapNever) 
+    if (ctx->text.wrap == XawtextWrapNever)
       endPos = SrcScan(src, position, XawstEOL, XawsdRight, 1, TRUE);
 
     if ( endPos == ctx->text.lastPos) { /* We have reached the end. */
@@ -1031,14 +1031,14 @@ int line;
  *    is the rest of the screen.
  *
  * I could fill in the rest of the table with valid heights and a large
- * lastPos, but this method keeps the number of fill regions down to a 
+ * lastPos, but this method keeps the number of fill regions down to a
  * minimum.
  *
  * One valid entry is needed at the end of the table so that the cursor
  * does not jump off the bottom of the window.
  */
 
-  for ( count = 0; count < 2 ; count++) 
+  for ( count = 0; count < 2 ; count++)
     if (line++ < ctx->text.lt.lines) { /* make sure not to run of the end. */
       (++lt)->y = (count == 0) ? y : ctx->core.height
 	  - 2 * ((ThreeDWidget)ctx->text.threeD)->threeD.shadow_width;
@@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ TextWidget ctx;
   for (i = 0, widest = 1 ; i < lt->lines ; i++)
     if (widest < lt->info[i].textWidth)
       widest = lt->info[i].textWidth;
-  
+
   return(widest);
 }
 
@@ -1094,13 +1094,13 @@ TextWidget ctx;
     last = ctx->text.lt.info[ctx->text.lt.lines].position;
     if ( ctx->text.lt.info[ctx->text.lt.lines].position < ctx->text.lastPos )
       last /= (float) ctx->text.lastPos;
-    else 
+    else
       last = 1.0;
 
     if (ctx->text.scroll_vert == XawtextScrollWhenNeeded) {
       int line;
       XawTextPosition last_pos;
-      Position y = ctx->core.height - ctx->text.margin.bottom;	
+      Position y = ctx->core.height - ctx->text.margin.bottom;
 
       if (ctx->text.hbar != NULL)
 	y -= (ctx->text.hbar->core.height +
@@ -1111,13 +1111,13 @@ TextWidget ctx;
 
       if ( (y < ctx->text.lt.info[line + 1].y) || ((last - first) < 1.0) )
 	CreateVScrollBar(ctx);
-      else 
+      else
 	DestroyVScrollBar(ctx);
     }
-  
-    if (ctx->text.vbar != NULL) 
+
+    if (ctx->text.vbar != NULL)
       XawScrollbarSetThumb(ctx->text.vbar, first, last - first);
-  
+
     if ( (ctx->text.vbar == NULL) != temp) {
       _XawTextNeedsUpdating(ctx, zeroPosition, ctx->text.lastPos);
       if (ctx->text.vbar == NULL)
@@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ TextWidget ctx;
  * displayed in the window.
  */
 
-void 
+void
 _XawTextSetScrollBars(ctx)
 TextWidget ctx;
 {
@@ -1145,18 +1145,18 @@ TextWidget ctx;
   Boolean temp = (ctx->text.hbar == NULL);
   Boolean vtemp = (ctx->text.vbar == NULL);
   int s = ((ThreeDWidget)ctx->text.threeD)->threeD.shadow_width;
-  
+
   CheckVBarScrolling(ctx);
 
   if (ctx->text.scroll_horiz == XawtextScrollNever) return;
 
-  if (ctx->text.vbar != NULL) 
+  if (ctx->text.vbar != NULL)
     widest = (int)(ctx->core.width - ctx->text.vbar->core.width -
 		   2 * s - ctx->text.vbar->core.border_width);
   else
     widest = ctx->core.width - 2 * s;
   widest /= (last = GetWidestLine(ctx));
-  if (ctx->text.scroll_horiz == XawtextScrollWhenNeeded) 
+  if (ctx->text.scroll_horiz == XawtextScrollWhenNeeded)
     if (widest < 1.0)
       CreateHScrollBar(ctx);
     else
@@ -1167,11 +1167,11 @@ TextWidget ctx;
     CheckVBarScrolling(ctx);	/* Recheck need for vbar, now that we added
 				   or removed the hbar.*/
   }
-  
+
   if (ctx->text.hbar != NULL) {
     first = ctx->text.r_margin.left - ctx->text.margin.left;
     first /= last;
-    XawScrollbarSetThumb(ctx->text.hbar, first, widest); 
+    XawScrollbarSetThumb(ctx->text.hbar, first, widest);
   }
 
   if (((ctx->text.hbar == NULL) && (ctx->text.margin.left !=
@@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ TextWidget ctx;
       (ctx->text.vbar == NULL) != vtemp)
   {
     ctx->text.margin.left = ctx->text.r_margin.left;
-    _XawTextNeedsUpdating(ctx, zeroPosition, ctx->text.lastPos);      
+    _XawTextNeedsUpdating(ctx, zeroPosition, ctx->text.lastPos);
     FlushUpdate(ctx);
   }
 }
@@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ TextWidget ctx;
 void
 _XawTextVScroll(ctx, n)
 TextWidget ctx;
-int n;			
+int n;
 {
   XawTextPosition top, target;
   int y;
@@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ int n;
   XawTextLineTable * lt = &(ctx->text.lt);
   int s = ((ThreeDWidget)ctx->text.threeD)->threeD.shadow_width;
 
-  if (abs(n) > ctx->text.lt.lines) 
+  if (abs(n) > ctx->text.lt.lines)
     n = (n > 0) ? ctx->text.lt.lines : -ctx->text.lt.lines;
 
   if (n == 0) return;
@@ -1222,18 +1222,18 @@ int n;
 		s, ctx->text.margin.top);
 
       PushCopyQueue(ctx, 0, (int) -y);
-      SinkClearToBG(ctx->text.sink, 
+      SinkClearToBG(ctx->text.sink,
 		    (Position) s,
 		    (Position) (ctx->text.margin.top + ctx->core.height - y - s),
 		   (Dimension) ctx->core.width - 2 * s,
 		   (Dimension) ctx->core.height - 2 * s);
 
       if (n < lt->lines) n++; /* update descenders at bottom */
-      _XawTextNeedsUpdating(ctx, lt->info[lt->lines - n].position, 
+      _XawTextNeedsUpdating(ctx, lt->info[lt->lines - n].position,
 			    ctx->text.lastPos);
       _XawTextSetScrollBars(ctx);
     }
-  } 
+  }
   else {
     XawTextPosition updateTo;
     unsigned int height, clear_height;
@@ -1258,16 +1258,16 @@ int n;
       clear_height = 0;
 
     if ( updateTo == target ) {
-      XCopyArea(XtDisplay(ctx), XtWindow(ctx), XtWindow(ctx), ctx->text.gc, 
+      XCopyArea(XtDisplay(ctx), XtWindow(ctx), XtWindow(ctx), ctx->text.gc,
 		s, ctx->text.margin.top, (int) ctx->core.width - 2 * s,
 		height, s, y);
       PushCopyQueue(ctx, 0, (int) y);
       SinkClearToBG(ctx->text.sink, (Position) s, ctx->text.margin.top,
 		   (Dimension) ctx->core.width - 2 * s, (Dimension) clear_height);
-      
+
       _XawTextNeedsUpdating(ctx, lt->info[0].position, updateTo);
       _XawTextSetScrollBars(ctx);
-    } 
+    }
     else if (lt->top != target)
       DisplayTextWindow((Widget)ctx);
   }
@@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ int n;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 HScroll(w, closure, callData)
 Widget w;
 XtPointer closure;		/* TextWidget */
@@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@ XtPointer callData;		/* #pixels */
     ctx->text.margin.left = ctx->text.r_margin.left;
     pixels = old_left - ctx->text.margin.left;
   }
-  
+
   if (pixels > 0) {
     rect.width = (unsigned short) pixels + ctx->text.margin.right;
     rect.x = (short) ctx->core.width - (short) rect.width;
@@ -1343,21 +1343,21 @@ XtPointer callData;		/* #pixels */
     t_rect.width = ctx->text.margin.right;
     t_rect.y = rect.y;
     t_rect.height = rect.height - 2 * s;
-      
+
     SinkClearToBG(ctx->text.sink, (Position) t_rect.x, (Position) t_rect.y,
 		  (Dimension) t_rect.width, (Dimension) t_rect.height);
-    
+
     UpdateTextInRectangle(ctx, &t_rect);
   }
 
-/*  
+/*
  * Put in the text that just became visible.
  */
 
   if ( pixels != 0 ) {
     SinkClearToBG(ctx->text.sink, (Position) rect.x, (Position) rect.y,
 		  (Dimension) rect.width, (Dimension) rect.height);
-    
+
     UpdateTextInRectangle(ctx, &rect);
   }
   _XawTextExecuteUpdate(ctx);
@@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ XtPointer callData;		/* #pixels */
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 HJump(w, closure, callData)
 Widget w;
 XtPointer closure, callData; /* closure = TextWidget, callData = percent. */
@@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ XtPointer closure, callData; /* closure = TextWidget, callData = percent. */
   }
   _XawTextPrepareToUpdate(ctx);
   ctx->text.margin.left = new_left;
-  if (XtIsRealized((Widget) ctx)) DisplayTextWindow((Widget) ctx); 
+  if (XtIsRealized((Widget) ctx)) DisplayTextWindow((Widget) ctx);
   _XawTextExecuteUpdate(ctx);
 }
 
@@ -1405,7 +1405,7 @@ TextWidget ctx;
 int line;
 Position left, right;
 {
-  XawTextPosition pos1, pos2; 
+  XawTextPosition pos1, pos2;
   int width, height, local_left, local_width;
   XawTextLineTableEntry * lt = ctx->text.lt.info + line;
 
@@ -1415,15 +1415,15 @@ Position left, right;
 
   local_width = left - ctx->text.margin.left;
   XawTextSinkFindPosition(ctx->text.sink, lt->position,
-			  (int) ctx->text.margin.left, 
+			  (int) ctx->text.margin.left,
 			  local_width, FALSE, &pos1, &width, &height);
 
-  if (right >= (Position) lt->textWidth - ctx->text.margin.left) 
+  if (right >= (Position) lt->textWidth - ctx->text.margin.left)
     if ( (IsValidLine(ctx, line + 1)) &&
 	 (ctx->text.lt.info[line + 1].position <= ctx->text.lastPos) )
-      pos2 = SrcScan( ctx->text.source, (lt + 1)->position, XawstPositions, 
+      pos2 = SrcScan( ctx->text.source, (lt + 1)->position, XawstPositions,
 			   XawsdLeft, 1, TRUE);
-    else 
+    else
       pos2 = GETLASTPOS;
   else {
     XawTextPosition t_pos;
@@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ Position left, right;
     local_width = right  - local_left;
     XawTextSinkFindPosition(ctx->text.sink, pos1, local_left,
 			    local_width, FALSE, &pos2, &width, &height);
-    
+
     t_pos = SrcScan( ctx->text.source, pos2,
 		     XawstPositions, XawsdRight, 1, TRUE);
     if (t_pos < (lt + 1)->position)
@@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ Position left, right;
  */
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 VScroll(w, closure, callData)
 Widget w;
 XtPointer closure;		/* TextWidget */
@@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ XtPointer callData;		/* #pixels */
     height = 1;
   nlines = (int) (lines * (int) ctx->text.lt.lines) / height;
 #ifdef XAW_ARROW_SCROLLBARS
-  if (nlines == 0 && lines != 0) 
+  if (nlines == 0 && lines != 0)
     nlines = lines > 0 ? 1 : -1;
 #endif
   _XawTextPrepareToUpdate(ctx);
@@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ XtPointer callData;		/* #pixels */
  */
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 VJump(w, closure, callData)
 Widget w;
 XtPointer closure, callData; /* closuer = TextWidget, callData = percent. */
@@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@ XtPointer closure, callData; /* closuer = TextWidget, callData = percent. */
   else {
     XawTextPosition new_bot;
     _XawTextBuildLineTable(ctx, position, FALSE);
-    new_bot = IsValidLine(ctx, lt->lines-1) ? lt->info[lt->lines-1].position 
+    new_bot = IsValidLine(ctx, lt->lines-1) ? lt->info[lt->lines-1].position
                                             : ctx->text.lastPos;
 
     if ((old_top >= lt->top) && (old_top <= new_bot)) {
@@ -1519,7 +1519,7 @@ XtPointer closure, callData; /* closuer = TextWidget, callData = percent. */
       _XawTextBuildLineTable(ctx, old_top, FALSE);
       _XawTextVScroll(ctx, -line);
     }
-    else 
+    else
       DisplayTextWindow( (Widget) ctx);
   }
   _XawTextExecuteUpdate(ctx);
@@ -1539,7 +1539,7 @@ XawTextSelection    *s;
     return False;
 }
 
-static Boolean 
+static Boolean
 ConvertSelection(w, selection, target, type, value, length, format)
 Widget w;
 Atom *selection, *target, *type;
@@ -1560,13 +1560,13 @@ int *format;
     Atom* targetP, * std_targets;
     unsigned long std_length;
 
-    if ( SrcCvtSel(src, selection, target, type, value, length, format) ) 
+    if ( SrcCvtSel(src, selection, target, type, value, length, format) )
 	return True;
 
-    XmuConvertStandardSelection(w, ctx->text.time, selection, 
+    XmuConvertStandardSelection(w, ctx->text.time, selection,
 				target, type, (XPointer*)&std_targets,
 				&std_length, format);
-    
+
     *value = XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(Atom)*(std_length + 7));
     targetP = *(Atom**)value;
     *length = std_length + 6;
@@ -1590,7 +1590,7 @@ int *format;
     *format = 32;
     return True;
   }
-  
+
   if ( SrcCvtSel(src, selection, target, type, value, length, format) )
     return True;
 
@@ -1618,8 +1618,8 @@ int *format;
 	} else {
 	    *type = *target;
 	}
-	/* 
-	 * If salt is True, the salt->contents stores CT string, 
+	/*
+	 * If salt is True, the salt->contents stores CT string,
 	 * its length is measured in bytes.
 	 * Refer to _XawTextSaltAwaySelection().
 	 *
@@ -1680,13 +1680,13 @@ int *format;
 
   if ( (*target == XA_LIST_LENGTH(d)) || (*target == XA_LENGTH(d)) ) {
     long * temp;
-    
+
     temp = (long *) XtMalloc( (unsigned) sizeof(long) );
     if (*target == XA_LIST_LENGTH(d))
       *temp = 1L;
     else			/* *target == XA_LENGTH(d) */
       *temp = (long) (s->right - s->left);
-    
+
     *value = (XPointer) temp;
     *type = XA_INTEGER;
     *length = 1L;
@@ -1696,7 +1696,7 @@ int *format;
 
   if (*target == XA_CHARACTER_POSITION(d)) {
     long * temp;
-    
+
     temp = (long *) XtMalloc( (unsigned)( 2 * sizeof(long) ) );
     temp[0] = (long) (s->left + 1);
     temp[1] = s->right;
@@ -1709,7 +1709,7 @@ int *format;
 
   if (*target == XA_DELETE(d)) {
     void _XawTextZapSelection(); /* From TextAction.c */
-    
+
     if (!salt)
 	_XawTextZapSelection( ctx, (XEvent *) NULL, TRUE);
     *value = NULL;
@@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ int *format;
   if (XmuConvertStandardSelection(w, ctx->text.time, selection, target, type,
 				  (XPointer *)value, length, format))
     return True;
-  
+
   /* else */
   return False;
 }
@@ -1751,7 +1751,7 @@ Atom atom;
   return(NOT_A_CUT_BUFFER);
 }
 
-static void 
+static void
 LoseSelection(w, selection)
 Widget w;
 Atom *selection;
@@ -1765,7 +1765,7 @@ Atom *selection;
 
   atomP = ctx->text.s.selections;
   for (i = 0 ; i < ctx->text.s.atom_count; i++, atomP++)
-    if ( (*selection == *atomP) || 
+    if ( (*selection == *atomP) ||
 	(GetCutBufferNumber(*atomP) != NOT_A_CUT_BUFFER) )/* is a cut buffer */
       *atomP = (Atom)0;
 
@@ -1785,10 +1785,10 @@ Atom *selection;
 	     ctx->text.s.selections[ctx->text.s.atom_count-1] == 0)
 	ctx->text.s.atom_count--;
     }
-  
+
   if (ctx->text.s.atom_count == 0)
     ModifySelection(ctx, ctx->text.insertPos, ctx->text.insertPos);
-      
+
   if (ctx->text.old_insert >= 0) /* Update in progress. */
     _XawTextExecuteUpdate(ctx);
 
@@ -1800,17 +1800,17 @@ Atom *selection;
     	for (i = 0 ; i < salt->s.atom_count; i++, atomP++)
 	    if (*selection == *atomP)
 		*atomP = (Atom)0;
-    	
+
     	while (salt->s.atom_count &&
 	       salt->s.selections[salt->s.atom_count-1] == 0)
 	{
 	    salt->s.atom_count--;
 	}
-    	
+
     	/*
     	 * Must walk the selection list in opposite order from UnsetSelection.
     	 */
-    	
+
     	atomP = salt->s.selections;
     	for (i = 0 ; i < salt->s.atom_count; i++, atomP++)
     	    if (*atomP == (Atom)0)
@@ -1894,7 +1894,7 @@ int	num_atoms;
     salt->s.atom_count = j;
 }
 
-static void 
+static void
 _SetSelection(ctx, left, right, selections, count)
 TextWidget ctx;
 XawTextPosition left, right;
@@ -1902,7 +1902,7 @@ Atom *selections;
 Cardinal count;
 {
   XawTextPosition pos;
-  
+
   if (left < ctx->text.s.left) {
     pos = Min(right, ctx->text.s.left);
     _XawTextNeedsUpdating(ctx, left, pos);
@@ -1919,7 +1919,7 @@ Cardinal count;
     pos = Max(left, ctx->text.s.right);
     _XawTextNeedsUpdating(ctx, pos, right);
   }
-  
+
   ctx->text.s.left = left;
   ctx->text.s.right = right;
 
@@ -1929,7 +1929,7 @@ Cardinal count;
   if (left < right) {
     Widget w = (Widget) ctx;
     int buffer;
-    
+
     while (count) {
       Atom selection = selections[--count];
 
@@ -1939,7 +1939,7 @@ Cardinal count;
 	unsigned int amount, max_len = MAX_CUT_LEN(XtDisplay(w));
 	unsigned long len;
 
-	tptr= ptr= (unsigned char *) _XawTextGetSTRING(ctx, ctx->text.s.left, 
+	tptr= ptr= (unsigned char *) _XawTextGetSTRING(ctx, ctx->text.s.left,
 						       ctx->text.s.right);
 #ifdef XAW_INTERNATIONALIZATION
 	if (_XawTextFormat(ctx) == XawFmtWide) {
@@ -1955,28 +1955,28 @@ Cardinal count;
 	    }
 	    XtFree((char *)ptr);
 	    tptr = ptr = textprop.value;
-        } 
+        }
 #endif
 	if (buffer == 0) {
 	  _CreateCutBuffers(XtDisplay(w));
 	  XRotateBuffers(XtDisplay(w), 1);
 	}
 	amount = Min ( (len = strlen((char *)ptr)), max_len);
-	XChangeProperty(XtDisplay(w), RootWindow(XtDisplay(w), 0), selection, 
+	XChangeProperty(XtDisplay(w), RootWindow(XtDisplay(w), 0), selection,
 			XA_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace, ptr, amount);
 
 	while (len > max_len) {
 	    len -= max_len;
 	    tptr += max_len;
 	    amount = Min (len, max_len);
-	    XChangeProperty(XtDisplay(w), RootWindow(XtDisplay(w), 0), 
-			    selection, XA_STRING, 8, PropModeAppend, 
+	    XChangeProperty(XtDisplay(w), RootWindow(XtDisplay(w), 0),
+			    selection, XA_STRING, 8, PropModeAppend,
 			    tptr, amount);
 	}
 	XtFree ((char *)ptr);
       }
       else			/* This is a real selection */
-      XtOwnSelection(w, selection, ctx->text.time, ConvertSelection, 
+      XtOwnSelection(w, selection, ctx->text.time, ConvertSelection,
 		     LoseSelection, (XtSelectionDoneProc)NULL);
     }
   }
@@ -1992,7 +1992,7 @@ Cardinal count;
  * NOTE: It is illegal to call this routine unless there is a valid line table!
  */
 
-int 
+int
 _XawTextReplace (ctx, pos1, pos2, text)
 TextWidget ctx;
 XawTextPosition pos1, pos2;
@@ -2008,7 +2008,7 @@ XawTextBlock *text;
   ctx->text.update_disabled = True; /* No redisplay during replacement. */
 
 /*
- * The insertPos may not always be set to the right spot in XawtextAppend 
+ * The insertPos may not always be set to the right spot in XawtextAppend
  */
 
   XtSetArg(args[0], XtNeditType, &edit_mode);
@@ -2056,27 +2056,27 @@ XawTextBlock *text;
 	ctx->text.updateTo[i] += delta;
     }
   }
-  
-  /* 
+
+  /*
    * fixup all current line table entries to reflect edit.
    * %%% it is not legal to do arithmetic on positions.
    * using Scan would be more proper.
-   */ 
+   */
   if (delta != 0) {
     XawTextLineTableEntry *lineP;
     i = LineForPosition(ctx, pos1) + 1;
     for (lineP = ctx->text.lt.info + i; i <= ctx->text.lt.lines; i++, lineP++)
       lineP->position += delta;
   }
-  
+
   /*
    * Now process the line table and fixup in case edits caused
    * changes in line breaks. If we are breaking on word boundaries,
    * this code checks for moving words to and from lines.
    */
-  
+
   if (IsPositionVisible(ctx, updateFrom)) {
-    updateTo = _BuildLineTable(ctx, 
+    updateTo = _BuildLineTable(ctx,
 			       ctx->text.lt.info[line1].position, pos1, line1);
     _XawTextNeedsUpdating(ctx, updateFrom, updateTo);
   }
@@ -2087,14 +2087,14 @@ XawTextBlock *text;
 
 /*
  * This routine will display text between two arbitrary source positions.
- * In the event that this span contains highlighted text for the selection, 
+ * In the event that this span contains highlighted text for the selection,
  * only that portion will be displayed highlighted.
  *
  * NOTE: it is illegal to call this routine unless there
- *       is a valid line table! 
+ *       is a valid line table!
  */
 
-static void 
+static void
 DisplayText(w, pos1, pos2)
 Widget w;
 XawTextPosition pos1, pos2;
@@ -2111,10 +2111,10 @@ XawTextPosition pos1, pos2;
   if ( (pos1 >= pos2) || !LineAndXYForPosition(ctx, pos1, &line, &x, &y) )
     return;			/* line not visible, or pos1 >= pos2. */
 
-  for ( startPos = pos1, i = line; IsValidLine(ctx, i) && 
+  for ( startPos = pos1, i = line; IsValidLine(ctx, i) &&
                                    (i < ctx->text.lt.lines) ; i++) {
 
-    
+
     if ( (endPos = ctx->text.lt.info[i + 1].position) > pos2 ) {
       clear_eol = ((endPos = pos2) >= lastPos);
       done_painting = (!clear_eol || ctx->text.single_char);
@@ -2133,7 +2133,7 @@ XawTextPosition pos1, pos2;
       if ( (x == (Position) ctx->text.margin.left) && (x > 0) )
       {
 	 SinkClearToBG (ctx->text.sink,
-			(Position) s, y, 
+			(Position) s, y,
 			(Dimension) ctx->text.margin.left, (Dimension)height);
 	 _ShadowSurroundedBox((Widget)ctx, (ThreeDWidget)ctx->text.threeD,
 			      0, 0, ctx->core.width, ctx->core.height,
@@ -2141,7 +2141,7 @@ XawTextPosition pos1, pos2;
 			      False);
       }
 
-      if ( (startPos >= ctx->text.s.right) || (endPos <= ctx->text.s.left) ) 
+      if ( (startPos >= ctx->text.s.right) || (endPos <= ctx->text.s.left) )
 	XawTextSinkDisplayText(ctx->text.sink, x, y, startPos, endPos, FALSE);
       else if ((startPos >= ctx->text.s.left) && (endPos <= ctx->text.s.right))
 	XawTextSinkDisplayText(ctx->text.sink, x, y, startPos, endPos, TRUE);
@@ -2156,7 +2156,7 @@ XawTextPosition pos1, pos2;
     if (clear_eol) {
 	Position myx = ctx->text.lt.info[i].textWidth + ctx->text.margin.left;
 
-	SinkClearToBG(ctx->text.sink, 
+	SinkClearToBG(ctx->text.sink,
 		      (Position) myx,
 		      (Position) y, w->core.width - myx/* - 2 * s*/,
 		      (Dimension) height);
@@ -2170,7 +2170,7 @@ XawTextPosition pos1, pos2;
 	 * to clear to the end of the screen.  We know that since there
 	 * was only one character deleted that this is the same
 	 * as clearing an extra line, so we do this, and are done.
-	 * 
+	 *
 	 * This a performance hack, and a pretty gross one, but it works.
 	 *
 	 * Chris Peterson 11/13/89.
@@ -2178,8 +2178,8 @@ XawTextPosition pos1, pos2;
 
 	if (done_painting) {
 	    y += height;
-	    SinkClearToBG(ctx->text.sink, 
-			  (Position) ctx->text.margin.left, (Position) y, 
+	    SinkClearToBG(ctx->text.sink,
+			  (Position) ctx->text.margin.left, (Position) y,
 			  w->core.width - ctx->text.margin.left/* - 2 * s*/,
 			  (Dimension) Min(height, ctx->core.height - 2 * s - y));
 	    _ShadowSurroundedBox((Widget)ctx, (ThreeDWidget)ctx->text.threeD,
@@ -2210,7 +2210,7 @@ XawTextPosition pos1, pos2;
  * multi-click selection user interfaces.]
  */
 
-static void 
+static void
 DoSelection (ctx, pos, time, motion)
 TextWidget ctx;
 XawTextPosition pos;
@@ -2233,25 +2233,25 @@ Boolean motion;
 	newType = *(ctx->text.sarray);
       else {
 	newType = *(sarray + 1);
-	if (newType == XawselectNull) 
+	if (newType == XawselectNull)
 	  newType = *(ctx->text.sarray);
       }
-    } 
+    }
     else 			                      /* single-click event */
       newType = *(ctx->text.sarray);
 
     ctx->text.lasttime = time;
   }
   switch (newType) {
-  case XawselectPosition: 
+  case XawselectPosition:
     newLeft = newRight = pos;
     break;
-  case XawselectChar: 
+  case XawselectChar:
     newLeft = pos;
     newRight = SrcScan(src, pos, XawstPositions, XawsdRight, 1, FALSE);
     break;
-  case XawselectWord: 
-  case XawselectParagraph: 
+  case XawselectWord:
+  case XawselectParagraph:
     {
       XawTextScanType stype;
 
@@ -2264,14 +2264,14 @@ Boolean motion;
        * Somewhat complicated, but basically I treat the space between
        * two objects as another object.  The object that I am currently
        * in then becomes the end of the selection.
-       * 
+       *
        * Chris Peterson - 4/19/90.
        */
 
       newRight = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, pos, stype, XawsdRight, 1, FALSE);
       newRight =SrcScan(ctx->text.source, newRight,stype,XawsdLeft,1, FALSE);
 
-      if (pos != newRight) 
+      if (pos != newRight)
 	newLeft = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, pos, stype, XawsdLeft, 1, FALSE);
       else
 	newLeft = pos;
@@ -2285,11 +2285,11 @@ Boolean motion;
       }
     }
     break;
-  case XawselectLine: 
+  case XawselectLine:
     newLeft = SrcScan(src, pos, XawstEOL, XawsdLeft, 1, FALSE);
     newRight = SrcScan(src, pos, XawstEOL, XawsdRight, 1, FALSE);
     break;
-  case XawselectAll: 
+  case XawselectAll:
     newLeft = SrcScan(src, pos, XawstAll, XawsdLeft, 1, FALSE);
     newRight = SrcScan(src, pos, XawstAll, XawsdRight, 1, FALSE);
     break;
@@ -2304,7 +2304,7 @@ Boolean motion;
     ModifySelection(ctx, newLeft, newRight);
     if (pos - ctx->text.s.left < ctx->text.s.right - pos)
       ctx->text.insertPos = newLeft;
-    else 
+    else
       ctx->text.insertPos = newRight;
     ctx->text.s.type = newType;
   }
@@ -2328,7 +2328,7 @@ Boolean motion;
  * end you are extending!).
  */
 
-static void 
+static void
 ExtendSelection (ctx, pos, motion)
 TextWidget ctx;
 XawTextPosition pos;
@@ -2338,12 +2338,12 @@ Boolean motion;
 
   if (!motion) {		/* setup for extending selection */
     if (ctx->text.s.left == ctx->text.s.right) /* no current selection. */
-      ctx->text.s.left = ctx->text.s.right = ctx->text.insertPos;   
+      ctx->text.s.left = ctx->text.s.right = ctx->text.insertPos;
     else {
       ctx->text.origSel.left = ctx->text.s.left;
       ctx->text.origSel.right = ctx->text.s.right;
     }
-      
+
     ctx->text.origSel.type = ctx->text.s.type;
 
     if (pos >= ctx->text.s.left + ((ctx->text.s.right - ctx->text.s.left) / 2))
@@ -2361,7 +2361,7 @@ Boolean motion;
 
   dir = ctx->text.extendDir;
   switch (ctx->text.s.type) {
-  case XawselectWord: 
+  case XawselectWord:
   case XawselectParagraph:
     {
       XawTextPosition left_pos, right_pos;
@@ -2376,14 +2376,14 @@ Boolean motion;
        * Somewhat complicated, but basically I treat the space between
        * two objects as another object.  The object that I am currently
        * in then becomes the end of the selection.
-       * 
+       *
        * Chris Peterson - 4/19/90.
        */
 
       right_pos = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, pos, stype, XawsdRight, 1, FALSE);
       right_pos =SrcScan(ctx->text.source, right_pos,stype,XawsdLeft,1, FALSE);
 
-      if (pos != right_pos) 
+      if (pos != right_pos)
 	left_pos = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, pos, stype, XawsdLeft, 1, FALSE);
       else
 	left_pos = pos;
@@ -2399,13 +2399,13 @@ Boolean motion;
   case XawselectLine:
     pos = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, pos, XawstEOL, dir, 1, dir == XawsdRight);
     break;
-  case XawselectAll: 
+  case XawselectAll:
     pos = ctx->text.insertPos;
   case XawselectPosition:	/* fall through. */
   default:
     break;
   }
-  
+
   if (dir == XawsdRight)
     ModifySelection(ctx, ctx->text.s.left, pos);
   else
@@ -2427,8 +2427,8 @@ Widget w;
 
   if (XtIsRealized(w))
   {
-    SinkClearToBG(ctx->text.sink, 
-		  (Position) s, (Position) s, 
+    SinkClearToBG(ctx->text.sink,
+		  (Position) s, (Position) s,
 		  w->core.width - 2 * s, w->core.height - 2 * s);
     /* note to self: _ShadowSurroundedBox() hack might be needed here */
   }
@@ -2451,7 +2451,7 @@ TextWidget ctx;
   _XawTextVScroll(ctx, scroll_by);
   DisplayTextWindow( (Widget) ctx);
 }
-  
+
 /*
  * Internal redisplay entire window.
  * Legal to call only if widget is realized.
@@ -2486,13 +2486,13 @@ TextWidget ctx;
        (ctx->text.resize == XawtextResizeBoth) ) {
     XawTextLineTableEntry *lt;
     rbox.width = 0;
-    for (lt = ctx->text.lt.info; 
+    for (lt = ctx->text.lt.info;
 	 IsValidLine(ctx, line) && (line < ctx->text.lt.lines);
 	 line++, lt++) {
       if ((int)(lt->textWidth + ctx->text.margin.left) > (int)rbox.width)
 	  rbox.width = lt->textWidth + ctx->text.margin.left;
     }
-    
+
     rbox.width += ctx->text.margin.right;
     if (rbox.width > ctx->core.width) { /* Only get wider. */
       rbox.request_mode = CWWidth;
@@ -2509,19 +2509,19 @@ TextWidget ctx;
     line = LineForPosition(ctx, ctx->text.lastPos);
   else
     line = ctx->text.lt.lines;
-  
+
   if ( (line + 1) == ctx->text.lt.lines ) return;
-  
+
   old_height = ctx->core.height;
   rbox.request_mode = CWHeight;
   rbox.height = XawTextSinkMaxHeight(ctx->text.sink, line + 1) + VMargins(ctx);
-  
+
   if ((int)rbox.height < old_height) return; /* It will only get taller. */
 
   if (XtMakeGeometryRequest(w, &rbox, &return_geom) == XtGeometryAlmost)
     if (XtMakeGeometryRequest(w, &return_geom, (XtWidgetGeometry*)NULL) != XtGeometryYes)
       return;
-  
+
   _XawTextBuildLineTable(ctx, ctx->text.lt.top, TRUE);
 }
 
@@ -2597,7 +2597,7 @@ ModifySelection(ctx, left, right)
 TextWidget ctx;
 XawTextPosition left, right;
 {
-  if (left == right) 
+  if (left == right)
     ctx->text.insertPos = left;
   _SetSelection( ctx, left, right, (Atom*) NULL, ZERO );
 }
@@ -2608,11 +2608,11 @@ XawTextPosition left, right;
  * multi-click selection user interfaces from the outside.
  */
 
-void 
+void
 _XawTextAlterSelection (ctx, mode, action, params, num_params)
 TextWidget ctx;
 XawTextSelectionMode mode;   /* {XawsmTextSelect, XawsmTextExtend} */
-XawTextSelectionAction action; /* {XawactionStart, 
+XawTextSelectionAction action; /* {XawactionStart,
 				  XawactionAdjust, XawactionEnd} */
 String	*params;
 Cardinal	*num_params;
@@ -2624,7 +2624,7 @@ Cardinal	*num_params;
  * This flag is used by TextPop.c:DoReplace() to determine if the selection
  * is okay to use, or if it has been modified.
  */
-    
+
   if (ctx->text.search != NULL)
     ctx->text.search->selection_changed = TRUE;
 
@@ -2636,7 +2636,7 @@ Cardinal	*num_params;
   else			/* mode == XawsmTextExtend */
    ExtendSelection (ctx, position, flag);
 
-  if (action == XawactionEnd) 
+  if (action == XawactionEnd)
     _XawTextSetSelection(ctx, ctx->text.s.left, ctx->text.s.right,
 			 params, *num_params);
 }
@@ -2675,7 +2675,7 @@ XRectangle * rect;
 
   for (line = 0;( (line < ctx->text.lt.lines) &&
 		 IsValidLine(ctx, line) && (info->y < bottom)); line++, info++)
-    if ( (info + 1)->y >= y ) 
+    if ( (info + 1)->y >= y )
       UpdateTextInLine(ctx, line, x, right);
 }
 
@@ -2695,7 +2695,7 @@ Region region;			/* Unused. */
     TextWidget ctx = (TextWidget) w;
     XRectangle expose, cursor;
     Boolean need_to_draw;
-    
+
     if (event->type == Expose) {
 	expose.x = event->xexpose.x;
 	expose.y = event->xexpose.y;
@@ -2707,17 +2707,17 @@ Region region;			/* Unused. */
 	expose.y = event->xgraphicsexpose.y;
 	expose.width = event->xgraphicsexpose.width;
 	expose.height = event->xgraphicsexpose.height;
-    }      
+    }
     else { /* No Expose */
-	PopCopyQueue(ctx);		
+	PopCopyQueue(ctx);
 	return;			/* no more processing necessary. */
     }
 
     need_to_draw = TranslateExposeRegion(ctx, &expose);
     if ((event->type == GraphicsExpose) && (event->xgraphicsexpose.count == 0))
-	PopCopyQueue(ctx);	
+	PopCopyQueue(ctx);
 
-    if (!need_to_draw) 
+    if (!need_to_draw)
 	return;			/* don't draw if we don't need to. */
 
     _XawTextPrepareToUpdate(ctx);
@@ -2757,7 +2757,7 @@ TextWidget ctx;
  * ranges where possible.
  */
 
-static 
+static
 void FlushUpdate(ctx)
 TextWidget ctx;
 {
@@ -2795,8 +2795,8 @@ TextWidget ctx;
 /*
  * This is a private utility routine used by _XawTextExecuteUpdate. This
  * routine worries about edits causing new data or the insertion point becoming
- * invisible (off the screen, or under the horiz. scrollbar). Currently 
- * it always makes it visible by scrolling. It probably needs 
+ * invisible (off the screen, or under the horiz. scrollbar). Currently
+ * it always makes it visible by scrolling. It probably needs
  * generalization to allow more options.
  */
 
@@ -2813,20 +2813,20 @@ TextWidget ctx;
 
 /*
  * Find out the bottom the visable window, and make sure that the
- * cursor does not go past the end of this space.  
+ * cursor does not go past the end of this space.
  *
- * This makes sure that the cursor does not go past the end of the 
- * visable window. 
+ * This makes sure that the cursor does not go past the end of the
+ * visable window.
  */
 
   x = ctx->core.width;
   y = ctx->core.height - ctx->text.margin.bottom;
   if (ctx->text.hbar != NULL)
     y -= ctx->text.hbar->core.height + 2 * ctx->text.hbar->core.border_width;
-  
+
   max_pos = PositionForXY (ctx, x, y);
   lines = LineForPosition(ctx, max_pos) + 1; /* number of visable lines. */
-  
+
   if ( (ctx->text.insertPos >= ctx->text.lt.top) &&
        (ctx->text.insertPos < max_pos))
     return;
@@ -2845,7 +2845,7 @@ TextWidget ctx;
 	  first = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, first,
 			  XawstEOL, XawsdLeft, 1, TRUE);
 
-	  if ( - number > lines ) 
+	  if ( - number > lines )
 	      break;
 
 	  number--;
@@ -2853,17 +2853,17 @@ TextWidget ctx;
 
       if (first <= top) {	/* If we found the proper number
 				   of lines. */
-     
+
 	  /* Back up to just before the last CR. */
-      
+
 	  first = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, first,
 			  XawstPositions, XawsdRight, 1, TRUE);
-	  
+
 	  /* Check to make sure the cursor is visable. */
-	  
+
 	  if (first <= top)
 	      number++;
-	  
+
 	  lines = number;
       }
       else
@@ -2873,17 +2873,17 @@ TextWidget ctx;
       top = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, ctx->text.insertPos,
 		    XawstEOL, XawsdLeft, lines, FALSE);
 
-      if (top < max_pos) 
+      if (top < max_pos)
 	  lines = LineForPosition(ctx, top);
-      else 
+      else
 	  no_scroll = TRUE;
   }
 
   if (no_scroll) {
-      _XawTextBuildLineTable(ctx, top, FALSE);      
+      _XawTextBuildLineTable(ctx, top, FALSE);
       DisplayTextWindow((Widget)ctx);
   }
-  else 
+  else
       _XawTextVScroll(ctx, lines);
 
   _XawTextSetScrollBars(ctx);
@@ -2897,7 +2897,7 @@ void
 _XawTextExecuteUpdate(ctx)
 TextWidget ctx;
 {
-  if ( ctx->text.update_disabled || (ctx->text.old_insert < 0) ) 
+  if ( ctx->text.update_disabled || (ctx->text.old_insert < 0) )
     return;
 
   if((ctx->text.old_insert != ctx->text.insertPos) || (ctx->text.showposition))
@@ -2908,7 +2908,7 @@ TextWidget ctx;
 }
 
 
-static void 
+static void
 TextDestroy(w)
 Widget w;
 {
@@ -2926,7 +2926,7 @@ Widget w;
 
 /*
  * by the time we are managed (and get this far) we had better
- * have both a source and a sink 
+ * have both a source and a sink
  */
 
 static void
@@ -2947,7 +2947,7 @@ Widget w;
  */
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static Boolean 
+static Boolean
 SetValues(current, request, new, args, num_args)
 Widget current, request, new;
 ArgList args;
@@ -2970,9 +2970,9 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
 	                         newtw->text.vbar->core.border_width;
     redisplay = TRUE;
   }
-  
+
   if (oldtw->text.scroll_vert != newtw->text.scroll_vert) {
-    if (newtw->text.scroll_vert == XawtextScrollNever) 
+    if (newtw->text.scroll_vert == XawtextScrollNever)
       DestroyVScrollBar(newtw);
     else if (newtw->text.scroll_vert == XawtextScrollAlways)
       CreateVScrollBar(newtw);
@@ -2986,9 +2986,9 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
 	                           newtw->text.hbar->core.border_width;
     redisplay = TRUE;
   }
-  
+
   if (oldtw->text.scroll_horiz != newtw->text.scroll_horiz) {
-    if (newtw->text.scroll_horiz == XawtextScrollNever) 
+    if (newtw->text.scroll_horiz == XawtextScrollNever)
       DestroyHScrollBar(newtw);
     else if (newtw->text.scroll_horiz == XawtextScrollAlways)
       CreateHScrollBar(newtw);
@@ -3034,7 +3034,7 @@ static Boolean ChangeSensitive(w)
 
     (*(&simpleClassRec)->simple_class.change_sensitive)(w);
 
-    XtSetArg(args[0], XtNancestorSensitive, 
+    XtSetArg(args[0], XtNancestorSensitive,
 	       (tw->core.ancestor_sensitive && tw->core.sensitive));
     if (tw->text.vbar)
 	XtSetValues(tw->text.vbar, args, ONE);
@@ -3078,7 +3078,7 @@ XawTextPosition pos;
 }
 
 /************************************************************
- * 
+ *
  * Routines for handling the copy area expose queue.
  *
  ************************************************************/
@@ -3200,7 +3200,7 @@ XRectangle * expose;
 
     if (width <= 0)
 	return(FALSE);		/* no need to draw outside the window. */
-    
+
     expose->x = x;
     expose->y = y;
     expose->width = width;
@@ -3212,10 +3212,10 @@ XRectangle * expose;
 
 void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
-_XawTextPosToXY( 
-    Widget w, 
-    XawTextPosition pos, 
-    Position* x, 
+_XawTextPosToXY(
+    Widget w,
+    XawTextPosition pos,
+    Position* x,
     Position* y )
 #else
 _XawTextPosToXY( w, pos, x, y )
@@ -3247,7 +3247,7 @@ Widget w;
 #endif
 {
   if (!XtIsRealized(w)) return;
-  
+
   _XawTextPrepareToUpdate( (TextWidget) w);
   DisplayTextWindow(w);
   _XawTextExecuteUpdate( (TextWidget) w);
@@ -3279,7 +3279,7 @@ XawTextPosition* left,* right;
 }
 
 
-void 
+void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
 XawTextSetSource(Widget w, Widget source, XawTextPosition startPos)
 #else
@@ -3295,7 +3295,7 @@ XawTextPosition startPos;
   ctx->text.s.left = ctx->text.s.right = 0;
   ctx->text.insertPos = startPos;
   ctx->text.lastPos = GETLASTPOS;
-  
+
   _XawTextBuildLineTable(ctx, ctx->text.lt.top, TRUE);
   XawTextDisplay(w);
 }
@@ -3307,7 +3307,7 @@ XawTextPosition startPos;
  * will be repainted properly.
  */
 
-int 
+int
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
 XawTextReplace(Widget w, XawTextPosition startPos, XawTextPosition endPos,
                XawTextBlock *text)
@@ -3336,11 +3336,11 @@ XawTextBlock *text;
   _XawTextCheckResize(ctx);
   _XawTextExecuteUpdate(ctx);
   _XawTextSetScrollBars(ctx);
-  
+
   return result;
 }
 
-XawTextPosition 
+XawTextPosition
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
 XawTextTopPosition(Widget w)
 #else
@@ -3351,7 +3351,7 @@ Widget w;
   return( ((TextWidget) w)->text.lt.top );
 }
 
-void 
+void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
 XawTextSetInsertionPoint(Widget w, XawTextPosition position)
 #else
@@ -3384,7 +3384,7 @@ Widget w;
  * NOTE: Must walk the selection list in opposite order from LoseSelection.
  */
 
-void 
+void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
 XawTextUnsetSelection(Widget w)
 #else
@@ -3402,7 +3402,7 @@ Widget w;
  */
       if (GetCutBufferNumber(sel) == NOT_A_CUT_BUFFER)
 	XtDisownSelection(w, sel, ctx->text.time);
-      LoseSelection(w, &sel); /* In case this is a cut buffer, or 
+      LoseSelection(w, &sel); /* In case this is a cut buffer, or
 				 XtDisownSelection failed to call us. */
     }
   }
@@ -3418,14 +3418,14 @@ XawTextPosition left, right;
 #endif
 {
   TextWidget ctx = (TextWidget) w;
-  
+
   _XawTextPrepareToUpdate(ctx);
   _XawTextSetSelection(ctx, FindGoodPosition(ctx, left),
 		       FindGoodPosition(ctx, right), (String*)NULL, ZERO);
   _XawTextExecuteUpdate(ctx);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
 XawTextInvalidate(Widget w, XawTextPosition from, XawTextPosition to)
 #else
@@ -3458,7 +3458,7 @@ Widget w;
   _XawTextPrepareToUpdate( (TextWidget) w);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
 XawTextEnableRedisplay(Widget w)
 #else
@@ -3475,9 +3475,9 @@ Widget w;
   lastPos = ctx->text.lastPos = GETLASTPOS;
   ctx->text.lt.top = FindGoodPosition(ctx, ctx->text.lt.top);
   ctx->text.insertPos = FindGoodPosition(ctx, ctx->text.insertPos);
-  if ( (ctx->text.s.left > lastPos) || (ctx->text.s.right > lastPos) ) 
+  if ( (ctx->text.s.left > lastPos) || (ctx->text.s.right > lastPos) )
     ctx->text.s.left = ctx->text.s.right = 0;
-  
+
   _XawTextBuildLineTable(ctx, ctx->text.lt.top, TRUE);
   if (XtIsRealized(w))
     DisplayTextWindow(w);
@@ -3525,10 +3525,10 @@ Boolean display_caret;
 /*	Function Name: XawTextSearch(w, dir, text).
  *	Description: searches for the given text block.
  *	Arguments: w - The text widget.
- *                 dir - The direction to search. 
+ *                 dir - The direction to search.
  *                 text - The text block containing info about the string
  *                        to search for.
- *	Returns: The position of the text found, or XawTextSearchError on 
+ *	Returns: The position of the text found, or XawTextSearchError on
  *               an error.
  */
 
@@ -3542,7 +3542,7 @@ XawTextSearch(Widget w,
 #endif
 	    XawTextBlock *text)
 #else
-XawTextSearch(w, dir, text) 
+XawTextSearch(w, dir, text)
 Widget w;
 XawTextScanDirection dir;
 XawTextBlock * text;
@@ -3552,7 +3552,7 @@ XawTextBlock * text;
 
   return(SrcSearch(ctx->text.source, ctx->text.insertPos, dir, text));
 }
-  
+
 TextClassRec textClassRec = {
   { /* core fields */
     /* superclass       */      (WidgetClass) &simpleClassRec,
diff --git a/src/TextAction.c b/src/TextAction.c
index 82abd4e..287c0bd 100644
--- a/src/TextAction.c
+++ b/src/TextAction.c
@@ -73,17 +73,17 @@ void _XawTextPrepareToUpdate();
 int _XawTextReplace();
 
 static void ParameterError(w, param)
-    Widget w; 
+    Widget w;
     String param;
 {
     String params[2];
     Cardinal num_params = 2;
     params[0] = XtName(w);
     params[1] = param;
-    
+
     XtAppWarningMsg( XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w),
 	"parameterError", "textAction", "XawError",
-	"Widget: %s Parameter: %s", 
+	"Widget: %s Parameter: %s",
 	params, &num_params);
     XBell( XtDisplay( w ), 50 );
 }
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ static int ProbablyMB(s)
 static void GetSelection();
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 _SelectionReceived(w, client_data, selection, type, value, length, format)
 Widget w;
 XtPointer client_data;
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ int* format;
 {
   TextWidget ctx = (TextWidget)w;
   XawTextBlock text;
-  
+
   if (*type == 0 /*XT_CONVERT_FAIL*/ || *length == 0) {
     struct _SelectionList* list = (struct _SelectionList*)client_data;
     if (list != NULL) {
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ we are, and convert it.  I also warn the user that the other client is evil. */
     XBell(XtDisplay(ctx), 0);
     return;
   }
-  ctx->text.insertPos = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, ctx->text.insertPos, 
+  ctx->text.insertPos = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, ctx->text.insertPos,
 				XawstPositions, XawsdRight, text.length, TRUE);
 
   _XawTextSetScrollBars(ctx);
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ we are, and convert it.  I also warn the user that the other client is evil. */
   XFree(value);		/* the selection value should be freed with XFree */
 }
 
-static void 
+static void
 GetSelection(w, time, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 Time time;
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ Cardinal num_params;
     }
 }
 
-static void 
+static void
 InsertSelection(w, event, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ Boolean include;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 MoveForwardChar(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 MoveBackwardChar(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 MoveForwardWord(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 MoveBackwardWord(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 MoveToLineEnd(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 MoveToLineStart(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ XawTextScanDirection dir;
 
   FindPos(ctx->text.sink, new, ctx->text.margin.left, from_left, FALSE,
 	  &(ctx->text.insertPos), &garbage, &garbage);
-  
+
   if (ctx->text.insertPos > next_line)
     ctx->text.insertPos = next_line;
 
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ XawTextScanDirection dir;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 MoveNextLine(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 MovePreviousLine(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 MoveEndOfFile(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
   Move((TextWidget) w, event, XawsdRight, XawstAll, TRUE);
 }
 
-static void 
+static void
 Scroll(ctx, event, dir)
 TextWidget ctx;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ XawTextScanDirection dir;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 ScrollOneLineUp(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 ScrollOneLineDown(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
   Scroll( (TextWidget) w, event, XawsdRight);
 }
 
-static void 
+static void
 MovePage(ctx, event, dir)
 TextWidget ctx;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ XawTextScanDirection dir;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 MoveNextPage(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 MovePreviousPage(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ MatchSelection(selection, s)
 
 #define SrcCvtSel	XawTextSourceConvertSelection
 
-static Boolean 
+static Boolean
 ConvertSelection(w, selection, target, type, value, length, format)
     Widget w;
     Atom *selection, *target, *type;
@@ -653,13 +653,13 @@ ConvertSelection(w, selection, target, type, value, length, format)
     Atom* targetP, * std_targets;
     unsigned long std_length;
 
-    if ( SrcCvtSel(src, selection, target, type, value, length, format) ) 
+    if ( SrcCvtSel(src, selection, target, type, value, length, format) )
 	return True;
 
-    XmuConvertStandardSelection(w, ctx->text.time, selection, 
+    XmuConvertStandardSelection(w, ctx->text.time, selection,
 				target, type, (XPointer*)&std_targets,
 				&std_length, format);
-    
+
     *value = XtMalloc((unsigned) sizeof(Atom)*(std_length + 7));
     targetP = *(Atom**)value;
 
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ ConvertSelection(w, selection, target, type, value, length, format)
     *format = 32;
     return True;
   }
-  
+
   if ( SrcCvtSel(src, selection, target, type, value, length, format) )
     return True;
 
@@ -707,8 +707,8 @@ ConvertSelection(w, selection, target, type, value, length, format)
 	} else {
 	    *type = *target;
 	}
-	/* 
-	 * If salt is True, the salt->contents stores CT string, 
+	/*
+	 * If salt is True, the salt->contents stores CT string,
 	 * its length is measured in bytes.
 	 * Refer to _XawTextSaltAwaySelection().
 	 *
@@ -769,13 +769,13 @@ ConvertSelection(w, selection, target, type, value, length, format)
 
   if ( (*target == XA_LIST_LENGTH(d)) || (*target == XA_LENGTH(d)) ) {
     long * temp;
-    
+
     temp = (long *) XtMalloc(sizeof(long));
     if (*target == XA_LIST_LENGTH(d))
       *temp = 1L;
     else			/* *target == XA_LENGTH(d) */
       *temp = (long) (s->right - s->left);
-    
+
     *value = (XPointer) temp;
     *type = XA_INTEGER;
     *length = 1L;
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ ConvertSelection(w, selection, target, type, value, length, format)
 
   if (*target == XA_CHARACTER_POSITION(d)) {
     long * temp;
-    
+
     temp = (long *) XtMalloc(2 * sizeof(long));
     temp[0] = (long) (s->left + 1);
     temp[1] = s->right;
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ ConvertSelection(w, selection, target, type, value, length, format)
 
   if (*target == XA_DELETE(d)) {
     void _XawTextZapSelection(); /* From TextAction.c */
-    
+
     if (!salt)
 	_XawTextZapSelection( ctx, (XEvent *) NULL, TRUE);
     *value = NULL;
@@ -811,12 +811,12 @@ ConvertSelection(w, selection, target, type, value, length, format)
   if (XmuConvertStandardSelection(w, ctx->text.time, selection, target, type,
 				  (XPointer *)value, length, format))
     return True;
-  
+
   /* else */
   return False;
 }
 
-static void 
+static void
 LoseSelection(w, selection)
     Widget w;
     Atom* selection;
@@ -834,17 +834,17 @@ LoseSelection(w, selection)
     	for (i = 0 ; i < salt->s.atom_count; i++, atomP++)
 	    if (*selection == *atomP)
 		*atomP = (Atom)0;
-    	
+
     	while (salt->s.atom_count &&
 	       salt->s.selections[salt->s.atom_count-1] == 0)
 	{
 	    salt->s.atom_count--;
 	}
-    	
+
     	/*
     	 * Must walk the selection list in opposite order from UnsetSelection.
     	 */
-    	
+
     	atomP = salt->s.selections;
     	for (i = 0 ; i < salt->s.atom_count; i++, atomP++)
     	    if (*atomP == (Atom)0)
@@ -872,14 +872,14 @@ LoseSelection(w, selection)
     }
 }
 
-static void 
+static void
 _DeleteOrKill(ctx, from, to, kill)
 TextWidget ctx;
 XawTextPosition from, to;
 Boolean	kill;
 {
   XawTextBlock text;
-  
+
   if (kill && from < to) {
     XawTextSelectionSalt    *salt;
     Atom selection = XInternAtom(XtDisplay(ctx), "SECONDARY", False);
@@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ Boolean	kill;
     return;
   }
   ctx->text.insertPos = from;
-  ctx->text.showposition = TRUE; 
+  ctx->text.showposition = TRUE;
 }
 
 static void
@@ -947,15 +947,15 @@ XawTextScanType type;
 Boolean	   include, kill;
 {
   XawTextPosition from, to;
-  
+
   StartAction(ctx, event);
   to = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, ctx->text.insertPos,
 	       type, dir, ctx->text.mult, include);
 
 /*
- * If no movement actually happened, then bump the count and try again. 
- * This causes the character position at the very beginning and end of 
- * a boundary to act correctly. 
+ * If no movement actually happened, then bump the count and try again.
+ * This causes the character position at the very beginning and end of
+ * a boundary to act correctly.
  */
 
   if (to == ctx->text.insertPos)
@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ Boolean	   include, kill;
     from = to;
     to = ctx->text.insertPos;
   }
-  else 
+  else
     from = ctx->text.insertPos;
 
   _DeleteOrKill(ctx, from, to, kill);
@@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ Boolean	   include, kill;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 DeleteForwardChar(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 DeleteForwardWord(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 DeleteBackwardWord(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -1021,19 +1021,19 @@ Cardinal* n;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 KillForwardWord(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
 String* p;
 Cardinal* n;
 {
-  DeleteOrKill((TextWidget) w, event, 
+  DeleteOrKill((TextWidget) w, event,
 	       XawsdRight, XawstWhiteSpace, FALSE, TRUE);
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 KillBackwardWord(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -1056,10 +1056,10 @@ Cardinal* n;
   XawTextPosition end_of_line;
 
   StartAction(ctx, event);
-  end_of_line = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, ctx->text.insertPos, XawstEOL, 
+  end_of_line = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, ctx->text.insertPos, XawstEOL,
 			XawsdRight, ctx->text.mult, FALSE);
   if (end_of_line == ctx->text.insertPos)
-    end_of_line = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, ctx->text.insertPos, XawstEOL, 
+    end_of_line = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, ctx->text.insertPos, XawstEOL,
 			  XawsdRight, ctx->text.mult, TRUE);
 
   _DeleteOrKill(ctx, ctx->text.insertPos, end_of_line, TRUE);
@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 KillToEndOfParagraph(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
   DeleteOrKill((TextWidget) w, event, XawsdRight, XawstParagraph, FALSE, TRUE);
 }
 
-void 
+void
 _XawTextZapSelection(ctx, event, kill)
 TextWidget ctx;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ Boolean kill;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 KillCurrentSelection(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 DeleteCurrentSelection(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
  *
  ************************************************************/
 
-static int 
+static int
 InsertNewLineAndBackupInternal(ctx)
 TextWidget ctx;
 {
@@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ TextWidget ctx;
     XBell( XtDisplay(ctx), 50);
     error = XawEditError;
   }
-  else 
+  else
     ctx->text.showposition = TRUE;
 
   XtFree( text.ptr );
@@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@ TextWidget ctx;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 InsertNewLineAndBackup(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ LocalInsertNewLine(ctx, event)
   StartAction(ctx, event);
   if (InsertNewLineAndBackupInternal(ctx) == XawEditError)
     return(XawEditError);
-  ctx->text.insertPos = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, ctx->text.insertPos, 
+  ctx->text.insertPos = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, ctx->text.insertPos,
 			     XawstPositions, XawsdRight, ctx->text.mult, TRUE);
   _XawTextSetScrollBars(ctx);
   EndAction(ctx);
@@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 InsertNewLineAndIndent(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent *event;
@@ -1211,7 +1211,7 @@ Cardinal *n;
   String line_to_ip;
 
   StartAction(ctx, event);
-  pos1 = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, ctx->text.insertPos, 
+  pos1 = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, ctx->text.insertPos,
 		 XawstEOL, XawsdLeft, 1, FALSE);
 
   line_to_ip = _XawTextGetText(ctx, pos1, ctx->text.insertPos);
@@ -1239,9 +1239,9 @@ Cardinal *n;
   {
      char *ptr;
      length = strlen(line_to_ip);
-     /* The current line + \0 and LF will be copied to this 
+     /* The current line + \0 and LF will be copied to this
 	buffer. Before my fix, only length + 1 bytes were
-	allocated, causing on machine with non-wasteful 
+	allocated, causing on machine with non-wasteful
 	malloc implementation segmentation violations by
 	overwriting the bypte after the allocated area
 
@@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@ Cardinal *n;
  *
  *************************************************************/
 
-static void 
+static void
 SelectWord(w, event, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -1291,14 +1291,14 @@ Cardinal* num_params;
   XawTextPosition l, r;
 
   StartAction(ctx, event);
-  l = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, ctx->text.insertPos, 
+  l = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, ctx->text.insertPos,
 	      XawstWhiteSpace, XawsdLeft, 1, FALSE);
   r = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, l, XawstWhiteSpace, XawsdRight, 1, FALSE);
   _XawTextSetSelection(ctx, l, r, params, *num_params);
   EndAction(ctx);
 }
 
-static void 
+static void
 SelectAll(w, event, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -1326,74 +1326,74 @@ Cardinal* num_params;	/* unused */
   _XawTextAlterSelection(ctx, mode, action, params, num_params);
   EndAction(ctx);
 }
-		
+
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 SelectStart(w, event, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
 String* params;		/* unused */
 Cardinal* num_params;	/* unused */
 {
-  ModifySelection((TextWidget) w, event, 
+  ModifySelection((TextWidget) w, event,
 		  XawsmTextSelect, XawactionStart, params, num_params);
 }
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 SelectAdjust(w, event, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
 String* params;		/* unused */
 Cardinal* num_params;	/* unused */
 {
-  ModifySelection((TextWidget) w, event, 
+  ModifySelection((TextWidget) w, event,
 		  XawsmTextSelect, XawactionAdjust, params, num_params);
 }
 
-static void 
+static void
 SelectEnd(w, event, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
 String* params;
 Cardinal* num_params;
 {
-  ModifySelection((TextWidget) w, event, 
+  ModifySelection((TextWidget) w, event,
 		  XawsmTextSelect, XawactionEnd, params, num_params);
 }
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 ExtendStart(w, event, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
 String* params;		/* unused */
 Cardinal* num_params;	/* unused */
 {
-  ModifySelection((TextWidget) w, event, 
+  ModifySelection((TextWidget) w, event,
 		  XawsmTextExtend, XawactionStart, params, num_params);
 }
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 ExtendAdjust(w, event, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
 String* params;		/* unused */
 Cardinal* num_params;	/* unused */
 {
-  ModifySelection((TextWidget) w, event, 
+  ModifySelection((TextWidget) w, event,
 		  XawsmTextExtend, XawactionAdjust, params, num_params);
 }
 
-static void 
+static void
 ExtendEnd(w, event, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
 String* params;
 Cardinal* num_params;
 {
-  ModifySelection((TextWidget) w, event, 
+  ModifySelection((TextWidget) w, event,
 		  XawsmTextExtend, XawactionEnd, params, num_params);
 }
 
@@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@ Cardinal* num_params;
  ************************************************************/
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 RedrawDisplay(w, event, p, n)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -1455,7 +1455,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
 #endif
   if ( event->xfocus.detail == NotifyPointer ) return;
 
-  ctx->text.hasfocus = TRUE; 
+  ctx->text.hasfocus = TRUE;
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
@@ -1542,10 +1542,10 @@ TextWidget ctx;
   x = ctx->text.margin.left;
   XawTextSinkFindPosition( ctx->text.sink,ctx->text.lt.info[line_num].position,
 			  x, max_width, TRUE, &ret_pos, &width, &height);
-  
+
   if ( ret_pos >= ctx->text.insertPos )
     return;
-  
+
   text.format = XawFmt8Bit;
 #ifdef XAW_INTERNATIONALIZATION
   if (_XawTextFormat(ctx) == XawFmtWide) {
@@ -1611,7 +1611,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
   text.firstPos = 0;
 
   StartAction(ctx, event);
-  
+
   error = _XawTextReplace(ctx, ctx->text.insertPos,ctx->text.insertPos, &text);
 
   if (error == XawEditDone) {
@@ -1619,7 +1619,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
 	      XawstPositions, XawsdRight, text.length, TRUE);
       AutoFill(ctx);
   }
-  else 
+  else
       XBell(XtDisplay(ctx), 50);
 
   XtFree(text.ptr);
@@ -1646,7 +1646,7 @@ Cardinal* n;
  *
  * NOTE:    In neither case will there be strings to free. */
 
-static char* 
+static char*
 IfHexConvertHexElseReturnParam(param, len_return)
     char* param;
     int* len_return;
@@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ IfHexConvertHexElseReturnParam(param, len_return)
  * hexadecimal digits will be converted to characters. */
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static void 
+static void
 InsertString(w, event, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ Cardinal* num_params;
 
           /* Double check that the new input is legal: try to convert to MB. */
 
-          temp_len = text.length;      /* _XawTextWCToMB's 3rd arg is in_out */ 
+          temp_len = text.length;      /* _XawTextWCToMB's 3rd arg is in_out */
           if ( _XawTextWCToMB( XtDisplay(w), (wchar_t*)text.ptr, &temp_len ) == NULL ) {
               XtAppWarningMsg( app_con,
 		"insertString", "textAction", "XawError",
@@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ Cardinal* num_params;
       } /* convert to WC */
 #endif
 
-      if ( _XawTextReplace( ctx, ctx->text.insertPos, 
+      if ( _XawTextReplace( ctx, ctx->text.insertPos,
 			    ctx->text.insertPos, &text ) ) {
           XBell( XtDisplay( ctx ), 50 );
           EndAction( ctx );
@@ -1792,7 +1792,7 @@ Cardinal* num_params;
 
 
 /* DisplayCaret() - action
- *  
+ *
  * The parameter list should contain one boolean value.  If the
  * argument is true, the cursor will be displayed.  If false, not.
  *
@@ -1800,7 +1800,7 @@ Cardinal* num_params;
  * have a second argument, "always".  If they do not, the cursor
  * is only affected if the focus member of the event is true.	*/
 
-static void 
+static void
 DisplayCaret(w, event, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;		/* CrossingNotify special-cased */
@@ -1832,9 +1832,9 @@ Cardinal* num_params;	/* 0, 1 or 2 */
 
 
 /* Multiply() - action
- *  
+ *
  * The parameter list may contain either a number or the string 'Reset'.
- * 
+ *
  * A number will multiply the current multiplication factor by that number.
  * Many of the text widget actions will will perform n actions, where n is
  * the multiplication factor.
@@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ Cardinal* num_params;	/* 0, 1 or 2 */
  * The string reset will reset the mutiplication factor to 1. */
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 Multiply(w, event, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@ Cardinal* num_params;
   int mult;
 
   if (*num_params != 1) {
-      XtAppError( XtWidgetToApplicationContext( w ), 
+      XtAppError( XtWidgetToApplicationContext( w ),
 	       "Xaw Text Widget: multiply() takes exactly one argument.");
       XBell( XtDisplay( w ), 0 );
       return;
@@ -1910,7 +1910,7 @@ XawTextPosition from, to;
       text.ptr = (char*) wc_two_spaces;
   }
 #endif
-   
+
   /* Strip out CR's. */
 
   eop_begin = eop_end = startPos = endPos = from;
@@ -1953,10 +1953,10 @@ XawTextPosition from, to;
 	  text.length++;	/* Put in two spaces. */
 
       /*
-       * Remove all extra spaces. 
+       * Remove all extra spaces.
        */
 
-      for (i = 1 ; i < len; i++) 
+      for (i = 1 ; i < len; i++)
 #ifdef XAW_INTERNATIONALIZATION
         if (text.format ==  XawFmtWide) {
           if ( !iswspace(((wchar_t*)buf)[i]) || ((periodPos + i) >= to) ) {
@@ -1967,7 +1967,7 @@ XawTextPosition from, to;
 	  if ( !isspace(buf[i]) || ((periodPos + i) >= to) ) {
 	      break;
 	  }
-      
+
       XtFree(buf);
 
       to -= (i - text.length - 1);
@@ -2013,18 +2013,18 @@ XawTextPosition from, to;
   startPos = from;
   /* CONSTCOND */
   while (TRUE) {
-      XawTextSinkFindPosition( ctx->text.sink, startPos, 
+      XawTextSinkFindPosition( ctx->text.sink, startPos,
 			    (int) ctx->text.margin.left,
-			    (int) (ctx->core.width - HMargins(ctx)), 
+			    (int) (ctx->core.width - HMargins(ctx)),
 			    TRUE, &eol, &width, &height);
       if (eol >= to)
           break;
 
       eol  = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, eol, XawstPositions, XawsdLeft, 1, TRUE);
       space= SrcScan(ctx->text.source, eol, XawstWhiteSpace,XawsdRight,1, TRUE);
-    
+
       startPos = endPos = eol;
-      if (eol == space) 
+      if (eol == space)
           return;
 
       len = (int) (space - eol);
@@ -2043,18 +2043,18 @@ XawTextPosition from, to;
       endPos = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, endPos,
 		     XawstPositions, XawsdRight, i, TRUE);
       XtFree(buf);
-    
+
       if (_XawTextReplace(ctx, startPos, endPos, &text))
           return;
 
       startPos = SrcScan(ctx->text.source, startPos,
 		       XawstPositions, XawsdRight, 1, TRUE);
   }
-}  
+}
 
 
 /* FormRegion() - called by FormParagraph
- * 
+ *
  * oversees the work of paragraph-forming a region
  *
  * RETURNS: XawEditDone if successful, or XawReplaceError. */
@@ -2085,7 +2085,7 @@ XawTextPosition from, to;
  * removes and reinserts CRs to maximize line length without clipping */
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 FormParagraph(w, event, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -2113,9 +2113,9 @@ Cardinal* num_params;
  *
  * Swaps the character to the left of the mark
  * with the character to the right of the mark. */
-	     
+
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 TransposeCharacters(w, event, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent* event;
@@ -2132,9 +2132,9 @@ Cardinal* num_params;
 
   /* Get bounds. */
 
-  start = SrcScan( ctx->text.source, ctx->text.insertPos, XawstPositions, 
+  start = SrcScan( ctx->text.source, ctx->text.insertPos, XawstPositions,
 		  XawsdLeft, 1, TRUE );
-  end = SrcScan( ctx->text.source, ctx->text.insertPos, XawstPositions, 
+  end = SrcScan( ctx->text.source, ctx->text.insertPos, XawstPositions,
 		XawsdRight, ctx->text.mult, TRUE );
 
   /* Make sure we aren't at the very beginning or end of the buffer. */
@@ -2151,7 +2151,7 @@ Cardinal* num_params;
   text.format = _XawTextFormat(ctx);
 
   /* Retrieve text and swap the characters. */
-    
+
 #ifdef XAW_INTERNATIONALIZATION
   if ( text.format == XawFmtWide) {
       wchar_t wc;
@@ -2180,7 +2180,7 @@ Cardinal* num_params;
   text.ptr = buf;
 
   /* Store new text in source. */
-    
+
   if (_XawTextReplace (ctx, start, end, &text))	/* Unable to edit, complain. */
       XBell(XtDisplay(w), 0);
   XtFree((char *) buf);
@@ -2215,7 +2215,7 @@ Cardinal* num_params;
 	break;
     }
 }
-	
+
 /* Reconnect() - action
  * This reconnects to the input method.  The user will typically call
  * this action if/when connection has been severed, or when the app
@@ -2234,7 +2234,7 @@ Reconnect( w, event, params, num_params )
     _XawImReconnect( w );
 }
 #endif
-	
+
 
 XtActionsRec _XawTextActionsTable[] = {
 
diff --git a/src/TextPop.c b/src/TextPop.c
index b1ed6a1..9977bd4 100644
--- a/src/TextPop.c
+++ b/src/TextPop.c
@@ -32,13 +32,13 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
  *
  * FileInsert, Search, and Replace.
  *
- * There is also a section at the end for utility functions 
+ * There is also a section at the end for utility functions
  * used by all more than one of these dialogs.
  *
  * The following functions are the only non-static ones defined
  * in this module.  They are located at the begining of the
  * section that contains this dialog box that uses them.
- * 
+ *
  * void _XawTextInsertFileAction(w, event, params, num_params);
  * void _XawTextDoSearchAction(w, event, params, num_params);
  * void _XawTextDoReplaceAction(w, event, params, num_params);
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
 #include "Xaw3dP.h"
 #include <X11/IntrinsicP.h>
 #include <X11/StringDefs.h>
-#include <X11/Shell.h> 
+#include <X11/Shell.h>
 #include <X11/Xaw3d/TextP.h>
 #include <X11/Xaw3d/AsciiText.h>
 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Cardinals.h>
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ static void AddSearchChildren();
 static char radio_trans_string[] =
     "<Btn1Down>,<Btn1Up>:   set() notify()";
 
-static char search_text_trans[] = 
+static char search_text_trans[] =
   "~Shift<Key>Return:      DoSearchAction(Popdown) \n\
    Shift<Key>Return:       DoSearchAction() SetField(Replace) \n\
    Ctrl<Key>q,<Key>Tab:    insert-char()    \n\
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ static char search_text_trans[] =
    <Btn1Down>:             select-start() SetField(Search) \n\
    <Key>Tab:               DoSearchAction() SetField(Replace)";
 
-static char rep_text_trans[] = 
+static char rep_text_trans[] =
   "~Shift<Key>Return:      DoReplaceAction(Popdown) \n\
    Shift<Key>Return:       SetField(Search) \n\
    Ctrl<Key>q,<Key>Tab:    insert-char()     \n\
@@ -114,22 +114,22 @@ static char rep_text_trans[] =
    <Key>Tab:               SetField(Search)";
 
 /************************************************************
- * 
- * This section of the file contains all the functions that 
+ *
+ * This section of the file contains all the functions that
  * the file insert dialog box uses.
  *
  ************************************************************/
 
 /*	Function Name: _XawTextInsertFileAction
- *	Description: Action routine that can be bound to dialog box's 
+ *	Description: Action routine that can be bound to dialog box's
  *                   Text Widget that will insert a file into the main
  *                   Text Widget.
- *	Arguments:   (Standard Action Routine args) 
+ *	Arguments:   (Standard Action Routine args)
  *	Returns:     none.
  */
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-void 
+void
 _XawTextInsertFileAction(w, event, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent *event;
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Cardinal * num_params;
  *          file to insert.
  */
 
-void 
+void
 _XawTextInsertFile(w, event, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent *event;
@@ -169,17 +169,17 @@ Cardinal * num_params;
 
   XtSetArg(args[0], XtNeditType,&edit_mode);
   XtGetValues(ctx->text.source, args, ONE);
-  
+
   if (edit_mode != XawtextEdit) {
     XBell(XtDisplay(w), 0);
     return;
   }
 
-  if (*num_params == 0) 
+  if (*num_params == 0)
     ptr = "";
-  else 
+  else
     ptr = params[0];
-    
+
   if (!ctx->text.file_insert) {
     ctx->text.file_insert = CreateDialog(w, ptr, "insertFile",
 					 AddInsertFileChildren);
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ Cardinal * num_params;
  */
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 PopdownFileInsert(w, closure, call_data)
 Widget w;			/* The Dialog Button Pressed. */
 XtPointer closure;		/* Text Widget. */
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ XtPointer call_data;		/* unused */
   TextWidget ctx = (TextWidget) closure;
 
   XtPopdown( ctx->text.file_insert );
-  (void) SetResourceByName( ctx->text.file_insert, LABEL_NAME, 
+  (void) SetResourceByName( ctx->text.file_insert, LABEL_NAME,
 			   XtNlabel, (XtArgVal) INSERT_FILE);
 }
 
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ XtPointer call_data;		/* unused */
  */
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 DoInsert(w, closure, call_data)
 Widget w;			/* The Dialog Button Pressed. */
 XtPointer closure;		/* Text Widget */
@@ -236,10 +236,10 @@ XtPointer call_data;		/* unused */
 
   (void) sprintf(buf, "%s.%s", FORM_NAME, TEXT_NAME);
   if ( (temp_widget = XtNameToWidget(ctx->text.file_insert, buf)) == NULL ) {
-    (void) strcpy(msg, 
+    (void) strcpy(msg,
 	   "*** Error: Could not get text widget from file insert popup");
   }
-  else 
+  else
     if (InsertFileNamed( (Widget) ctx, GetString( temp_widget ))) {
       PopdownFileInsert(w, closure, call_data);
       return;
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ XtPointer call_data;		/* unused */
     else
       (void) sprintf( msg, "*** Error: %s ***", strerror(errno));
 
-  (void)SetResourceByName(ctx->text.file_insert, 
+  (void)SetResourceByName(ctx->text.file_insert,
 			  LABEL_NAME, XtNlabel, (XtArgVal) msg);
   XBell(XtDisplay(w), 0);
 }
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ char *str;
   XawTextBlock text;
   XawTextPosition pos;
 
-  if ( (str == NULL) || (strlen(str) == 0) || 
+  if ( (str == NULL) || (strlen(str) == 0) ||
        ((file = fopen(str, "r")) == NULL))
     return(FALSE);
 
@@ -336,9 +336,9 @@ char * ptr;
   XtSetArg(args[num_args], XtNright, XtChainLeft); num_args++;
   XtSetArg(args[num_args], XtNresizable, TRUE ); num_args++;
   XtSetArg(args[num_args], XtNborderWidth, 0 ); num_args++;
-  label = XtCreateManagedWidget (LABEL_NAME, labelWidgetClass, form, 
+  label = XtCreateManagedWidget (LABEL_NAME, labelWidgetClass, form,
 				 args, num_args);
-  
+
   num_args = 0;
   XtSetArg(args[num_args], XtNfromVert, label); num_args++;
   XtSetArg(args[num_args], XtNleft, XtChainLeft); num_args++;
@@ -382,28 +382,28 @@ char * ptr;
 }
 
 /************************************************************
- * 
- * This section of the file contains all the functions that 
+ *
+ * This section of the file contains all the functions that
  * the search dialog box uses.
  *
  ************************************************************/
 
 /*	Function Name: _XawTextDoSearchAction
- *	Description: Action routine that can be bound to dialog box's 
- *                   Text Widget that will search for a string in the main 
+ *	Description: Action routine that can be bound to dialog box's
+ *                   Text Widget that will search for a string in the main
  *                   Text Widget.
- *	Arguments:   (Standard Action Routine args) 
+ *	Arguments:   (Standard Action Routine args)
  *	Returns:     none.
  *
  * Note:
- * 
+ *
  * If the search was sucessful and the argument popdown is passed to
- * this action routine then the widget will automatically popdown the 
+ * this action routine then the widget will automatically popdown the
  * search widget.
  */
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-void 
+void
 _XawTextDoSearchAction(w, event, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent *event;
@@ -416,20 +416,20 @@ Cardinal * num_params;
   if ( (*num_params == 1) &&
        ((params[0][0] == 'p') || (params[0][0] == 'P')) )
       popdown = TRUE;
-    
+
   if (DoSearch(tw->text.search) && popdown)
     PopdownSearch(w, (XtPointer) tw->text.search, (XtPointer)NULL);
 }
 
 /*	Function Name: _XawTextPopdownSearchAction
- *	Description: Action routine that can be bound to dialog box's 
+ *	Description: Action routine that can be bound to dialog box's
  *                   Text Widget that will popdown the search widget.
- *	Arguments:   (Standard Action Routine args) 
+ *	Arguments:   (Standard Action Routine args)
  *	Returns:     none.
  */
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-void 
+void
 _XawTextPopdownSearchAction(w, event, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent *event;
@@ -450,11 +450,11 @@ Cardinal * num_params;
  */
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 PopdownSearch(w, closure, call_data)
-Widget w;			
-XtPointer closure;		
-XtPointer call_data;		
+Widget w;
+XtPointer closure;
+XtPointer call_data;
 {
   struct SearchAndReplace * search = (struct SearchAndReplace *) closure;
 
@@ -467,14 +467,14 @@ XtPointer call_data;
  *	Arguments: w - *** NOT USED **.
  *                 closure - a pointer to the search info.
  *                 call_data - *** NOT USED ***.
- *	Returns: 
+ *	Returns:
  */
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 SearchButton(w, closure, call_data)
-Widget w;			
-XtPointer closure;		
+Widget w;
+XtPointer closure;
 XtPointer call_data;
 {
   (void) DoSearch( (struct SearchAndReplace *) closure );
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ XtPointer call_data;
 
 #define SEARCH_HEADER ("Text Widget - Search():")
 
-void 
+void
 _XawTextSearch(w, event, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent *event;
@@ -523,8 +523,8 @@ Cardinal * num_params;
 #endif
 
   if ( (*num_params < 1) || (*num_params > 2) ) {
-    (void) sprintf(buf, "%s %s\n%s", SEARCH_HEADER, 
-	    "This action must have only", 
+    (void) sprintf(buf, "%s %s\n%s", SEARCH_HEADER,
+	    "This action must have only",
 	    "one or two parameters");
     XtAppWarning(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w), buf);
     return;
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ Cardinal * num_params;
     dir = XawsdRight;
     break;
   default:
-    (void) sprintf(buf, "%s %s\n%s", SEARCH_HEADER, 
+    (void) sprintf(buf, "%s %s\n%s", SEARCH_HEADER,
 	    "The first parameter must be",
 	    "Either 'backward' or 'forward'");
     XtAppWarning(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w), buf);
@@ -583,8 +583,8 @@ Cardinal * num_params;
  *	Description: This function initializes the search widget and
  *                   is called each time the search widget is poped up.
  *	Arguments: search - the search widget structure.
- *                 dir - direction to search. 
- *                 replace_active - state of the sensitivity for the 
+ *                 dir - direction to search.
+ *                 replace_active - state of the sensitivity for the
  *                                  replace button.
  *	Returns: none.
  */
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ Boolean replace_active;
   default:
     break;
   }
-}  
+}
 
 /*	Function Name: AddSearchChildren
  *	Description: Adds all children to the Search Dialog Widget.
@@ -647,8 +647,8 @@ char * ptr;
   XtSetArg(args[num_args], XtNborderWidth, 0 ); num_args++;
   search->label2 = XtCreateManagedWidget("label2", labelWidgetClass, form,
 					 args, num_args);
-  
-/* 
+
+/*
  * We need to add R_OFFSET to the radio_data, because the value zero (0)
  * has special meaning.
  */
@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ char * ptr;
   r_text = XtCreateManagedWidget("replaceText", asciiTextWidgetClass,
 				 form, args, num_args);
   search->rep_text = r_text;
-  
+
   num_args = 0;
   XtSetArg(args[num_args], XtNlabel, "Search"); num_args++;
   XtSetArg(args[num_args], XtNfromVert, r_text); num_args++;
@@ -823,51 +823,51 @@ struct SearchAndReplace * search;
 #endif
       text.length = strlen(text.ptr);
   text.firstPos = 0;
-  
+
   dir = (XawTextScanDirection)(int) ((XPointer)XawToggleGetCurrent(search->left_toggle) -
 				R_OFFSET);
-  
+
   pos = XawTextSearch( tw, dir, &text);
 
 
-   /* The Raw string in find.ptr may be WC I can't use here, so I re - call 
+   /* The Raw string in find.ptr may be WC I can't use here, so I re - call
    GetString to get a tame version. */
 
-  if (pos == XawTextSearchError) 
+  if (pos == XawTextSearchError)
     (void) sprintf( msg, "Could not find string ``%s''.", GetString( search->search_text ) );
   else {
     if (dir == XawsdRight)
       XawTextSetInsertionPoint( tw, pos + text.length);
     else
       XawTextSetInsertionPoint( tw, pos);
-    
+
     XawTextSetSelection( tw, pos, pos + text.length);
     search->selection_changed = FALSE; /* selection is good. */
     return(TRUE);
   }
-  
+
   XawTextUnsetSelection(tw);
   SetSearchLabels(search, msg, "", TRUE);
   return(FALSE);
 }
 
 /************************************************************
- * 
- * This section of the file contains all the functions that 
+ *
+ * This section of the file contains all the functions that
  * the replace dialog box uses.
  *
  ************************************************************/
 
 /*	Function Name: _XawTextDoReplaceAction
- *	Description: Action routine that can be bound to dialog box's 
- *                   Text Widget that will replace a string in the main 
+ *	Description: Action routine that can be bound to dialog box's
+ *                   Text Widget that will replace a string in the main
  *                   Text Widget.
- *	Arguments:   (Standard Action Routine args) 
+ *	Arguments:   (Standard Action Routine args)
  *	Returns:     none.
  */
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-void 
+void
 _XawTextDoReplaceAction(w, event, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent *event;
@@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ Cardinal * num_params;
  */
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 DoReplaceOne(w, closure, call_data)
 Widget w;			/* The Button Pressed. */
 XtPointer closure;		/* Text Widget. */
@@ -916,7 +916,7 @@ XtPointer call_data;		/* unused */
  */
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 DoReplaceAll(w, closure, call_data)
 Widget w;			/* The Button Pressed. */
 XtPointer closure;		/* Text Widget. */
@@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ XtPointer call_data;		/* unused */
  *	Arguments: tw - the Text Widget to replce the string in.
  *                 once_only - If TRUE then only replace the first one found.
  *                             other replace all of them.
- *                 show_current - If true then leave the selection on the 
+ *                 show_current - If true then leave the selection on the
  *                                string that was just replaced, otherwise
  *                                move it onto the next one.
  *	Returns: none.
@@ -969,19 +969,19 @@ Boolean once_only, show_current;
   else
 #endif
       replace.length = strlen(replace.ptr);
-    
+
   dir = (XawTextScanDirection)(int) ((XPointer)XawToggleGetCurrent(search->left_toggle) -
 				R_OFFSET);
   /* CONSTCOND */
   while (TRUE) {
     if (count != 0) {
       new_pos = XawTextSearch( tw, dir, &find);
-      
+
       if (new_pos == XawTextSearchError) {
 	if (count == 0) {
 	  char msg[BUFSIZ];
 
-             /* The Raw string in find.ptr may be WC I can't use here, 
+             /* The Raw string in find.ptr may be WC I can't use here,
 		so I call GetString to get a tame version.*/
 
 	  (void) sprintf( msg, "%s %s %s", "*** Error: Could not find string ``",
@@ -1003,24 +1003,24 @@ Boolean once_only, show_current;
 			"", TRUE);
 	return(FALSE);
       }
-      if (pos == end_pos) 
+      if (pos == end_pos)
 	  return(FALSE);
     }
 
     if (XawTextReplace(tw, pos, end_pos, &replace) != XawEditDone) {
       char msg[BUFSIZ];
-      
+
       (void) sprintf( msg, "'%s' with '%s'. ***", find.ptr, replace.ptr);
       SetSearchLabels(search, "*** Error while replacing", msg, TRUE);
       return(FALSE);
-    }      
+    }
 
     if (dir == XawsdRight)
       XawTextSetInsertionPoint( tw, pos + replace.length);
     else
       XawTextSetInsertionPoint( tw, pos);
 
-    if (once_only) 
+    if (once_only)
       if (show_current)
 	break;
       else {
@@ -1054,12 +1054,12 @@ Boolean bell;
 {
   (void) SetResource( search->label1, XtNlabel, (XtArgVal) msg1);
   (void) SetResource( search->label2, XtNlabel, (XtArgVal) msg2);
-  if (bell) 
+  if (bell)
     XBell(XtDisplay(search->search_popup), 0);
 }
 
 /************************************************************
- * 
+ *
  * This section of the file contains utility routines used by
  * other functions in this file.
  *
@@ -1067,14 +1067,14 @@ Boolean bell;
 
 
 /*	Function Name: _XawTextSetField
- *	Description: Action routine that can be bound to dialog box's 
+ *	Description: Action routine that can be bound to dialog box's
  *                   Text Widget that will send input to the field specified.
- *	Arguments:   (Standard Action Routine args) 
+ *	Arguments:   (Standard Action Routine args)
  *	Returns:     none.
  */
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-void 
+void
 _XawTextSetField(w, event, params, num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent *event;
@@ -1128,8 +1128,8 @@ Widget new, old;
     return;
   }
 
-  XtSetKeyboardFocus(XtParent(new), new); 
-						
+  XtSetKeyboardFocus(XtParent(new), new);
+
   XtSetArg(args[0], XtNborderColor, &old_border);
   XtSetArg(args[1], XtNbackground, &old_bg);
   XtGetValues(new, args, TWO);
@@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ char * res_name;
 XtArgVal value;
 {
   Arg args[1];
-  
+
   XtSetArg(args[0], res_name, value);
   XtSetValues( w, args, ONE );
 }
@@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ XtArgVal value;
 /*	Function Name: GetString{Raw}
  *	Description:   Gets the value for the string in the popup.
  *	Arguments:     text - the text widget whose string we will get.
- * 
+ *
  *	GetString returns the string as a MB.
  *	GetStringRaw returns the exact buffer contents suitable for a search.
  *
@@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ XEvent *event;
   Cardinal num_args;
   Dimension width, height, b_width;
   Position x = 0, y = 0, max_x, max_y;
-  
+
   if (event != NULL) {
     switch (event->type) {
     case ButtonPress:
@@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ XEvent *event;
       return;
     }
   }
-  
+
   num_args = 0;
   XtSetArg(args[num_args], XtNwidth, &width); num_args++;
   XtSetArg(args[num_args], XtNheight, &height); num_args++;
@@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ XEvent *event;
   y -= ( (Position) height/2 );
   if (y < 0) y = 0;
   if ( y > (max_y = (Position) (XtScreen(w)->height - height)) ) y = max_y;
-  
+
   num_args = 0;
   XtSetArg(args[num_args], XtNx, x); num_args++;
   XtSetArg(args[num_args], XtNy, y); num_args++;
@@ -1293,7 +1293,7 @@ XEvent *event;
  *                 name - name of the dialog.
  *                 func - function to create the children of the dialog.
  *	Returns: the popup shell of the dialog.
- * 
+ *
  * NOTE:
  *
  * The function argument is passed the following arguements.
@@ -1318,9 +1318,9 @@ void (*func)();
   XtSetArg(args[num_args], XtNgeometry, NULL); num_args++;
   XtSetArg(args[num_args], XtNallowShellResize, TRUE); num_args++;
   XtSetArg(args[num_args], XtNtransientFor, GetShell(parent)); num_args++;
-  popup = XtCreatePopupShell(name, transientShellWidgetClass, 
+  popup = XtCreatePopupShell(name, transientShellWidgetClass,
 			     parent, args, num_args);
-  
+
   form = XtCreateManagedWidget(FORM_NAME, formWidgetClass, popup,
 			       (ArgList)NULL, ZERO);
   XtManageChild (form);
@@ -1336,14 +1336,14 @@ void (*func)();
   * 	Returns: The shell widget among the ancestors of w that is the
   * 		fewest levels up in the widget hierarchy.
   */
- 
+
 static Widget
 GetShell(w)
 Widget w;
 {
     while ((w != NULL) && !XtIsShell(w))
 	w = XtParent(w);
-    
+
     return (w);
 }
 
@@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ static void WMProtocols(w, event, params, num_params)
     wm_delete_window = XInternAtom(XtDisplay(w), WM_DELETE_WINDOW, True);
     wm_protocols = XInternAtom(XtDisplay(w), "WM_PROTOCOLS", True);
 
-    /* Respond to a recognized WM protocol request iff 
+    /* Respond to a recognized WM protocol request iff
      * event type is ClientMessage and no parameters are passed, or
      * event type is ClientMessage and event data is matched to parameters, or
      * event type isn't ClientMessage and parameters make a request.
@@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ static void WMProtocols(w, event, params, num_params)
 	 event->xclient.message_type == wm_protocols &&
 	 event->xclient.data.l[0] == wm_delete_window &&
 	 (*num_params == 0 || DO_DELETE_WINDOW))
-	|| 
+	||
 	(event->type != ClientMessage && DO_DELETE_WINDOW)) {
 
 #undef DO_DELETE_WINDOW
diff --git a/src/TextSink.c b/src/TextSink.c
index 1efa531..d7211f1 100644
--- a/src/TextSink.c
+++ b/src/TextSink.c
@@ -60,16 +60,16 @@ static void FindDistance(), Resolve(), SetTabs(), GetCursorBounds();
 #define offset(field) XtOffsetOf(TextSinkRec, text_sink.field)
 static XtResource resources[] = {
   {XtNforeground, XtCForeground, XtRPixel, sizeof (Pixel),
-     offset(foreground), XtRString, XtDefaultForeground}, 
+     offset(foreground), XtRString, XtDefaultForeground},
   {XtNbackground, XtCBackground, XtRPixel, sizeof (Pixel),
-     offset(background), XtRString, XtDefaultBackground}, 
+     offset(background), XtRString, XtDefaultBackground},
 };
 #undef offset
 
 #define SuperClass		(&objectClassRec)
 TextSinkClassRec textSinkClassRec = {
   {
-/* core_class fields */	
+/* core_class fields */
     /* superclass	  	*/	(WidgetClass) SuperClass,
     /* class_name	  	*/	"TextSink",
     /* widget_size	  	*/	sizeof(TextSinkRec),
@@ -129,44 +129,44 @@ WidgetClass wc;
   t_src = (TextSinkObjectClass) wc;
   superC = (TextSinkObjectClass) t_src->object_class.superclass;
 
-/* 
+/*
  * We don't need to check for null super since we'll get to TextSink
  * eventually.
  */
 
-    if (t_src->text_sink_class.DisplayText == XtInheritDisplayText) 
+    if (t_src->text_sink_class.DisplayText == XtInheritDisplayText)
       t_src->text_sink_class.DisplayText = superC->text_sink_class.DisplayText;
 
-    if (t_src->text_sink_class.InsertCursor == XtInheritInsertCursor) 
+    if (t_src->text_sink_class.InsertCursor == XtInheritInsertCursor)
       t_src->text_sink_class.InsertCursor =
                   	                  superC->text_sink_class.InsertCursor;
 
-    if (t_src->text_sink_class.ClearToBackground== XtInheritClearToBackground) 
-      t_src->text_sink_class.ClearToBackground = 
+    if (t_src->text_sink_class.ClearToBackground== XtInheritClearToBackground)
+      t_src->text_sink_class.ClearToBackground =
 	                             superC->text_sink_class.ClearToBackground;
 
-    if (t_src->text_sink_class.FindPosition == XtInheritFindPosition) 
-      t_src->text_sink_class.FindPosition = 
+    if (t_src->text_sink_class.FindPosition == XtInheritFindPosition)
+      t_src->text_sink_class.FindPosition =
 	                                  superC->text_sink_class.FindPosition;
 
-    if (t_src->text_sink_class.FindDistance == XtInheritFindDistance) 
-      t_src->text_sink_class.FindDistance = 
+    if (t_src->text_sink_class.FindDistance == XtInheritFindDistance)
+      t_src->text_sink_class.FindDistance =
 	                                 superC->text_sink_class.FindDistance;
 
-    if (t_src->text_sink_class.Resolve == XtInheritResolve) 
+    if (t_src->text_sink_class.Resolve == XtInheritResolve)
       t_src->text_sink_class.Resolve = superC->text_sink_class.Resolve;
 
-    if (t_src->text_sink_class.MaxLines == XtInheritMaxLines) 
+    if (t_src->text_sink_class.MaxLines == XtInheritMaxLines)
       t_src->text_sink_class.MaxLines = superC->text_sink_class.MaxLines;
 
-    if (t_src->text_sink_class.MaxHeight == XtInheritMaxHeight) 
+    if (t_src->text_sink_class.MaxHeight == XtInheritMaxHeight)
       t_src->text_sink_class.MaxHeight = superC->text_sink_class.MaxHeight;
 
-    if (t_src->text_sink_class.SetTabs == XtInheritSetTabs) 
+    if (t_src->text_sink_class.SetTabs == XtInheritSetTabs)
       t_src->text_sink_class.SetTabs = superC->text_sink_class.SetTabs;
 
-    if (t_src->text_sink_class.GetCursorBounds == XtInheritGetCursorBounds) 
-      t_src->text_sink_class.GetCursorBounds = 
+    if (t_src->text_sink_class.GetCursorBounds == XtInheritGetCursorBounds)
+      t_src->text_sink_class.GetCursorBounds =
                                        superC->text_sink_class.GetCursorBounds;
 }
 
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
 }
 
 /*	Function Name: Destroy
- *	Description: This function cleans up when the object is 
+ *	Description: This function cleans up when the object is
  *                   destroyed.
  *	Arguments: w - the TextSink Object.
  *	Returns: none.
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ Cardinal *num_args;
  ************************************************************/
 
 /*	Function Name: DisplayText
- *	Description: Stub function that in subclasses will display text. 
+ *	Description: Stub function that in subclasses will display text.
  *	Arguments: w - the TextSink Object.
  *                 x, y - location to start drawing text.
  *                 pos1, pos2 - location of starting and ending points
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ Widget w;
 Position x, y;
 Dimension width, height;
 {
-/* 
+/*
  * Don't clear in height or width are zero.
  * XClearArea() has special semantic for these values.
  */
@@ -325,14 +325,14 @@ Dimension width, height;
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
 static void
-FindPosition(w, fromPos, fromx, width, stopAtWordBreak, 
+FindPosition(w, fromPos, fromx, width, stopAtWordBreak,
 	     resPos, resWidth, resHeight)
 Widget w;
-XawTextPosition fromPos; 
-int fromx, width;			
-Boolean stopAtWordBreak;		
-XawTextPosition *resPos;	
-int *resWidth, *resHeight;		
+XawTextPosition fromPos;
+int fromx, width;
+Boolean stopAtWordBreak;
+XawTextPosition *resPos;
+int *resWidth, *resHeight;
 {
   *resPos = fromPos;
   *resHeight = *resWidth = 0;
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ Dimension height;
 }
 
 /*	Function Name: MaxHeight
- *	Description: Finds the Minium height that will contain a given number 
+ *	Description: Finds the Minium height that will contain a given number
  *                   lines.
  *	Arguments: w - the TextSink Object.
  *                 lines - the number of lines.
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ XRectangle * rect;
 
 
 /*	Function Name: XawTextSinkDisplayText
- *	Description: Stub function that in subclasses will display text. 
+ *	Description: Stub function that in subclasses will display text.
  *	Arguments: w - the TextSink Object.
  *                 x, y - location to start drawing text.
  *                 pos1, pos2 - location of starting and ending points
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ XawTextSinkInsertCursor(Widget w,
 #else
 			Position x, Position y, XawTextInsertState state)
 #endif
-#else    
+#else
 XawTextSinkInsertCursor(w, x, y, state)
 Widget w;
 Position x, y;
@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ XawTextInsertState state;
 #endif
 {
   TextSinkObjectClass class = (TextSinkObjectClass) w->core.widget_class;
-    
+
   (*class->text_sink_class.InsertCursor)(w, x, y, state);
 }
 
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ XawTextSinkClearToBackground (Widget w,
 #if NeedWidePrototypes
 			      int x, int y, int width, int height)
 #else
-			      Position x, Position y, 
+			      Position x, Position y,
 			      Dimension width, Dimension height)
 #endif
 #else
@@ -598,20 +598,20 @@ XawTextSinkFindPosition(Widget w, XawTextPosition fromPos, int fromx,
 #endif
 			XawTextPosition *resPos, int *resWidth, int *resHeight)
 #else
-XawTextSinkFindPosition(w, fromPos, fromx, width, stopAtWordBreak, 
+XawTextSinkFindPosition(w, fromPos, fromx, width, stopAtWordBreak,
 			resPos, resWidth, resHeight)
 Widget w;
-XawTextPosition fromPos; 
-int fromx, width;			
-Boolean stopAtWordBreak;		
-XawTextPosition *resPos;	
+XawTextPosition fromPos;
+int fromx, width;
+Boolean stopAtWordBreak;
+XawTextPosition *resPos;
 int *resWidth, *resHeight;
 #endif
 {
   TextSinkObjectClass class = (TextSinkObjectClass) w->core.widget_class;
 
   (*class->text_sink_class.FindPosition)(w, fromPos, fromx, width,
-					 stopAtWordBreak, 
+					 stopAtWordBreak,
 					 resPos, resWidth, resHeight);
 }
 
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ int *resWidth, *resHeight;
 void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
 XawTextSinkFindDistance (Widget w, XawTextPosition fromPos, int fromx,
-			 XawTextPosition toPos, int *resWidth, 
+			 XawTextPosition toPos, int *resWidth,
 			 XawTextPosition *resPos, int *resHeight)
 #else
 XawTextSinkFindDistance (w, fromPos, fromx, toPos, resWidth, resPos, resHeight)
@@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ Dimension height;
 }
 
 /*	Function Name: XawTextSinkMaxHeight
- *	Description: Finds the Minimum height that will contain a given number 
+ *	Description: Finds the Minimum height that will contain a given number
  *                   lines.
  *	Arguments: w - the TextSink Object.
  *                 lines - the number of lines.
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ int tab_count, *tabs;
     XtFree((char *)char_tabs);
   }
 }
-						  
+
 /*	Function Name: XawTextSinkGetCursorBounds
  *	Description: Finds the bounding box for the insert curor (caret).
  *	Arguments: w - the TextSinkObject.
diff --git a/src/TextSrc.c b/src/TextSrc.c
index 8dd74e2..10bb845 100644
--- a/src/TextSrc.c
+++ b/src/TextSrc.c
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
 
 #define offset(field) XtOffsetOf(TextSrcRec, textSrc.field)
 static XtResource resources[] = {
-    {XtNeditType, XtCEditType, XtREditMode, sizeof(XawTextEditType), 
+    {XtNeditType, XtCEditType, XtREditMode, sizeof(XawTextEditType),
         offset(edit_mode), XtRString, "read"},
 };
 
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ static int Replace();
 #define SuperClass		(&objectClassRec)
 TextSrcClassRec textSrcClassRec = {
   {
-/* core_class fields */	
+/* core_class fields */
     /* superclass	  	*/	(WidgetClass) SuperClass,
     /* class_name	  	*/	"TextSrc",
     /* widget_size	  	*/	sizeof(TextSrcRec),
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ TextSrcClassRec textSrcClassRec = {
 
 WidgetClass textSrcObjectClass = (WidgetClass)&textSrcClassRec;
 
-static void 
+static void
 ClassInitialize ()
 {
     XawInitializeWidgetSet ();
@@ -136,26 +136,26 @@ WidgetClass wc;
   t_src = (TextSrcObjectClass) wc;
   superC = (TextSrcObjectClass) t_src->object_class.superclass;
 
-/* 
+/*
  * We don't need to check for null super since we'll get to TextSrc
  * eventually.
  */
-    if (t_src->textSrc_class.Read == XtInheritRead) 
+    if (t_src->textSrc_class.Read == XtInheritRead)
       t_src->textSrc_class.Read = superC->textSrc_class.Read;
 
-    if (t_src->textSrc_class.Replace == XtInheritReplace) 
+    if (t_src->textSrc_class.Replace == XtInheritReplace)
       t_src->textSrc_class.Replace = superC->textSrc_class.Replace;
 
-    if (t_src->textSrc_class.Scan == XtInheritScan) 
+    if (t_src->textSrc_class.Scan == XtInheritScan)
       t_src->textSrc_class.Scan = superC->textSrc_class.Scan;
 
-    if (t_src->textSrc_class.Search == XtInheritSearch) 
+    if (t_src->textSrc_class.Search == XtInheritSearch)
       t_src->textSrc_class.Search = superC->textSrc_class.Search;
 
-    if (t_src->textSrc_class.SetSelection == XtInheritSetSelection) 
+    if (t_src->textSrc_class.SetSelection == XtInheritSetSelection)
       t_src->textSrc_class.SetSelection = superC->textSrc_class.SetSelection;
 
-    if (t_src->textSrc_class.ConvertSelection == XtInheritConvertSelection) 
+    if (t_src->textSrc_class.ConvertSelection == XtInheritConvertSelection)
       t_src->textSrc_class.ConvertSelection =
 	                               superC->textSrc_class.ConvertSelection;
 }
@@ -180,10 +180,10 @@ static XawTextPosition
 Read(w, pos, text, length)
 Widget w;
 XawTextPosition pos;
-XawTextBlock *text;	
-int length;		
+XawTextBlock *text;
+int length;
 {
-  XtAppError(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w), 
+  XtAppError(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w),
 	     "TextSrc Object: No read function is defined.");
 
   return( (XawTextPosition) 0 ); /* for gcc -Wall and lint */
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ int length;
  */
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
-static int 
+static int
 Replace (w, startPos, endPos, text)
 Widget w;
 XawTextPosition startPos, endPos;
@@ -216,14 +216,14 @@ XawTextBlock *text;
  *                 dir - direction to scan.
  *                 count - which occurance if this thing to search for.
  *                 include - whether or not to include the character found in
- *                           the position that is returned. 
+ *                           the position that is returned.
  *	Returns: EXITS WITH AN ERROR MESSAGE.
  *
  */
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static 
-XawTextPosition 
+static
+XawTextPosition
 Scan (w, position, type, dir, count, include)
 Widget                w;
 XawTextPosition       position;
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ XawTextScanDirection  dir;
 int     	      count;
 Boolean	              include;
 {
-  XtAppError(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w), 
+  XtAppError(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(w),
 	     "TextSrc Object: No SCAN function is defined.");
 
   return( (XawTextPosition) 0 ); /* for gcc -Wall and lint */
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ Boolean	              include;
  */
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static XawTextPosition 
+static XawTextPosition
 Search(w, position, dir, text)
 Widget                w;
 XawTextPosition       position;
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ Atom selection;
 
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 CvtStringToEditMode(args, num_args, fromVal, toVal)
 XrmValuePtr args;		/* unused */
 Cardinal	*num_args;	/* unused */
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ XrmValuePtr	toVal;
   XrmQuark    q;
   char        lowerName[40];
   static Boolean inited = FALSE;
-    
+
   if ( !inited ) {
     QRead   = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtEtextRead);
     QAppend = XrmPermStringToQuark(XtEtextAppend);
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ XawTextSourceRead(Widget w, XawTextPosition pos, XawTextBlock *text,
 XawTextSourceRead(w, pos, text, length)
 Widget w;
 XawTextPosition pos;
-XawTextBlock *text;	
+XawTextBlock *text;
 int length;
 #endif
 {
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ int length;
 /*ARGSUSED*/
 int
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
-XawTextSourceReplace (Widget w, XawTextPosition startPos, 
+XawTextSourceReplace (Widget w, XawTextPosition startPos,
 		      XawTextPosition endPos, XawTextBlock *text)
 #else
 XawTextSourceReplace (w, startPos, endPos, text)
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ XawTextBlock *text;
  *                 dir - direction to scan.
  *                 count - which occurance if this thing to search for.
  *                 include - whether or not to include the character found in
- *                           the position that is returned. 
+ *                           the position that is returned.
  *	Returns: The position of the text.
  *
  */
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ Boolean	              include;
  *               XawTextSearchError.
  */
 
-XawTextPosition 
+XawTextPosition
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
 XawTextSourceSearch(Widget w, XawTextPosition position,
 #if NeedWidePrototypes
@@ -510,11 +510,11 @@ XawTextBlock *        text;
 
 Boolean
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
-XawTextSourceConvertSelection(Widget w, Atom *selection, Atom *target, 
+XawTextSourceConvertSelection(Widget w, Atom *selection, Atom *target,
 			      Atom *type, XtPointer *value,
 			      unsigned long *length, int *format)
 #else
-XawTextSourceConvertSelection(w, selection, 
+XawTextSourceConvertSelection(w, selection,
 			      target, type, value, length, format)
 Widget w;
 Atom * selection, * target, * type;
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ int * format;
 
 void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
-XawTextSourceSetSelection(Widget w, XawTextPosition left, 
+XawTextSourceSetSelection(Widget w, XawTextPosition left,
 			  XawTextPosition right, Atom selection)
 #else
 XawTextSourceSetSelection(w, left, right, selection)
@@ -570,9 +570,9 @@ Atom selection;
  ********************************************************************/
 
 /*
- * TextFormat(): 
- *   returns the format of text: FMT8BIT or FMTWIDE. 
- *  
+ * TextFormat():
+ *   returns the format of text: FMT8BIT or FMTWIDE.
+ *
  */
 XrmQuark
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ _XawTextFormat(tw)
  * wstr       - source wchar string.
  * len_in_out - lengh of string.
  *              As In, length of source wchar string, measured in wchar.
- *              As Out, length of returned string. 
+ *              As Out, length of returned string.
  */
 
 
@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ _XawTextWCToMB( d, wstr, len_in_out )
 /* _XawTextMBToWC():
  *   convert the string to internal processing codeset WC.
  *   The caller is responsible for freeing both the source and ret string.
- * 
+ *
  * str        - source string.
  * len_in_out - lengh of string.
  *              As In, it is length of source string.
diff --git a/src/TextTr.c b/src/TextTr.c
index 6ad32d1..8ca7adc 100644
--- a/src/TextTr.c
+++ b/src/TextTr.c
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ so I am adding one more translation:
 	<Key>Kanji:		reconnect-im()
 
 The Japanese user typically hits their Kanji key when they want to do
-input.  This merely makes sure the input is connected. 
+input.  This merely makes sure the input is connected.
 */
 
 char *_XawDefaultTextTranslations1 =
diff --git a/src/ThreeD.c b/src/ThreeD.c
index e137e82..331d2f0 100644
--- a/src/ThreeD.c
+++ b/src/ThreeD.c
@@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ Copyright 1992 by Kaleb Keithley
 
                         All Rights Reserved
 
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
-supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital, MIT, or Kaleb 
-Keithley not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution 
-of the software without specific, written prior permission.  
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital, MIT, or Kaleb
+Keithley not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution
+of the software without specific, written prior permission.
 
 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
@@ -220,13 +220,13 @@ static void AllocTopShadowPixmap (new)
 	    tdw->core.background_pixel == BlackPixelOfScreen (scn)) {
 	    pm_data = mtshadowpm_bits;
        	    pm_size = mtshadowpm_size;
-       } else 
+       } else
 #endif
        {
        	    pm_data = shadowpm_bits;
             pm_size = shadowpm_size;
        }
-	
+
 	create_pixmap = TRUE;
     } else {
 	pm_size = 0; /* keep gcc happy */
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ static void AllocBotShadowPixmap (new)
 	    tdw->core.background_pixel == BlackPixelOfScreen (scn)) {
 	    pm_data = mbshadowpm_bits;
 	    pm_size = mbshadowpm_size;
-	} else 
+	} else
 #endif
         {
 	    pm_data = shadowpm_bits;
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ static void _CvtStringToRelief(args, num_args, fromVal, toVal)
     if (q == XtQReliefSunken) {
        relief = XtReliefSunken;
        done(&relief, XtRelief);
-    }    
+    }
     if (q == XtQReliefRidge) {
        relief = XtReliefRidge;
        done(&relief, XtRelief);
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ static void ClassInitialize()
     XtQReliefRidge  = XrmPermStringToQuark("ridge");
     XtQReliefGroove = XrmPermStringToQuark("groove");
 
-    XtAddConverter( XtRString, XtRRelief, _CvtStringToRelief, 
+    XtAddConverter( XtRString, XtRRelief, _CvtStringToRelief,
                    (XtConvertArgList)NULL, 0 );
 }
 
@@ -482,8 +482,8 @@ static void Initialize (request, new, args, num_args)
 	AllocBotShadowPixmap (new);
     } else {
 	if (tdw->threeD.top_shadow_pixel == tdw->threeD.bot_shadow_pixel) {
-	    /* 
-		Eeek.  We're probably going to XQueryColor() twice 
+	    /*
+		Eeek.  We're probably going to XQueryColor() twice
 		for each widget.  Necessary because you can set the
 		top and bottom shadows independent of each other in
 		SetValues.  Some cacheing would certainly help...
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ static void Realize (gw, valueMask, attrs)
     XtValueMask *valueMask;
     XSetWindowAttributes *attrs;
 {
- /* 
+ /*
   * This is necessary because Simple doesn't have a realize method
   * XtInheritRealize in the ThreeD class record doesn't work.  This
   * daisychains through Simple to the Core class realize method
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ static Boolean SetValues (gcurrent, grequest, gnew, args, num_args)
     Boolean alloc_top_pxmap = FALSE;
     Boolean alloc_bot_pxmap = FALSE;
 
-    (*threeDWidgetClass->core_class.superclass->core_class.set_values) 
+    (*threeDWidgetClass->core_class.superclass->core_class.set_values)
 	(gcurrent, grequest, gnew, NULL, 0);
     if (new->threeD.relief != current->threeD.relief)
 	redisplay = TRUE;
@@ -631,12 +631,12 @@ _Xaw3dDrawShadows (gw, event, region, relief, out)
     ThreeDWidget tdw = (ThreeDWidget) gw;
     Dimension	s = tdw->threeD.shadow_width;
 
-    /* 
-     * Draw the shadows using the core part width and height, 
+    /*
+     * Draw the shadows using the core part width and height,
      * and the threeD part relief and shadow_width.
      * No point to do anything if the shadow_width is 0 or the
      * widget has not been realized.
-     */ 
+     */
     if ((s > 0) && XtIsRealized (gw)) {
 	Dimension	h = tdw->core.height;
 	Dimension	w = tdw->core.width;
@@ -678,10 +678,10 @@ _Xaw3dDrawShadows (gw, event, region, relief, out)
 		    (XRectInRegion (region, wms, 0, s, h) != RectangleOut)) {
 		pt[0].x = 0;	pt[0].y = h;
 		pt[1].x = w;	pt[1].y = h;
-		pt[2].x = w;	pt[2].y = 0; 
+		pt[2].x = w;	pt[2].y = 0;
 		pt[3].x = wms;	pt[3].y = s;
 		pt[4].x = wms;	pt[4].y = hms;
-		pt[5].x = s;	pt[5].y = hms; 
+		pt[5].x = s;	pt[5].y = hms;
 		XFillPolygon (dpy, win,
 			(relief == XtReliefRaised) ? bot : top,
 			pt, 6, Complex, CoordModeOrigin);
@@ -711,10 +711,10 @@ _Xaw3dDrawShadows (gw, event, region, relief, out)
 		    (XRectInRegion (region, wms, 0, s, h) != RectangleOut)) {
 		pt[0].x = 0;	pt[0].y = h;
 		pt[1].x = w;	pt[1].y = h;
-		pt[2].x = w;	pt[2].y = 0; 
+		pt[2].x = w;	pt[2].y = 0;
 		pt[3].x = wms;	pt[3].y = s;
 		pt[4].x = wms;	pt[4].y = hms;
-		pt[5].x = s;	pt[5].y = hms; 
+		pt[5].x = s;	pt[5].y = hms;
 		XFillPolygon (dpy, win,
 			(relief == XtReliefRidge) ? realbot : realtop,
 			pt, 6, Complex, CoordModeOrigin);
@@ -741,10 +741,10 @@ _Xaw3dDrawShadows (gw, event, region, relief, out)
 		    (XRectInRegion (region, wms, 0, s, h) != RectangleOut)) {
 		pt[0].x = s;		pt[0].y = hms;
 		pt[1].x = wms;		pt[1].y = hms;
-		pt[2].x = wms;		pt[2].y = s; 
+		pt[2].x = wms;		pt[2].y = s;
 		pt[3].x = wms - s;	pt[3].y = s * 2;
 		pt[4].x = wms - s;	pt[4].y = hms - s;
-		pt[5].x = s * 2;	pt[5].y = hms - s; 
+		pt[5].x = s * 2;	pt[5].y = hms - s;
 		XFillPolygon (dpy, win,
 			(relief == XtReliefRidge) ? top : bot,
 			pt, 6, Complex, CoordModeOrigin);
diff --git a/src/Tip.c b/src/Tip.c
index 181366a..82866f6 100644
--- a/src/Tip.c
+++ b/src/Tip.c
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ Region region;
 		XDrawString(XtDisplay(w), XtWindow(w), gc,
 			    tip->tip.internal_width, y,
 			    label, (int)(nl - label));
-	    y += tip->tip.font->max_bounds.ascent + 
+	    y += tip->tip.font->max_bounds.ascent +
 		 tip->tip.font->max_bounds.descent;
 	    label = nl + 1;
 	}
diff --git a/src/Toggle.c b/src/Toggle.c
index 6e5fb6a..5db692a 100644
--- a/src/Toggle.c
+++ b/src/Toggle.c
@@ -29,9 +29,9 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
  * Toggle.c - Toggle button widget
  *
  * Author: Chris D. Peterson
- *         MIT X Consortium 
+ *         MIT X Consortium
  *         kit@expo.lcs.mit.edu
- *  
+ *
  * Date:   January 12, 1989
  *
  */
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
 
 /* Private Data */
 
-/* 
+/*
  * The order of toggle and notify are important, as the state has
  * to be set when we call the notify proc.
  */
@@ -65,12 +65,12 @@ static char defaultTranslations[] =
 
 #define offset(field) XtOffsetOf(ToggleRec, field)
 
-static XtResource resources[] = { 
-   {XtNstate, XtCState, XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean), 
+static XtResource resources[] = {
+   {XtNstate, XtCState, XtRBoolean, sizeof(Boolean),
       offset(command.set), XtRString, "off"},
-   {XtNradioGroup, XtCWidget, XtRWidget, sizeof(Widget), 
+   {XtNradioGroup, XtCWidget, XtRWidget, sizeof(Widget),
       offset(toggle.widget), XtRWidget, (XtPointer) NULL },
-   {XtNradioData, XtCRadioData, XtRPointer, sizeof(XtPointer), 
+   {XtNradioData, XtCRadioData, XtRPointer, sizeof(XtPointer),
       offset(toggle.radio_data), XtRPointer, (XtPointer) NULL },
 };
 
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ static XtActionsRec actionsList[] =
 
 ToggleClassRec toggleClassRec = {
   {
-    (WidgetClass) SuperClass,		/* superclass		  */	
+    (WidgetClass) SuperClass,		/* superclass		  */
     "Toggle",				/* class_name		  */
     sizeof(ToggleRec),			/* size			  */
     ClassInit,				/* class_initialize	  */
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ ToggleClassRec toggleClassRec = {
     NULL				/* extension		  */
   },  /* CoreClass fields initialization */
   {
-    XtInheritChangeSensitive		/* change_sensitive	  */ 
+    XtInheritChangeSensitive		/* change_sensitive	  */
   },  /* SimpleClass fields initialization */
   {
     XtInheritXaw3dShadowDraw            /* shadowdraw          */
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ ClassInit()
   XtSetTypeConverter(XtRString, XtRWidget, XmuNewCvtStringToWidget,
 		     parentCvtArgs, XtNumber(parentCvtArgs), XtCacheNone,
 		     (XtDestructor)NULL);
-/* 
- * Find the set and unset actions in the command widget's action table. 
+/*
+ * Find the set and unset actions in the command widget's action table.
  */
 
   XtGetActionList(commandWidgetClass, &actions, &num_actions);
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ ClassInit()
   for (i = 0 ; i < num_actions ; i++) {
     if (streq(actions[i].string, "set"))
 	class->toggle_class.Set = actions[i].proc;
-    if (streq(actions[i].string, "unset")) 
+    if (streq(actions[i].string, "unset"))
 	class->toggle_class.Unset = actions[i].proc;
 
     if ( (class->toggle_class.Set != NULL) &&
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ ClassInit()
 	XtFree((char *) actions);
 	return;
     }
-  }  
+  }
 
 /* We should never get here. */
   XtError("Aborting, due to errors resolving bindings in the Toggle widget.");
@@ -209,25 +209,25 @@ static void Initialize(request, new, args, num_args)
 
     tw->toggle.radio_group = NULL;
 
-    if (tw->toggle.radio_data == NULL) 
+    if (tw->toggle.radio_data == NULL)
       tw->toggle.radio_data = (XtPointer) new->core.name;
 
     if (tw->toggle.widget != NULL) {
-      if ( GetRadioGroup(tw->toggle.widget) == NULL) 
+      if ( GetRadioGroup(tw->toggle.widget) == NULL)
 	CreateRadioGroup(new, tw->toggle.widget);
       else
 	AddToRadioGroup( GetRadioGroup(tw->toggle.widget), new);
-    }      
+    }
     XtAddCallback(new, XtNdestroyCallback, ToggleDestroy, (XtPointer)NULL);
 
 /*
- * Command widget assumes that the widget is unset, so we only 
+ * Command widget assumes that the widget is unset, so we only
  * have to handle the case where it needs to be set.
  *
  * If this widget is in a radio group then it may cause another
  * widget to be unset, thus calling the notify proceedure.
  *
- * I want to set the toggle if the user set the state to "On" in 
+ * I want to set the toggle if the user set the state to "On" in
  * the resource group, reguardless of what my ancestors did.
  */
 
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ static void Initialize(request, new, args, num_args)
  ************************************************************/
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 ToggleSet(w,event,params,num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent *event;
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ Cardinal *num_params;	/* unused */
 }
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static void 
+static void
 Toggle(w,event,params,num_params)
 Widget w;
 XEvent *event;
@@ -266,9 +266,9 @@ Cardinal *num_params;	/* unused */
   ToggleWidget tw = (ToggleWidget)w;
   ToggleWidgetClass class = (ToggleWidgetClass) w->core.widget_class;
 
-  if (tw->command.set) 
+  if (tw->command.set)
     class->toggle_class.Unset(w, event, NULL, 0);
-  else 
+  else
     ToggleSet(w, event, params, num_params);
 }
 
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ Cardinal *num_params;	/* unused */
  ***********************************************************/
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
-static Boolean 
+static Boolean
 SetValues (current, request, new, args, num_args)
 Widget current, request, new;
 ArgList args;
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ XtPointer junk, garbage;
 
 /************************************************************
  *
- * Below are all the private procedures that handle 
+ * Below are all the private procedures that handle
  * radio toggle buttons.
  *
  ************************************************************/
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ Widget w;
  *	Description: Creates a radio group. give two widgets.
  *	Arguments: w1, w2 - the toggle widgets to add to the radio group.
  *	Returns: none.
- * 
+ *
  *      NOTE:  A pointer to the group is added to each widget's radio_group
  *             field.
  */
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ Widget w;
  * Public Routines
  *
  ************************************************************/
-   
+
 /*	Function Name: XawToggleChangeRadioGroup
  *	Description: Allows a toggle widget to change radio groups.
  *	Arguments: w - The toggle widget to change groups.
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ Widget w, radio_group;
   RemoveFromRadioGroup(w);
 
 /*
- * If the toggle that we are about to add is set then we will 
+ * If the toggle that we are about to add is set then we will
  * unset all toggles in the new radio group.
  */
 
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ XtPointer radio_data;
 #endif
 {
   RadioGroup * group;
-  ToggleWidget local_tog; 
+  ToggleWidget local_tog;
 
 /* Special case of no radio group. */
 
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ XtPointer radio_data;
   }
 
 /*
- * find top of radio_roup 
+ * find top of radio_roup
  */
 
   for ( ; group->prev != NULL ; group = group->prev);
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ XtPointer radio_data;
     group = group->next;
   }
 }
- 
+
 /*	Function Name: XawToggleUnsetCurrent
  *	Description: Unsets all Toggles in the radio_group specified.
  *	Arguments: radio_group - any toggle widget in the toggle group.
diff --git a/src/Tree.c b/src/Tree.c
index e6db6c6..3918a43 100644
--- a/src/Tree.c
+++ b/src/Tree.c
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
  * purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
  * copyright notice appear in all copies and that both the copyright notice
  * and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation.
- * 
+ *
  * Prentice Hall and the authors disclaim all warranties with regard
  * to this software, including all implied warranties of merchantability and
  * fitness.  In no event shall Prentice Hall or the authors be liable
@@ -37,12 +37,12 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
  * resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether in an action of
  * contract, negligence or other tortious action, arising out of or in
  * connection with the use or performance of this software.
- * 
+ *
  * Authors:  Jim Fulton, MIT X Consortium,
  *           based on a version by Douglas Young, Prentice Hall
- * 
+ *
  * This widget is based on the Tree widget described on pages 397-419 of
- * Douglas Young's book "The X Window System, Programming and Applications 
+ * Douglas Young's book "The X Window System, Programming and Applications
  * with Xt OSF/Motif Edition."  The layout code has been rewritten to use
  * additional blank space to make the structure of the graph easier to see
  * as well as to support vertical trees.
@@ -118,31 +118,31 @@ TreeClassRec treeClassRec = {
     sizeof(TreeRec),			/* widget_size        */
     ClassInitialize,			/* class_init         */
     NULL,				/* class_part_init    */
-    FALSE,				/* class_inited       */	
+    FALSE,				/* class_inited       */
     Initialize,				/* initialize         */
-    NULL,				/* initialize_hook    */	
+    NULL,				/* initialize_hook    */
     XtInheritRealize,			/* realize            */
     NULL,				/* actions            */
-    0,					/* num_actions        */	
+    0,					/* num_actions        */
     resources,				/* resources          */
     XtNumber(resources),		/* num_resources      */
     NULLQUARK,				/* xrm_class          */
-    TRUE,				/* compress_motion    */	
-    TRUE,				/* compress_exposure  */	
-    TRUE,				/* compress_enterleave*/	
+    TRUE,				/* compress_motion    */
+    TRUE,				/* compress_exposure  */
+    TRUE,				/* compress_enterleave*/
     TRUE,				/* visible_interest   */
     Destroy,				/* destroy            */
     NULL,				/* resize             */
     Redisplay,				/* expose             */
     SetValues,				/* set_values         */
-    NULL,				/* set_values_hook    */	
+    NULL,				/* set_values_hook    */
     XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,		/* set_values_almost  */
-    NULL,				/* get_values_hook    */	
+    NULL,				/* get_values_hook    */
     NULL,				/* accept_focus       */
-    XtVersion,				/* version            */	
+    XtVersion,				/* version            */
     NULL,				/* callback_private   */
     NULL,				/* tm_table           */
-    QueryGeometry,			/* query_geometry     */	
+    QueryGeometry,			/* query_geometry     */
     NULL,				/* display_accelerator*/
     NULL,				/* extension          */
   },
@@ -150,11 +150,11 @@ TreeClassRec treeClassRec = {
 					/* composite_class fields */
     GeometryManager,			/* geometry_manager    */
     ChangeManaged,			/* change_managed      */
-    XtInheritInsertChild,		/* insert_child        */	
-    XtInheritDeleteChild,		/* delete_child        */	
+    XtInheritInsertChild,		/* insert_child        */
+    XtInheritDeleteChild,		/* delete_child        */
     NULL,				/* extension           */
   },
-  { 
+  {
 					/* constraint_class fields */
    treeConstraintResources,		/* subresources        */
    XtNumber(treeConstraintResources),	/* subresource_count   */
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ TreeClassRec treeClassRec = {
    },
   {
 					/* Tree class fields */
-    0,					/* ignore              */	
+    0,					/* ignore              */
   }
 };
 
@@ -228,28 +228,28 @@ static void insert_node (parent, node)
     TreeConstraints pc;
     TreeConstraints nc = TREE_CONSTRAINT(node);
     int nindex;
-  
+
     nc->tree.parent = parent;
 
     if (parent == NULL) return;
 
     /*
-     * If there isn't more room in the children array, 
+     * If there isn't more room in the children array,
      * allocate additional space.
-     */  
+     */
     pc = TREE_CONSTRAINT(parent);
     nindex = pc->tree.n_children;
-  
+
     if (pc->tree.n_children == pc->tree.max_children) {
 	pc->tree.max_children += (pc->tree.max_children / 2) + 2;
-	pc->tree.children = (WidgetList) XtRealloc ((char *)pc->tree.children, 
+	pc->tree.children = (WidgetList) XtRealloc ((char *)pc->tree.children,
 						    (unsigned int)
 						    ((pc->tree.max_children) *
 						    sizeof(Widget)));
-    } 
+    }
 
     /*
-     * Add the sub_node in the next available slot and 
+     * Add the sub_node in the next available slot and
      * increment the counter.
      */
     pc->tree.children[nindex] = node;
@@ -265,8 +265,8 @@ static void delete_node (parent, node)
     /*
      * Make sure the parent exists.
      */
-    if (!parent) return;  
-  
+    if (!parent) return;
+
     pc = TREE_CONSTRAINT(parent);
 
     /*
@@ -279,14 +279,14 @@ static void delete_node (parent, node)
 
     /*
      * Decrement the number of children
-     */  
+     */
     pc->tree.n_children--;
 
     /*
      * Fill in the gap left by the sub_node.
      * Zero the last slot for good luck.
      */
-    for (i = pos; i < pc->tree.n_children; i++) 
+    for (i = pos; i < pc->tree.n_children; i++)
       pc->tree.children[i] = pc->tree.children[i+1];
 
     pc->tree.children[pc->tree.n_children]=0;
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ static void Initialize (grequest, gnew, args, num_args)
     Arg arglist[2];
 
     /*
-     * Make sure the widget's width and height are 
+     * Make sure the widget's width and height are
      * greater than zero.
      */
     if (request->core.width <= 0) new->core.width = 5;
@@ -368,14 +368,14 @@ static void Initialize (grequest, gnew, args, num_args)
      */
     new->tree.largest = NULL;
     new->tree.n_largest = 0;
-    initialize_dimensions (&new->tree.largest, &new->tree.n_largest, 
+    initialize_dimensions (&new->tree.largest, &new->tree.n_largest,
 			   TREE_INITIAL_DEPTH);
 
     /*
      * make sure that our gravity is one of the acceptable values
      */
     check_gravity (new, WestGravity);
-} 
+}
 
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
@@ -393,21 +393,21 @@ static void ConstraintInitialize (request, new, args, num_args)
     tc->tree.n_children = 0;
     tc->tree.max_children = 0;
     tc->tree.children = (Widget *) NULL;
-    tc->tree.x = tc->tree.y = 0; 
+    tc->tree.x = tc->tree.y = 0;
     tc->tree.bbsubwidth = 0;
     tc->tree.bbsubheight = 0;
 
 
     /*
-     * If this widget has a super-node, add it to that 
-     * widget' sub-nodes list. Otherwise make it a sub-node of 
+     * If this widget has a super-node, add it to that
+     * widget' sub-nodes list. Otherwise make it a sub-node of
      * the tree_root widget.
      */
     if (tc->tree.parent)
       insert_node (tc->tree.parent, new);
     else if (tw->tree.tree_root)
       insert_node (tw->tree.tree_root, new);
-} 
+}
 
 
 /* ARGSUSED */
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ static Boolean SetValues (gcurrent, grequest, gnew, args, num_args)
 	new->tree.line_width != current->tree.line_width) {
 	XtReleaseGC (gnew, new->tree.gc);
 	new->tree.gc = get_tree_gc (new);
-	redraw = TRUE;     
+	redraw = TRUE;
     }
 
     /*
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ static Boolean ConstraintSetValues (current, request, new, args, num_args)
 	  insert_node(newc->tree.parent, new);
 
 	/*
-	 * If the Tree widget has been realized, 
+	 * If the Tree widget has been realized,
 	 * compute new layout.
 	 */
 	if (XtIsRealized((Widget)tw))
@@ -490,18 +490,18 @@ static Boolean ConstraintSetValues (current, request, new, args, num_args)
 }
 
 
-static void ConstraintDestroy (w) 
+static void ConstraintDestroy (w)
     Widget w;
-{ 
+{
     TreeConstraints tc = TREE_CONSTRAINT(w);
     TreeWidget tw = (TreeWidget) XtParent(w);
     int i;
 
-    /* 
+    /*
      * Remove the widget from its parent's sub-nodes list and
      * make all this widget's sub-nodes sub-nodes of the parent.
      */
-  
+
     if (tw->tree.tree_root == w) {
 	if (tc->tree.n_children > 0)
 	  tw->tree.tree_root = tc->tree.children[0];
@@ -728,8 +728,8 @@ static void compute_bounding_box_subtree (tree, w, depth)
     if (tc->tree.n_children == 0) return;
 
     /*
-     * Figure the size of the opposite dimension (vertical if tree is 
-     * horizontal, else vice versa).  The other dimension will be set 
+     * Figure the size of the opposite dimension (vertical if tree is
+     * horizontal, else vice versa).  The other dimension will be set
      * in the second pass once we know the maximum dimensions.
      */
     newwidth = 0;
@@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ static void compute_bounding_box_subtree (tree, w, depth)
     for (i = 0; i < tc->tree.n_children; i++) {
 	Widget child = tc->tree.children[i];
 	TreeConstraints cc = TREE_CONSTRAINT(child);
-	    
+
 	compute_bounding_box_subtree (tree, child, depth + 1);
 
 	if (horiz) {
@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ static void set_positions (tw, w, level)
      int level;
 {
     int i;
-  
+
     if (w) {
 	TreeConstraints tc = TREE_CONSTRAINT(w);
 
@@ -900,9 +900,9 @@ static void arrange_subtree (tree, w, depth, x, y)
 	if (horiz) {
 	    tc->tree.x = x;
 	    adjusted = firstcc->tree.y +
-	      ((lastcc->tree.y + (Position) child->core.height + 
+	      ((lastcc->tree.y + (Position) child->core.height +
 		(Position) child->core.border_width * 2 -
-		firstcc->tree.y - (Position) w->core.height - 
+		firstcc->tree.y - (Position) w->core.height -
 		(Position) w->core.border_width * 2 + 1) / 2);
 	    if (adjusted > tc->tree.y) tc->tree.y = adjusted;
 	} else {
@@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ static void layout_tree (tw, insetvalues)
     tw->tree.maxwidth = tw->tree.maxheight = 0;
     for (i = 0, dp = tw->tree.largest; i < tw->tree.n_largest; i++, dp++)
       *dp = 0;
-    initialize_dimensions (&tw->tree.largest, &tw->tree.n_largest, 
+    initialize_dimensions (&tw->tree.largest, &tw->tree.n_largest,
 			   tw->tree.n_largest);
     compute_bounding_box_subtree (tw, tw->tree.tree_root, 0);
 
diff --git a/src/Vendor.c b/src/Vendor.c
index 84f14a5..6a32146 100644
--- a/src/Vendor.c
+++ b/src/Vendor.c
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
 
                         All Rights Reserved
 
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
 supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
 used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.  
+software without specific, written prior permission.
 
 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ externaldef(vendorshellclassrec) VendorShellClassRec vendorShellClassRec = {
 #endif
     /* Class init'ed ?	  */	FALSE,
     /* initialize         */	XawVendorShellInitialize,
-    /* initialize_hook	  */	NULL,		
+    /* initialize_hook	  */	NULL,
     /* realize		  */	Realize,
     /* actions		  */	NULL,
     /* num_actions	  */	0,
@@ -150,8 +150,8 @@ externaldef(vendorshellclassrec) VendorShellClassRec vendorShellClassRec = {
 #endif
     /* expose		  */	NULL,
     /* set_values	  */	XawVendorShellSetValues,
-    /* set_values_hook	  */	NULL,			
-    /* set_values_almost  */	XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,  
+    /* set_values_hook	  */	NULL,
+    /* set_values_almost  */	XtInheritSetValuesAlmost,
     /* get_values_hook	  */	NULL,
     /* accept_focus	  */	NULL,
     /* intrinsics version */	XtVersion,
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ externaldef(vendorshellextclassrec) XawVendorShellExtClassRec
     /* class_part_initialize*/	NULL,
     /* Class init'ed ?	  */	FALSE,
     /* initialize	  */	XawVendorShellExtInitialize,
-    /* initialize_hook	  */	NULL,		
+    /* initialize_hook	  */	NULL,
     /* pad		  */	NULL,
     /* pad		  */	NULL,
     /* pad		  */	0,
@@ -235,8 +235,8 @@ externaldef(vendorshellextclassrec) XawVendorShellExtClassRec
     /* pad		  */	NULL,
     /* pad		  */	NULL,
     /* set_values	  */	XawVendorShellExtSetValues,
-    /* set_values_hook	  */	NULL,			
-    /* pad		  */	NULL,  
+    /* set_values_hook	  */	NULL,
+    /* pad		  */	NULL,
     /* get_values_hook	  */	NULL,
     /* pad		  */	NULL,
     /* version		  */	XtVersion,
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ static void XawVendorShellClassInitialize()
     };
 #endif
 
-    XtAddConverter(XtRString, XtRCursor, XmuCvtStringToCursor,      
+    XtAddConverter(XtRString, XtRCursor, XmuCvtStringToCursor,
 		   screenConvertArg, XtNumber(screenConvertArg));
 
 #ifdef XAW_MULTIPLANE_PIXMAPS
@@ -414,9 +414,9 @@ static void XawVendorShellClassPartInit(class)
     CompositeClassExtension ext;
     VendorShellWidgetClass vsclass = (VendorShellWidgetClass) class;
 
-    if ((ext = (CompositeClassExtension) 
+    if ((ext = (CompositeClassExtension)
 	    XtGetClassExtension (class,
-				 XtOffsetOf(CompositeClassRec, 
+				 XtOffsetOf(CompositeClassRec,
 					    composite_class.extension),
 				 NULLQUARK, 1L, (Cardinal) 0)) == NULL) {
 	ext = (CompositeClassExtension) XtNew (CompositeClassExtensionRec);
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ static XtGeometryResult GeometryManager( wid, request, reply )
 	     * so, whatever the WM sized us to (if the Shell requested
 	     * only one of the two) is now the correct child size
 	     */
-	    
+
 	    wid->core.width = shell->core.width;
 	    wid->core.height = shell->core.height;
 	    if (request->request_mode & CWBorderWidth) {
diff --git a/src/Viewport.c b/src/Viewport.c
index 607c461..0f5c553 100644
--- a/src/Viewport.c
+++ b/src/Viewport.c
@@ -28,13 +28,13 @@ Copyright 1987, 1988 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
 
                         All Rights Reserved
 
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 
-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
 provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
 supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
 used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.  
+software without specific, written prior permission.
 
 DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
 ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ static void Initialize(request, new, args, num_args)
     w->form.default_spacing = 0;  /* Reset the default spacing to 0 pixels. */
 
 
-/* 
+/*
  * Initialize all widget pointers to NULL.
  */
 
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ static void Initialize(request, new, args, num_args)
 	XtSetValues((Widget)w, threeD_args, arg_cnt);
     }
 
-/* 
+/*
  * Create Clip Widget.
  */
 
@@ -261,12 +261,12 @@ static void Initialize(request, new, args, num_args)
     w->viewport.clip = XtCreateManagedWidget("clip", widgetClass, new,
 					     clip_args, arg_cnt);
 
-    if (!w->viewport.forcebars) 
+    if (!w->viewport.forcebars)
         return;		 /* If we are not forcing the bars then we are done. */
 
-    if (w->viewport.allowhoriz) 
+    if (w->viewport.allowhoriz)
       (void) CreateScrollbar(w, True);
-    if (w->viewport.allowvert) 
+    if (w->viewport.allowvert)
       (void) CreateScrollbar(w, False);
 
     h_bar = w->viewport.horiz_bar;
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ static void Initialize(request, new, args, num_args)
 	 ((int)w->core.width >
 	  (int)(h_bar->core.width + h_bar->core.border_width + pad)) )
         clip_width -= h_bar->core.width + h_bar->core.border_width + pad;
-    
+
     if ( (v_bar != NULL) &&
 	 ((int)w->core.height >
 	  (int)(v_bar->core.height + v_bar->core.border_width + pad)) )
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ static Boolean SetValues(current, request, new, args, num_args)
 	 (w->viewport.allowvert != cw->viewport.allowvert) ||
 	 (w->viewport.allowhoriz != cw->viewport.allowhoriz) ||
 	 (w->viewport.useright != cw->viewport.useright) ||
-	 (w->viewport.usebottom != cw->viewport.usebottom) ) 
+	 (w->viewport.usebottom != cw->viewport.usebottom) )
     {
 	(*w->core.widget_class->core_class.resize)(new); /* Recompute layout.*/
     }
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ static void ChangeManaged(widget)
 				     (Position)0, (Position)0 );
 		    if (child->core.mapped_when_managed)
 			XtMapWidget( child );
-#else 
+#else
 		    w->core.window = XtWindow(w->viewport.clip);
 		    XtRealizeWidget( child );
 		    w->core.window = window;
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ static void ComputeLayout(widget, query, destroy_scrollbars)
     if (w->viewport.forcebars) {
         needsvert = w->viewport.allowvert;
         needshoriz = w->viewport.allowhoriz;
-        ComputeWithForceBars(widget, query, &intended, 
+        ComputeWithForceBars(widget, query, &intended,
 			     &clip_width, &clip_height);
     }
     else {
@@ -555,21 +555,21 @@ static void ComputeLayout(widget, query, destroy_scrollbars)
 	 * child's preferences are not acceptable.
 	 */
 
-	if (!w->viewport.allowhoriz) 
+	if (!w->viewport.allowhoriz)
 	    intended.request_mode |= CWWidth;
 
 #ifdef PREP_CHILD_TO_CLIP
-	if ((int)child->core.width < clip_width) 
+	if ((int)child->core.width < clip_width)
 	    intended.width = clip_width;
 	else
 #endif
 	    intended.width = child->core.width;
 
-	if (!w->viewport.allowvert) 
+	if (!w->viewport.allowvert)
 	    intended.request_mode |= CWHeight;
 
 #ifdef PREP_CHILD_TO_CLIP
-	if ((int)child->core.height < clip_height) 
+	if ((int)child->core.height < clip_height)
 	    intended.height = clip_height;
 	else
 #endif
@@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ int *clip_width, *clip_height;
     if (sw) pad = 2;
 
     if (w->viewport.allowvert) {
-	if (w->viewport.vert_bar == NULL) 
+	if (w->viewport.vert_bar == NULL)
 	    w->viewport.vert_bar = CreateScrollbar(w, False);
 
 	*clip_width -= w->viewport.vert_bar->core.width +
@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ int *clip_width, *clip_height;
     }
 
     if (w->viewport.allowhoriz) {
-	if (w->viewport.horiz_bar == NULL) 
+	if (w->viewport.horiz_bar == NULL)
 	    w->viewport.horiz_bar = CreateScrollbar(w, True);
 
         *clip_height -= w->viewport.horiz_bar->core.height +
@@ -819,9 +819,9 @@ int *clip_width, *clip_height;
     }
 
     if ( query ) {
-        if ( (w->viewport.allowvert || w->viewport.allowhoriz) ) { 
+        if ( (w->viewport.allowvert || w->viewport.allowhoriz) ) {
 	    XtQueryGeometry( child, intended, &preferred );
-	  
+
 	    if ( !(intended->request_mode & CWWidth) )
 	        if ( preferred.request_mode & CWWidth )
 		    intended->width = preferred.width;
@@ -926,13 +926,13 @@ TestSmaller(w, request, reply_return)
   if (request->width < w->core.width || request->height < w->core.height)
     return XtMakeGeometryRequest((Widget)w, request, reply_return);
   else
-    return XtGeometryYes;  
+    return XtGeometryYes;
 }
 
 static XtGeometryResult
 GeometryRequestPlusScrollbar(w, horizontal, request, reply_return)
      Boolean horizontal;
-     ViewportWidget w; 
+     ViewportWidget w;
      XtWidgetGeometry *request, *reply_return;
 {
   Widget bar;
@@ -954,11 +954,11 @@ GeometryRequestPlusScrollbar(w, horizontal, request, reply_return)
 #define WidthChange() (request->width != w->core.width)
 #define HeightChange() (request->height != w->core.height)
 
-static XtGeometryResult 
+static XtGeometryResult
 QueryGeometry(w, request, reply_return)
      ViewportWidget w; XtWidgetGeometry *request, *reply_return;
-{	
-  if (w->viewport.allowhoriz && w->viewport.allowvert) 
+{
+  if (w->viewport.allowhoriz && w->viewport.allowvert)
     return TestSmaller(w, request, reply_return);
 
   else if (w->viewport.allowhoriz && !w->viewport.allowvert) {
@@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ QueryGeometry(w, request, reply_return)
       return GeometryRequestPlusScrollbar(w, False, request, reply_return);
     else /* !WidthChange() && !HeightChange() */
       return XtGeometryYes;
-  }      
+  }
   else /* (!w->viewport.allowhoriz && !w->viewport.allowvert) */
     return XtMakeGeometryRequest((Widget) w, request, reply_return);
 }
@@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ static XtGeometryResult GeometryManager(child, request, reply)
     if (rWidth && w->core.width != request->width) {
 	if (w->viewport.allowhoriz && request->width > w->core.width) {
 	    /* horizontal scrollbar will be needed so possibly reduce height */
-	    Widget bar; 
+	    Widget bar;
 	    if ((bar = w->viewport.horiz_bar) == (Widget)NULL)
 		bar = CreateScrollbar( w, True );
 	    height_remaining -= bar->core.height +
@@ -1151,12 +1151,12 @@ XawViewportSetLocation (gw, xoff, yoff)
 
     if (xoff > 1.0)			/* scroll to right */
        x = child->core.width;
-    else if (xoff < 0.0)		/* if the offset is < 0.0 nothing */ 
+    else if (xoff < 0.0)		/* if the offset is < 0.0 nothing */
        x = child->core.x;
     else
        x = (Position) (((float) child->core.width) * xoff);
 
-    if (yoff > 1.0) 
+    if (yoff > 1.0)
        y = child->core.height;
     else if (yoff < 0.0)
        y = child->core.y;
@@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ XawViewportSetCoordinates (gw, x, y)
     ViewportWidget w = (ViewportWidget) gw;
     Widget child = w->viewport.child;
 
-    if (x > (int)child->core.width) 
+    if (x > (int)child->core.width)
       x = child->core.width;
     else if (x < 0)
       x = child->core.x;
diff --git a/src/Xaw3dP.c b/src/Xaw3dP.c
index b3b26f7..d31dc11 100644
--- a/src/Xaw3dP.c
+++ b/src/Xaw3dP.c
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Screen	*scn;
     {
 	XColor exact;
 
-	(void)XAllocNamedColor(dpy, DefaultColormapOfScreen(scn), 
+	(void)XAllocNamedColor(dpy, DefaultColormapOfScreen(scn),
 			       "gray", &Gray, &exact);  /* Blindflug */
     }
 
diff --git a/src/XawI18n.c b/src/XawI18n.c
index 0a8bc30..10a83fd 100644
--- a/src/XawI18n.c
+++ b/src/XawI18n.c
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
  * OMRON, NTT SOFTWARE, AND NTT, DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
  * TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
  * AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL OMRON, NTT SOFTWARE, OR NTT BE
- * LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 
+ * LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
  * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
  * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
  * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/src/XawIm.c b/src/XawIm.c
index 0fa1c16..bda3209 100644
--- a/src/XawIm.c
+++ b/src/XawIm.c
@@ -17,12 +17,12 @@
  * ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
  * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTUOUS ACTION,
  * ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
- * SOFTWARE. 
+ * SOFTWARE.
  *
  *	Author:	Seiji Kuwari	OMRON Corporation
  *				kuwa@omron.co.jp
  *				kuwa%omron.co.jp@uunet.uu.net
- */				
+ */
 
 
 /*
@@ -91,16 +91,16 @@ in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
  * Forward reference prototypes
  *
  *****************************************************/
- 
-static XawIcTableList CurrentSharedIcTable( 
+
+static XawIcTableList CurrentSharedIcTable(
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
-    XawVendorShellExtPart* /* ve */ 
+    XawVendorShellExtPart* /* ve */
 #endif
 );
 
-static void DestroyIC( 
+static void DestroyIC(
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
-    Widget /* w */, 
+    Widget /* w */,
     XawVendorShellExtPart* /* ve */
 #endif
 );
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ static void OpenIM(ve)
     }
     if (XGetIMValues(xim, XNQueryInputStyle, &xim_styles, NULL)
 	|| !xim_styles) {
-	XtAppWarning(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(ve->parent), 
+	XtAppWarning(XtWidgetToApplicationContext(ve->parent),
 	    "input method doesn't support any style");
 	XCloseIM(xim);
 	return;
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ static XawIcTableList CreateIcTable( w, ve )
 }
 
 static Boolean RegisterToVendorShell( w, ve )
-    Widget w; 
+    Widget w;
     XawVendorShellExtPart * ve;
 {
     XawIcTableList	table;
@@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ static void CreateIC( w, ve )
 
     if (IsSharedIC(ve)) SetICValuesShared(w, ve, p, FALSE);
     XFlush(XtDisplay(w));
-    
+
     if (p->input_style & (XIMPreeditArea|XIMPreeditPosition|XIMStatusArea)) {
 	if (p->flg & CIFontSet) {
 	    SetVaArg( &pe_a[pe_cnt], (XPointer) XNFontSet); pe_cnt++;
@@ -1368,13 +1368,13 @@ static void Destroy( w, ve )
 	return;
     XtFree( (char*) ve->im.resources );
 
-    if (extContext != (XContext)NULL && 
-	!XFindContext (XtDisplay (w), (Window)w, 
+    if (extContext != (XContext)NULL &&
+	!XFindContext (XtDisplay (w), (Window)w,
 		       extContext, (XPointer*)&contextData))
         XtFree( (char*) contextData );
 
-    if (errContext != (XContext)NULL && 
-	!XFindContext (XDisplayOfIM( ve->im.xim ), (Window) ve->im.xim, 
+    if (errContext != (XContext)NULL &&
+	!XFindContext (XDisplayOfIM( ve->im.xim ), (Window) ve->im.xim,
 		       errContext, (XPointer*) &contextErrData))
         XtFree( (char*) contextErrData );
 }
@@ -1388,7 +1388,7 @@ static void Destroy( w, ve )
 
 void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
-_XawImResizeVendorShell( 
+_XawImResizeVendorShell(
     Widget w )
 #else
 _XawImResizeVendorShell( w )
@@ -1405,7 +1405,7 @@ _XawImResizeVendorShell( w )
 
 Dimension
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
-_XawImGetShellHeight( 
+_XawImGetShellHeight(
     Widget w )
 #else
 _XawImGetShellHeight( w )
@@ -1423,7 +1423,7 @@ _XawImGetShellHeight( w )
 
 void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
-_XawImRealize( 
+_XawImRealize(
     Widget w )
 #else
 _XawImRealize( w )
@@ -1443,8 +1443,8 @@ _XawImRealize( w )
 
 void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
-_XawImInitialize( 
-    Widget w, 
+_XawImInitialize(
+    Widget w,
     Widget ext )
 #else
 _XawImInitialize( w, ext )
@@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ _XawImInitialize( w, ext )
 
 void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
-_XawImReconnect( 
+_XawImReconnect(
     Widget inwidg )
 #else
 _XawImReconnect( inwidg )
@@ -1517,9 +1517,9 @@ _XawImUnregister(inwidg)
 
 void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
-_XawImSetValues( 
-    Widget inwidg, 
-    ArgList args, 
+_XawImSetValues(
+    Widget inwidg,
+    ArgList args,
     Cardinal num_args )
 #else
 _XawImSetValues( inwidg, args, num_args )
@@ -1562,8 +1562,8 @@ _XawImVASetValues( inwidg, va_alist )
 void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
 _XawImSetFocusValues(
-    Widget inwidg, 
-    ArgList args, 
+    Widget inwidg,
+    ArgList args,
     Cardinal num_args)
 #else
 _XawImSetFocusValues(inwidg, args, num_args)
@@ -1617,12 +1617,12 @@ _XawImUnsetFocus(inwidg)
 
 int
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
-_XawImWcLookupString( 
-    Widget inwidg, 
+_XawImWcLookupString(
+    Widget inwidg,
     XKeyPressedEvent *event,
-    wchar_t* buffer_return, 
+    wchar_t* buffer_return,
     int bytes_buffer,
-    KeySym *keysym_return, 
+    KeySym *keysym_return,
     Status *status_return)
 #else
 _XawImWcLookupString( inwidg, event, buffer_return, bytes_buffer,
@@ -1699,8 +1699,8 @@ _XawImCallVendorShellExtResize( w )
 
 void
 #if NeedFunctionPrototypes
-_XawImDestroy( 
-    Widget w, 
+_XawImDestroy(
+    Widget w,
     Widget ext )
 #else
 _XawImDestroy( w, ext )
diff --git a/src/XawInit.c b/src/XawInit.c
index aabfdd3..d5bed7a 100644
--- a/src/XawInit.c
+++ b/src/XawInit.c
@@ -21,10 +21,10 @@ CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not be
 used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
 in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
- * 
- * 
+ *
+ *
  * 			    XawInitializeWidgetSet
- * 
+ *
  * This routine forces a reference to vendor shell so that the one in this
  * widget is installed.  Any other cross-widget set initialization should be
  * done here as well.  All Athena widgets should include "XawInit.h" and
diff --git a/src/laygram.y b/src/laygram.y
index c209b64..b17dc17 100644
--- a/src/laygram.y
+++ b/src/laygram.y
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ static LayoutPtr    *dest;
 %type	<pval>	    bothparams oneparams
 %type	<gval>	    glue opStretch opShrink
 %type	<lval>	    orientation
-%type	<eval>	    signedExpr simpleExpr expr 
+%type	<eval>	    signedExpr simpleExpr expr
 
 %token		    OC CC OA CA OP CP
 %token	<qval>	    NAME
@@ -93,9 +93,9 @@ compositebox	:   orientation OC boxes CC
 			box->type = BoxBox;
 			box->u.box.dir = $1;
 			box->u.box.firstChild = $3;
-			for (child = $3; child; child = child->nextSibling) 
+			for (child = $3; child; child = child->nextSibling)
 			{
-			    if (child->type == GlueBox) 
+			    if (child->type == GlueBox)
 			    {
 				child->params.stretch[!$1].expr = 0;
 				child->params.shrink[!$1].expr = 0;
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ compositebox	:   orientation OC boxes CC
 		    }
 		;
 boxes		:   box boxes
-		    { 
+		    {
 			$1->nextSibling = $2;
 			$$ = $1;
 		    }
@@ -118,9 +118,9 @@ boxes		:   box boxes
 		    {	$$ = $1; }
 		;
 bothparams	:   OA opStretch opShrink TIMES opStretch opShrink CA
-		    {	
+		    {
 			BoxParamsPtr	p = New(BoxParamsRec);
-			
+
 			p->stretch[LayoutHorizontal] = $2;
 			p->shrink[LayoutHorizontal] = $3;
 			p->stretch[LayoutVertical] = $5;
@@ -128,9 +128,9 @@ bothparams	:   OA opStretch opShrink TIMES opStretch opShrink CA
 			$$ = p;
 		    }
 		|
-		    {	
+		    {
 			BoxParamsPtr	p = New(BoxParamsRec);
-			
+
 			ZeroGlue (p->stretch[LayoutHorizontal]);
 			ZeroGlue (p->shrink[LayoutHorizontal]);
 			ZeroGlue (p->stretch[LayoutVertical]);
@@ -139,9 +139,9 @@ bothparams	:   OA opStretch opShrink TIMES opStretch opShrink CA
 		    }
 		;
 oneparams 	:   OA opStretch opShrink CA
-		    {	
+		    {
 			BoxParamsPtr	p = New(BoxParamsRec);
-			
+
 			p->stretch[LayoutHorizontal] = $2;
 			p->shrink[LayoutHorizontal] = $3;
 			p->stretch[LayoutVertical] = $2;
@@ -149,9 +149,9 @@ oneparams 	:   OA opStretch opShrink CA
 			$$ = p;
 		    }
 		|
-		    {	
+		    {
 			BoxParamsPtr	p = New(BoxParamsRec);
-			
+
 			ZeroGlue (p->stretch[LayoutHorizontal]);
 			ZeroGlue (p->shrink[LayoutHorizontal]);
 			ZeroGlue (p->stretch[LayoutVertical]);
diff --git a/src/laylex.l b/src/laylex.l
index 7de4f2d..c7dced9 100644
--- a/src/laylex.l
+++ b/src/laylex.l
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ inff*			{ yylval.ival = count(yytext, 'f'); return INFINITY; }
 %[ \t\n]*of		{ yylval.oval = Percent; return PERCENTOF; }
 width			return WIDTH;
 height			return HEIGHT;
-\\[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]* { 
+\\[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]* {
 #ifdef FLEX_SCANNER
 			    yytext[yyleng] = '\0';
 #else
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ height			return HEIGHT;
  			    return NAME;
 			}
 
-[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*	{ 
+[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*	{
 #ifdef FLEX_SCANNER
 			    yytext[yyleng] = '\0';
 #else
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ yyerror(s)
     char    *s;
 {
     char    *t;
-    
+
     fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
     t = yysource - 50;
     if (t < yysourcebase)